Home

seção 1 - Derrick Corporation

1.
2. E DETAIL ER Co DETAIL B DB Z HA P D C B Y ADS 012504 BELT GAURD ASSEMBLY 2 E HEX NUT IN 2 3 60008101 LOCK WASHER 2 06 60012416 HEX HEAD BOLT 05 60007857 MOUNTING ANGLE NL 12 04 60012501 FLAT WASHER 2 03 60007756 HEX HEAD BOLT 02 60012415 SHAFT GUARD 1 01 60012414 BELT GUARD ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART A ZA LT BELT GUARD PARTS LIST DA CHANGED ITEM 07 WAS G0007859 DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE REF 16590 00 003 ET e a NS CHANGE REF GA 16590 00 004 NOTE THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK Y sa MB o USE WTH UNITS CF005036 CURRENT goaa a Mot mr EE Ren DERRICK bacs d eM IT MER TE RO 00 001 t WRITTEN OR VERBAL 660 D 00 01 590 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A 65 1 2 4 9 4 3 4 NPT ELBOW 90 CRH EL296 3 4 NPT CORD FITTING STRAIGHT 1852535 ZA
3. m TE ND 7 16621 27 575V DRIVE ASSEMBLY B x 26 16621 26 460V DRIVE ASSEMBLY gt lt 25 16621 25 380V DRIVE ASSEMBLY 1 24 60009391 MOTOR 575V 60Hp E 11 23 60009390 MOTOR 575V 150Hp 1 22 60009208 MOTOR 460V 60Hp S 1 21 60009207 MOTOR 460V 150Hp 1 20 60009524 MOTOR 380V 60Hp AN 1 19 60009523 MOTOR 380V 150Hp C A 1 1 1 18 60009297 PULLEY BUSHING A 17 F sss A AN 60007968 BACK DRIVE SHAFT GAURD 08 A 4 4 4 13 60012129 LOCK WASHER 4 4 4 12 60007967 FLAT WASHER N 4 4 4 11 60012130 HEX HEAD BOLT D 1 1 1 10 60008994 OVERLOAD CLUTCH COUPLING 6 6 6 09 0001250 FLAT WASHER Lie A NANI 6 6 6 08 60007756 HEX HEAD BOLT o 15 5 5 07 60007964 DRIVE BELT AL 4 4 4 06 60003352 LOCK WASHER ns 4 4 4 05 60007962 FLAT WASHER N BEINE 4 4 04 60007961 HEX HEAD BOLT 1 1 1 03 60007960 MAIN DRIVE SHAFT GUARD E NOTE 1 1 1 02 60009296 V BELT PULLEY USE WITH UNITS CF005001 CF005035 EHENEELE 60007957 MOTOR PLATE UN So E aa eo 8 wo 5717 18 12 Rato ee DESCRIPTION PART NAME A rap ZN do 72 F 7 20 00 AN
4. BARRIER INTRINSIC BARRIER 5 RED n 7 ANDA RED INTRINSIC 47244 02 60007918 A TUGGLE SETTINGS u Ei 2 NO E 2 lt A 18 Aea 17244 02 61718503 GN DFF ZA CLUTCH SPEED BOWL SPEED LIQUID SOLID VIBRATIUN AND OFF 2 E A a NON NTRNSC 5 SENSOR SENSOR END END E STDP BARRIER ND POWER DISTRIBUTON BLOCK E 5 TERMINAL BLOCKS 5 E E Der 60008941 z e NOTE S en be BLOCK COVER OR TE PONT 8 4PT ALL 18 AWG BLUE INTRINSIC VIRING 000894 CROSSING ONLY 0008507 2 END r nd nnm 1 jaja 1 1 1 60009839 JUMPER NOTE STARTED USING 2 1 2 18 1 19 1 15 HOUSING BULKHEAD MOUNTED ON UNT KF S039 X TERMINAL BLOCK TERMINAL BLOCK 60008891 60008892 E 60008966 G 1 2 3 4 5 5 6 NOTE STARTED USING 2 0 MRE A ws LA CONTROL She CLAMP TERMINAL mu ON UNT 5036 X 60008893 6000889 60008890 a 10 AT 5 96 LES LEI se se 97 SPB 2 ee COVER BU HEAD HOUSING 2 AWG CU GND 1 2 NOT 1 2 NPT a o vid 7 NPT 2 1 2 NP r 5 9 le 7 Js 5 a s 2 y F 9 2 1 2 NPT 2 1 2 NPT 6000271 so A O en PRO um 4 1 gap C 2 2 NPT CORD FITTING 2 1 7 NPT CORD FITING SHPP 100 age SHPP 150
5. CONDENSOR FAN 172 HP MOTOR 1 2 HP MOTOR ane 3 P 60HZ 3 PH 60007588 3 4 NPT CORD FITTING STRAIGHT TBS2535 A PARALLEL THHN THW 6 AWG THHN THWN 14 GEXOL 16AWG 6C 2 THHN 2 AWG ral 60002967 ua cul e dd aa HAT dd adda lt S 2 AIR 223 CONDITIONER INPUT FUSES CENTRIFUGE FUSE HOLDER CONDENSOR MOTOR FEED PUMP INPUT FUSES 60007214 FUSES INPUT FUSES FUSES 15 AMP FUSE HOLDER FUSE HOLDER FUSE HOLDER 60005493 5 60007214 60007221 G0007631 6 FUSES 60 AMP 16 hee pue 60007698 3 2 Dom A MP AIR a 60 FUSE COVER INDICATOR 225 600076323 CONDITIONER 3 AMP ae ses G0002881 oe TEMP lt lt AA RD SENSOR THHN THWN AA ee SENSOR 4 20MA ix 60009972 CABLE 0 E EROSTA ue i3 e ula 13 24 VDC Es Sala 8 Mc Eg PA en 8 51098 7 411 2 3 BLK 120V L1 THHN THWN 14 AWG e CONVEYOR E 120VAC A CONTROLLER Ly S 2 E WHT OV N a 60007690 E i THHN 18 AWG E 8 5 12 BEL E Ni ig RD SIJ A E 5 g OUTPUT COM TO 15 H ES VIC 15 BLK J ETHERNET LI 120v L1 16 RED 855 La OV N DIGITAL OUT 16 KLETT mm T RED EE MT G TEMP RTD INPUT 4 L 4 a FEED PUMP d ui coupe s 25 BLK els i i Jov n 1 CONTROLLER PRESSURE FAILURE 28 28 3 RED 28 lt
6. CENT MAN C SECTIONAL VIEW F A N ZA ll DETAIL C DETAIL D DETAIL C 838 U ss 17 DETAIL D DETAIL E 2 B AE ii 60007768 GXUNDER MOUNT 2 10 60767 GN moe o exo om AI os 0000212 SHAFT CAR z o 60007765 Hex HEAD Bou AL os I 1102 sea wt fofo 0 CC CASE k COVER PARTS UST s Sa eel Dt 7200 CENTRFUCE DETAIL PA 60007765 AND 11 WAS 60907768 CHANGED QTY OF ITEM 05 WAS 42 3 26 1 REF 16390 00008 FB ND o LA ut Less TA REF 16590 00 005 E RE E ica y fe MB 12 13 11 bus ro foo DERRICK NET F WIE Fera ARA Ped E 1060200 OU Ha oe soo sarao ur wzs vsa O O A CENT MAN ITEM DESCRIPTION TORQUE SPEC Nm E 14 07 M8 1 25 X 16mm 21 6 15 9 FT LBS 34 28 16 2 0 X 60mm 183 3 135 2 FT LBS B 33 M8 125 X 30mm 21 6 15 9 FT LBS po LLL ZZ 34 16 20 X 90mm 136 5 100 7 FT LBS 35 8 125 X 20mm 21 6 15 9 FT LBS 39 M6 20 X 45mm 1833 135 2 FT LBS 40 M16 2 0 X 55mm 136 5 100 7 FT LBS M8 1 25 X 20mm 16 1 11 9 FT LBS 54 60007
7. REF WS 14594 00 00 REF WS 14594 00 009 REF WS 14594 00 011 REF WS 14594 00 012 REF WS 14594 00 015 p REF ELP 16595 00 4 15 16 2 887 2 aa rz 9 3374 16 15 11 d e ojoljojojojjojo ojoljojojojjojo e ajo L 0 887 9 13 16 D TYP OF 2 O OJOJO O O ojo O O O O O O O O O LGRD F NJ CORRECTED BOX DIMENSIONS REVISED TERMINAL BLOCK NUMBERING CHANGED TERMINAL Er BLOCK CONFIGURATION TO INCLUDE ONLY THREE SPARE TERMINALS 03 25 11 2 887 GROUND STUD 4 23 32 D 1 10 60007244 AMEPLATE EMERGENCY STOP 1 09 60005325 EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON I Eu Z 18 08 60008573 TERMINAL BLOCK LABEL 4N 2 07 60008571 TERMINAL BLOCK GROUND BLOCK TERM GND 2 COND CRN YEL 2 3 4 4N 4 06 60004286 TERMINAL BLOCK END CLAMP CLAMP TERM BLOCK 10MM og 362 8 05 60008544 TERMINAL BLOCK DIVIDER SEPARATOR TERM BLK 2002 SERIES ORANGE
8. 3 4 Calhas de Descarga de L quidos de S lidos 3 6 Nivelamento do Equipamiento u 3 6 Descida e Fixa o do Conjunto Rotativo 3 7 Conex es de Alimenta o e 3 9 Abastecimento de gua DOS uan 3 10 AT GOImpriiimid 3 10 Bomba de Alimenta o C ey 3 10 Conex es de For a El trica 3 10 Conex es do Recipiente do Transportador e da Bomba de Alimenta o 3 12 Teste de Polaridade ee 3 13 Conex es do opi nee 3 13 15 de Marco de 2010 TOC 1 DE 7200VFDCentrifuge NDICE Se o P gina 3 Instala o Cont Conex o de Ar Comprimido do Sistema de Drenagem nenn 3 14 Inicializa o de 3 14 4 Instru es Operacionais U u u u u 4 1 CI 4 1 Seguran a Operacional Reina UA candy ets Gira 4 1 Sistema de Drenagem Apenas Ambientes Perigosos 4 2 Primeira Inicializacao iu ee ee 4 2 Inicializa o dt cite atlas 4 3 Operacion 4 5 Ajuste da Ta
9. DISHARGE OPENINGS 6 7 8 175 NS CORNER LOAD 3 CORNER LOAD 4 3 3 4 95 27 16 63 124 13 16 3171 AND ACCESS SPACE P FRONT 2 3 FEET 1 METER 0 SIDES 2 3 FEET 1 METER REAR 2 3 FEET 1 METER M MOTORS AND MECHANICAL DRIVE COMPONENTS 16621 00 001 L FEED TUBE ASSEMBLY 16606 00 001 p SW DYNAMIC LOAD LBS BELT GUARD 16605 00 001 OPERATION SPEED 2500 3200 RPM TA WL ARE A DIRECTION J CONVEYOR 16604 00 001 THE STIFFNESS OF THE SUPPORT STRUCTURE is PED BOWL 16603 00 001 SHOULD BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE NATURAL 1 2529 126 760 52 H CASE amp COVER 16602 00002 FREQUENCY OF THAT STRUCTURE WITH MACHINE 5 5755 288 1727 115 BASE 16601 00 002 IS 30 ABOVE THE FREQUENCY AT THE F OPERATING SPEED 3 2012 dot 20 ot 4 2529 126 760 52 E ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST 16593 00 002 DIMENSIONS IN MM KG CONTROL ENCLOSURE 575 600 60 16472 00 004 8 CONTROL ENCLOSURE 380 400 50 16472 00 003 APPROX MACH WEIGHT 14000 LBS 6350 n CONTROL ENCLOSURE 460 480 60 16472 00 002 03 CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY 575 600 60 16590 03 003 REFERENCE DRAWINGS 02 CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY 380 400 50 16590 02 003 WIRING DIAGRAM 460 480 60 18394501005 01 CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY 460 480 60 16590 01 003 W
10. 60007937 5 1 1 conur uguo TIGHT 1 2 x 105 60007936 rro LIQUID TIGHT 1 2 NPT STRAIGHT CRH LT5S0 18 06 SPEED SENSOR PPP SOLID END RTD A INTRINSIC CABLE ASSEMBLY VIBRATION SWITCH VN ANNA gt gt 20 m 711 tototototo os couPNG PIPE FULL 1 2 ss CPLG 50 S4 90 DEGREE ELBOW LIQUID nGHT CRH LTS090 235 3 35 or rmust cocos gt lt 2 06 SPEED SENSOR ASSY BOW amp CONVEYOR MOTOR 16593 06 D lt o sou RDASY lt Ji os uquDeENDRDASY 16503 04 gt lt 1 os veranonswichasy 16595 03 1 02 JUNCTION BOX SENSOR ELECTRONICS Assy 16618 01 Ll w ROTANG ASSY ELECTCAL COMPONENT KT 0007702 QTY PATNME PART NUMBER 14394 00 007 A CDE b alls MEM Mn CN EE meno SISTEM 14394 00 012 ON Seren TEE NET A a e 21777 rs Ta MIO REF WS 424 50 04 AN P P MIN O GNU Te le E io CF5001 NET Y E COMPONENT KITS AT 380V amp 575V ONLY ONE KIT REQUR ADO ITEMS 34 AND 35 DESIGNS AND INFORMA DRAWING 0 PROPERTY mas ow o o REV 4 STARTED ON DE 7200 UNIT CF5036 X ZAN EM rar dz so NR V amp E E b DERRICK IN A VAN Co JENS NE AME OR RTALATON E DEMOR RUE BY ODORE QTO TE SIT CORPORATION
11. L 0 lt 0 0 q 614 pue 4 ujoq 10 SejoN VUIOSE XBW AOE 2 epo uondo efindluIN ud an ey ul 10 i enyeseddy des Ame pena ta uop9euuog smereddv ou ul Jo AOE i snyereddy pejeroossy pesolddy W4 SI epo uondo smesedde SJOJ9BJUOD JOMOd JO 41 SIOJ9BJUOD Jemod JO s e eJ amp e sindino j s ejes sjndino 5 Ss Ajddns Jemod A ddns Jemod uoneun amp yuoo 80LS Ad Gd e nsopue pejoejold Jo eunsojoue pejosjoJd lqeyns Jo 39 a q o g v dnog 2 10 III Il 1 uoneo2o SNOpIeze 2 20 na Til 1 SSe 11018307 SNOPIEZEH UON UONEI07 SROPIEZEH 03002 uonezunsseid X 5 e uonezunsseJd Zu 10 Be Noo jeuueuo niniw QL 14 nouo jeuueuo 814 sysavayur sno ow duo UI pasn O kay J UN N H19N31 WWOOL YIAO UIP O NVHL 5531 38 Ol 553 1 13 PIT swayshg 06 voya Odx3 JUDSUOD uapa JO pod paidos 0 jou ao Aay 202 20 SIINVATIOL NI 6 d So 544557520 0501500 60 RE AO 32 14 930 ON 31423
12. gt ma AR A Sisa Lo oc SSS mn PAS in e AI 74777 VAN EA AAA AN nm mnm L RV _ E WE RV UE RV OT 14394 00 0111 3 4 5 6 8 7N se eae CHEST RS wp AT NA qan Emo FF Aes 245 oe 02 07 03 NONE TEAR A UBE 500098642 ELBOW 60009863 SINAC TRANSFORMER e 480 PRI 120V SEC THHN THWN 14 AWG THHN THWN 8 AW E INVERTER ANALOG 4 20MA POWER SUPPLY E O 0003552 CONNECT SHIELD GROUNDED END ETHERNET CABLE AT SWITCH MARKED W GREEN TAPE 10MM 18 AWG SHIELDED 60007696 THHN 14 STR BLK FUSE 70 000029 TOUCH PROOF TERMINAL COVERS 60002873 x FUSE PULLERS 60002874 Hj THHN 14 STR BLK INTRINSIC BARRIER 50009286 PUVER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK TUAE SETTINGS 60008941 POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK COVER NOTE NON INTRINSIC NO CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCKS 600089423 OR TIE POINT G0009324X2 GREEN 4 8 8 e Ne CROSSING ONLY CG0008562X7 GREY 4 PT P e G0008563X2 DRANGE 4 PT J TERMINAL BLOCK 6 Ae x 1 19 TERMINAL BLDCK TERMINAL BLOCK TERMINAL BLOCK TP 60008891 60008892 P 50008891 60008892 PA 60008966 6 1 2 3 GO008893 4 60008893 4 gt G0008890x4 HEHE E
13. 200 SHPP 250 SHES g POE DL TERMINAL 60012883 4 60012883 4 B THS END ONLY q am or 125 oy CABLE 2 0 AWG 174 2 e CABLE 2 0 AWG 5 16627 01 001 01 CABLE CABLE 3 CABLE GLAND 7 17 mm FOR SIZED FOR SIZED FOR PUMP RESTART PUMP ENABLE W CABLE ASSY SHIELDED INTRINSIC 09220 2 2 NPT 1 2 NPT 2 41 ar C PEE E CT FE summer pee YA Se A CUSTOMER 21 7 NPT CUSTOMER 21 7 CUSTOMER WHEN CLOSED AND WHEN CLOSED AND d STOP PUSHBUTTON 7382 01 00 PUMP WILL RESTART PUMP IS ENABLED EMER STOP CIRCULAR LEGEND IF PUMP WAS TD RUN WHEN OPEN 60007244 XP ENCLOSURE ASSY 10 60009286 T RUNNING PUMP WILL STOP 9907 0 TOUCH ERO COVERS NO S F NOTE XP ENCLOSURE INAL LUGS CABINET IS SHIPPED WITH TERMINALS 3 AND PUKE MOTOR MOTTO CONVEYOR BOWL 4 JUMPERED TO BE REMOVED BY CUSTOMER INCREASED SAFETY 600785 Rl FER O PUMP MOTOR 60 HP MOTOR 150 HP MOTOR IF REMOTE PUMP ENABLE IS USED SENSOR SYSTEM 2 JUNCTION waw 4 Saw DO NOT PLACE JUMPER BETWEEN TERMINALS LUG 4 WRE hi TAGE TERMI BOX 1 AND 2 AS PUMP MAY START kin 72 FLA 172 FLA UNINTENTIONALLY BDA 13 A THESE TERMINALS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR 4 AWG poe Fete INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUITS CONTACT PUMP AND MOTOR 0009524 0009525 DERRICK CORPORATION IF REMOTE PUMP 1 WT PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER START STOP CONTACTS ARE TO BE LOCATED IN A HAZARDOUS REFER TO DWG 17237 00 M E 100 VA VIBRATION
14. coo ia os ent seme 7 nanan nawa an awa maaa a A m mme e n ATT VASE SH al ATA See as EEE eek cn dN E CAT Am AA RAM ASA a po 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 HP MOTOR lt G0007588 AIR CONDITIONER INPUT FUSES 16 MM 6 AWG THHN lt G0007214 gt CENTRIFUGE CONVEYOR INPUT FUSES CENTRIFUGE mE FEED PUMP INPUT Fi INPUT FUSES FUSE HOLDER 60009477 FUSES 90 AMP 60009476503 FUSE HOLDER FUSE DER 400076316 FUSES 125 AMP FUSES G00095303 gt 250 AMP 60009974 SENSOR 60009972 CABLE Ya PD L2 35 MM 3 AVG THN CD L1 120MM 4 0 AWG THIN BD L1 CONVEYOR CONTROLLER 450009359 5 16MM 6 AWG THN FEED PUMP CONTROLLER 9 G0009360 gt MON 31 SS SPEED SENSDR 30 16894 00 002 FUSE HOLDER G0007024X2 FUSES 200 ANSA RED 1044 8 awa CABLE FUSE HOLDER FUSES 15 60003493 3 ADAPTER M25 3 4NPT 00008592 3 4 NPT FP GLAND 60002966 GEXOL 16AWG 6C 1 5MM lt G0002967 INPUT FUSES CONDENSOR MOTOR FUSE HOLDER lt G0007214 FUSES 3 0 AMP G00087923 gt 60009356 3 CONDITIONER hace lt G0002881 CONNECT SHIELD GROUNDED END DF ETHERNET CABLE AT SWITCH MARKED W GREEN TAPE ETHERNET CABLE 00007952 60007955 10 18 AWG SHIELDED 60007696 2 POWER SUPPLY lt G0007228 BATTERY 60008349 ETHERNET RJ4S
15. 210 8 9 32 240 MINIMUM 9 15 32 4 OFF HOLES 07 5 9 32 4 HOLES 07 5 9 32 35 2 OFF HOLES 914 9 16 PANEL MOUNT ON FRONT OR SIDE OF ENCLOSURE 6 OFF HOLES 27 5 9 32 WIDTH OF MOUNTING FACE 400mm 15 3 4 320 12 19 32 PANEL OUTLINE 290 11 7 16 CUTOUT EA 240 9 15 32 210 8 9 32 170 6 11 16 305 12 1 32 REMOTE MOUNT ON WALL OR PANEL 2 OFF SUPPORT BAR 20mmW X 6mmTHK 25 32 W X 1 4 THK XBR 7TD0 004 ISSUE 3 Sub MiniPurge Systems MOUNTING DETAILS MiniPurge CONFIGURATION DIRECT MOUNT PREFERED OPTION NOTES 1 USE DIRECT MOUNTING WHEREVER POSSIBLE WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS AND PIPING KITS FOR SIDE MOUNTING ARE OPTIONAL 2 MINIPURGE MUST BE MOUNTED IN THE POSTIONS SHOWN SIDE MOUNT 3 PURGE AIR TO VENT INTO TOP OF MOUNT THE ENCLOSURE AND EXIT OPTIONAL THROUGH THE RELIEF VALVEISPARK ARRESTOR AT THE BOTTOM OF THE ENCLOSURE PIPING KIT OPTIONAL LC OPTION ONLY FLOW MONITORING RLV 25 RELIEF VALVE PIPE REQUIRED SAU 25 SPARK ARRESTOR CF OPTION ONLY 1 8 NPTF PURGE FLOW SWITCH NUT AND CONNECTION FOR LC OPTION SAU25 SPARK ARRESTOR WASHER 15 19 32 HOLE IS NEEDED SUPPLIED IN THE ENCLOSURE FOR M25 X 15 BOTH LC amp CF OPTIONS s 5 226mm 1 HOLE PLUGGED ON CF OPTION CLEAREANCE HOLE Bene REQUIRED IN ENCLOSURE AND CIRCLIP 5 FIXINGS SEE NOTE SUPPLIED 26 1 4 GASKET HOLES REQ IN ENCLOSURE
16. 4 wrus AN Jalor TS ANN AN elr oO 1 AN a soru j j AAN T T 4o notusp re a a NOT USED SENSOR MOUNTING BRACKET BTL four co 16 2 AVI 36 seauNG Gaskerso 7 0 0 eoo c ANA sjsBssw wsuAED10 6000046 AA ES ES DM CORD CONNECTOR 1 0 NPT 050 0635 1 1 1 J32 seaunc 0 50 3 00054 fre gui a8 AN sf tockwu Bssosower Nwr 1 1 11 41 6000875 AN 29 s 00 _ AN 1 17 25 cawe CUSHION 0 750 NPT 0 406 MOUNTING 00008077 E Et tt E e 1 125 5 suc 0 500 NPT 60007995 MP N zj AX 17 22 Wme 3 COND 18 AWG SHIELDED X 125 Go00794 1 f2 CABLE GLAND 27 7 1 20 HAT SHRINK TUBING 2 5 60007940 a 19 ARMOR JACKET 31510 x 45 60099 18 CABLE SPEED SENSOR WITH FITTING 2 M LONG 0000780 core B 1 ro SENSOR BEARING 5 31655 60 WRE G000772 1 5 RID SENSOR BEARING 5 31655 140 WRE G0007265 T 1 w vemmwswcH 0003015 TIGHT 1 7 x 38 60007038 I 1 CONDUT UQUD TIGHT 1 2 x 127
17. Verifique a press o do refrigerante Se a press o estiver alta reduza a quantidade de press o alta indica sobrecarga e refrigerante se baixa corrija o s vazamento s e press o baixa indica vazamentos no carregue o sistema novamente sistema Velocidade M xima do Recipiente Excedida Desligamento Conex o incorreta ou solta do sensor Se a leitura na tela do status do VFD do Recipiente de velocidade ou sensor de velocidade de cerca de 4000 RPM verifique a conex o com defeito consulte a Se o 3 se a conex o estiver segura substituir o sensor 5 38 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O Mensagens de alarme e de falha O VFD do recipiente permitiu que o recipiente excedesse o limite de velocidade m xima pr definida Substitua o VFD do recipiente e reinicie a centrifugar quando a velocidade de monitoramento estiver pr xima Alarme de Alto Torque do Recipiente Reduzir a taxa de alimenta o O Torque do recipiente excedeu o limite Reduza a taxa de alimenta o pr definido Falha e Desligamento por Alto Torque de alimenta o do Recipiente Executar limpeza e reduzir a taxa O Torque do recipiente excedeu o limite pr definido Ap s o desligamento autom tico execute o procedimento de limpeza para remover o ac mulo de s lidos e reinicie a centrifugar com a taxa de alimenta o reduzida Alarme do VFD do Recipiente Consulte a Se o de Solu
18. ALL 18 AWG BLUE INTRINSIC WIRING OR TIE POINT G0008563X2XURANGE 4 PT S e GROUND BUS BAR CROSSING ONLY z 2 ad lid 600085079 END eA 2 SAA 60005309 AN 1323 dud A HH 00009839 JUMPER dada 3333 POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK 18 1 19 1 25 5 Commmerse TERMINAL BLOCK Congress TERMINAL BLOCK Canteens BE BULKHEAD MOUNTED 60008941 G0008891 G0008892 G0008891 G0008892 gt 6 POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK COVER 7 60008893 44V G0008893X 4A L G0008890 4 1 2 3 4 5 5 6 CONTROL FEMALE CAGE CLAMP TERMINAL 60007213 2 RE SPARI gH AA RECEPTACLE 60007848 2 4 350HCM AWG CU GND 60008942 3 gt sPs 55 iES el ses Se Se 57 98 vsa vsi Es 6522 COVER BULKHEAD HOUSING NPT 1 1 2 NPT 2 NPT H 2 1 2 NPL 1 PHH co 16 15 13 24101 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Ps 60007851 2 NPT W 2 PLUG RE HH SHPP 100 1 4 1 HOOD SIDE ENTRY 3 NPT w 3 2 REDUCER F SHPP 200 SHPP 100 SHPP 150 SHPP 200 SHPP 250 GROUND SHIELDS e 2 BER 1522777153514 REI A 00728 SPARE RECOMMENDED A RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED A A A x PLUG MALE CAGE CLAMP TERMINAL CABLE CABLE SIZED CABLE SIZED m AT PLUG s 60007852 SHPP 200 5 I se FUR 72 FOR 172 a TAS ND DN Y NS SUPPLY 460 480 VOLTS 3 PH 60 HZ PRDVIDED BY PROVIDED BY PROVIDED BY 3 e CABLE GLAND 7 17 nm 300 AMP SERVICE CUSTOMER CUSTOMER CUSTOMER PUMP RESTA
19. Ignition LO Switch Ammeter DE 24 eu T Battery 7 Diesel Fuel Shutoff Valve Ignition Coil Distributor 7 VS 7037N page Tof8 SERVICE PARTS PARTNO DESCRIPTION PARTNO DESCRIPTION vs2 VS2EXRB 20000030 Movement assembly i 20010090 Snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit 20000031 Glass and gasket assembly i prior to September 1 1995 20000032 Reset push button assembly 20000288 Snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit for models i manufactured on September 1 1995 or later VS2C 20000057 Inside snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit for 20000030 Movement assembly model VS2EXRB D prior to September 1 1995 20000031 Glass and gasket assembly 20000058 Outside snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit for 20000032 Reset push button assembly model VS2EXRB D prior to September 1 1995 20050021 Mounting clamp u 20000287 Outside snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit for model 5 x sea apnd ee i VS2EXRB D manufactured on September 1 1995 or later Conductor electrical cable 45 feet 13 7 meters 20000290 snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit for model i 1 VS2EX mo Mount EE on September 1 1995 or later SORT 2 assembly 20000262 Movement assembly 454 20000049 Reset solenoid assembly 115 VAC over Bas a I 20000234 Reset solenoid assembly 24 VDC 20010090 Snap switch and insula
20. 5 1 Manutericao Provo Wasi 5 1 Rolamentos oim 5 2 Verifica o do N vel de leo da Caixa de 5 3 Troca de leo de Caixa de 5 4 Manuten o de Componente 00 444 1 00 00 5 5 2 15 de Mar o de 2010 NDICE Se o P gina 5 Manuten o Cont Acionamento por COITOl88 iiti Hl 5 5 Manuten o do Conjunto Rolallvo eo t ett eit e d ges 5 7 Substitui o do Rolamento Prineipal anna 5 10 Substitui o do Rolamento do Transportador Cont nuo 5 17 Remo o e instala o da Caixa de Engrenagens nenn 5 21 Especifica es de Torque das Ferragens rrenan 5 30 Pe as Sobressalentes 5 31 Solu o de ProbIGMaAS di Eee rdiet eit a dnd 5 35 Mensagens de Alarme e de Falha n 5 38 Indicadores de Controle de Componente 5 46 6 7 N o Usado 8 Desenhos de Refer ncia u u u 8 1 9 Registos de Instala o e Manutencao 9 1 10
21. See section 4 2 2 Ambient temperature too high Hot Surface Caution SEM Remove foreign materials clear vent openings fan guard air inlets and frame fins TEFC motors TEAO Totally Enclosed Air Over motors Measure airflow next to motor surface and obtain minimum requirements from motor manufacturer Motor cooling fins and or vent openings blocked Insufficient Air Flow Motor is started too frequently See section 3 4 5 3 1 Ensure that steady state supply voltage at motor terminals is within limits see Supply voltage too low too high or unbalanced section 3 4 1 3 Correct as needed 2 Reconnect motor per input voltage 3 Obtain correct motor to match power supply Motor Vibrates a Motor misaligned to load Realign load 1 Ensure that load is dynamically balanced 2 Remove motor from load and Load out of balance Direct drive application inspect motor by itself Verify that motor shaft is not bent Rule of thumb is 0 002 runout for shafts extension lengths up to 3 00 Add 0 0005 per every additional inch of shaft length beyond 3 00 Uneven tension on multiple belts Mixing new with used belts Replace multiple belt applications with a complete set of matched belts 1 De energize motor and record vibration as load coasts from 100 speed to O RPM If vibration drops immediately vibration source is electrical If levels do not Driven load operating at resonant point natural drop im
22. WAS 2 SIZE FILECOPY DWG NO REV 25 WAS 50007610 42 WAS G0008825 69 WAS G0004418 QTY 71 WAS G0002967 QTY 90 WA D N 16472 2 2 1 101 WAS G0009353 115 WAS G0002966 124 WAS 100 125 WAS SHPP 150 126 WAS DMM 7 2 2012 6472 00 003 SHPP 200 127 WAS SHPP 250 131 WAS G0009973 ADDED ITEMS 134 143 1 10 sheer 1 oF 1 8 T 7 T 6 T 5 4 T 3 T 2 T 1 CENT 8 7 6 QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 16472 01 004 ASSEMBLY COMPLETE 126 1 CRH EL296 CORD FITTING 90 DEG ELBOW 16396 01 003 ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 127 1 160002967 CABLE GEXOL 16 AWG 16C 6 FT 16400 01 003 DOOR ASSEMBLY 128 2 160004970 HANDLE COVER 16401 01 002 COVER ASSEMBLY 129 35 20007252 IRE DUCT FASTENER MOUNT 16402 01 001 STAND ASSEMBLY 130 28 3510 WIRE SADDLE SMALL 131 13 50003519 WIRE SADDLE MEDIUM 132 2 SHPP 100 1 NPT PLUG 133 1 SHPP 150 1 1 2 NPT PLUG 16404 01 003 COMPONENT MOUNT ASSEMBLY 134 SHPP 200 2 NPT PLUG 16405 01 DISPLAY SCREEN MOUNT 135 1 SHPP 250 2 1 2 NPT PLUG 16597 01 ENCLOSURE MOUNTING BRACKET 136 1 160007258 REDUCER 3 TO 2 NPT 16598 01 AIR FILTER MOUNTING BRACKET 137 1 17420 01 A C THERMOSTAT MOUNTING BRACKET 50002881 JAIR CONDITIONER 12 000 BTU HR 460 60 3 138 1 160009973 SENSOR RTD 139 1 160009291 A C EVAPORATOR FAN 50009351 DRIVE 60 HP 600VAC 60 HZ 50009352 DRIVE 30 HP 600 60 HZ G0007
23. 1 5 SWITCH PC PURGE COMPLETED INDICATOR 1 INDICATOR 2 OPTION LC COMPENSATION CONTINUOUS ED PO amp 15 OPTION PLATES PRESSURIZED PURGING PURGE COMPLETE INDICATORS 33 15 163 156 6 3 32 seo st grs Ex 54C 062J 6895 Das Sra EX992 0020 ENCLOSURE PRESSURE 1 8 NPTF PURGE OUTLET 1 2 NPTF e va mn cm am tu carr MITT 80 3 5 32 35 1 3 8 90 3 17 32 REMOVEABLE COVER FLOW SWITCH 1 8 NPTF LC OPTION ONLY AIR SUPPLY 60psi 0 4MPa 4 BAR min 1 2 NPTF 150 5 29 32 75 2 31 32 3 27 32 HOLE FOR GLAND M20 1 2 IS OPTION ONLY GROMMET SUPPLIED 55 2 5 32 240 9 15 32 342 13 15 32 NOTES 1 APPROXIMATE WEIGHT 5 Kg 11 POUNDS 2 EQUIVALENT IMPERIAL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN BRACKETS 250V 4 POWER ACTUATOR AND SWITCH LIVE3 POWER TO PRESSURIZED ENCLOSURE ge ALARM CONTACTS 250V ac 4A MANUAL OVERRIDE OPTION AVAILABLE AS KEY SWITCH IN THE ENCLOSURE PRESSURIZED O PO OPTION NEUTRAL 4 h ALARM PRESSURIZED ACTUATOR AND SWITCH PA OPTION XBR 7TD0 002 ISSUE 4 Sub MiniPurge Systems OVERALL DIMENSIONS sira Certification Service 1 EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE 2 Equipment intended for use in Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Directive 94 9 EC 3 Certificate Number Sira OLATEX1295X 4 Equipment Pu
24. ER AND 50 PLUG 60008455 SUPPLY 380 400 VOLTS 3 PH 50 HZ 400 AMP SERVICE BASED ON CONNECTED LOAD OF 320 AMP MAIN POWER DISCONNECT A SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER RECOMMENDED CABLE HOOK UP QTY lt 1 COPPER COND PER PHASE SIZED FOR 400 AMP OR 2 COPPER CONDUCTORS PER PHASE SIZED FOR 200 AT 75C TEMP RISE AND 40C AMBIENT USE XP SEALING GLAND FOR ci 3 NPT OR 2 2 CAUTION WARNING WHEN WIRING THE INPUT POWER WITH PARALLEL WIRE YOU MUST ENSURE THAT THE CONDUCTORS ARE GROUPED WITH THE SAME PHASE AND THAT BOTH POWER SOURCES ARE IN PHASE AND ROTATING IN THE SAME CLOCKWISE DIRECTION FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN PERSONNEL OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE OR BOTH E WD NON XP DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE emos np cme s mn S ELECTRICAL WRING SCHEMATIC 380 400V 50 HZ NPT YA Te ee Din AE PE A N E Am A A ANE ro re ences A SAAT so OO ALT TT eC oe ws REVISE TERMINAL BLOCK END IT 5 6 CDERRICK CORPORATION ww ITEM DESCRIPTION TORQUE SETTING Nm 04 12 1 5 X 40mm 74 5 54 8 FT LBS Jr N EN 2 ID Soa Z ZZ Z Z Z Z Z Z Z XZ Z X Z X X X X X X lt X Z X X X Z Z Z Z Z Z Z KA 4 fi d E 22 1 E 46 7 8 1190mm E LP Ess 3 A 1 06 60009232 FLEX JOINT ANSI PATTERN REA 05 HXCS 63 11X200 HEX HEAD BOLT 04 60007889 SOCKET HEAD SCREW FEED TUBE
25. Enclosure i Yes LCV is too far open Adjust LCV gn clockwise to reduce the PE pressure Remove the RLV cover and clean the valve disk If it is necessary to remove the disk and spring from the RLV Yes draw a line around it with a pencil to allow accurate replacement before removal otherwise the opening pressure may be affected Is there debris on the RLV disk allowing air to leak from the valve Call Expo ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 27 of 28 Expo Approval Documents System type Approval authority Certificate number X purge Sira 1295X FM 1X8A4 AE UL E190061 Standards Australia 31990 For PA option only Approval authority Certificate number Ex e junction box Baseefa04ATEX0218 EEx d switches 00 ATEX 1093X Available upon request Glossary Acronym Description A amp T Alarm and trip AO Alarm only Continuous flow Control unit FCV Flow control valve Factory Mutual FM PO fPreumaticodot U Relief valve SAU Spark arrestor universal CF ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 Page 28 of 28 34 1 11 32 68 211 16 150 5 29 32 1 OFF HOLE 921 27 32 PREFERED OPTION DIRECT MOUNT ON TOP OF ENCLOSURE 4 OFF 97 9 32 HOLES 75 231 32 193 7 19 32 159 6 1 4 REAR MOUNT ON SIDE OF ENCLOSURE 180 7 3 32
26. Limpe todos os componentes com um limpador adequado desengraxante e seque com ar comprimido filtrado Remova qualquer corros o para facilitar a inspe o Inspecione todas as partes em busca de arranh es amassados rebarbas ou deforma es que possam afetar aptid o para retornar ao servi o Uniformize quaisquer menores defeitos de superf cie Substitua os componentes que est o claramente deformados ou t m falhas graves que impossibilitam reparos Usando um micr metro me a as dimens es cr ticas da parte superior do recipiente de l quidos e rolamentos de rolete do acionador do transportador Se o mancal da extremidade de l quidos estiver subdimensionadas substitua a parte superior do recipiente de l quidos Substitua a caixa de engrenagens do acionador do transportador se o mancal da extremidade de s lidos estiver subdimensionado Inspecione os pillow blocks em busca de corros o distor o amassados rachaduras rebarbas fraturas ou outros defeitos Conserte qualquer defeito menor ou substitua se graves defeitos ou rachaduras forem encontradas Substitua qualquer componente que n o possa ser facilmente reparado Substitua todos os O rings veda es e rolamentos Coloque todos os componentes limpos em sacos pl sticos para evitar contamina o 5 14 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O Instala o 1 Instale o rolamento principal da extremidade de s lidos da seguinte forma a Usando um aquecedor de rolam
27. tela inicial Selecione Opera o para visualizar a seguinte tela Derrick Centrifuge Operation Bowl O Conveyor 99 Pump o9 input RPM input RPM Manual input GPM 2 2 y 2400 Y y 40 Y y 0 Y Actual RPM Actual RPM GPM 0 0 0 0 0 Torque Torque 0 0 0 0 Torque NEN NM Staus Clean Out Alarms Faults Bova VFD Conv VFD PumpVFD Usando as teclas de seta para cima e para baixo defina o RPM do recipiente em 20 RPM e o RPM de entrada do conjunto transportador em 5 RPM Confirme o sentido de rota o para o recipiente transportador bomba de alimenta o e motores do condensador de ar condicionado do seguinte modo e Recipiente em sentido anti hor rio visto da extremidade do ventilador e Transportador em sentido anti hor rio visto da extremidade do ventilador e Bomba de alimenta o Dados do fabricante e Condensador do ar condicionado em sentido hor rio visto da extremidade do ventilador Corrigir rota o inversa desligando a energia e mudando dois dos tr s terminais de energia no s bloco s terminal dentro do gabinete veja a Se o 3 e diagrama el trico esquem tico na Se o 8 Iniciar centr fuga de acordo com procedimento de Inicializa o Normal abaixo come ando pelo 4 passo INICIALIZA O NORMAL 1 Com a energia el trica desligada abra manualmente a tampa do conjunto do recipiente rotativo para verificar se o recipiente giro liv
28. Embora a falha de equipamento seja improv vel avarias devido a um erro operacional ou outro problema podem resultar em paraliza o desnecess ria da m quina e deve ser corrigido o mais rapidamente poss vel Os procedimentos de solu o de problemas apresentados nesta se o ajudar o os t cnicos a isolar e corrigir avarias Procedimento de Solu o de Problemas A an lise de falhas deve proceder logicamente da causa mais simples mais complexa O problema mais dif cil um desligamento inesperado ou incapacidade de iniciar Sempre elimine as causas bvias de mau funcionamento antes de prosseguir com possibilidades mais complexas Uma vez que mais de uma causa pode ser respons vel por mau funcionamento o t cnico deve proceder metodicamente para eliminar todas as poss veis causas e tomar todas as a es corretivas a cada passo do processo de solu o de problemas Onde mudan as nos procedimentos operacionais o melhor plano de a o recomenda es adequadas est o inclu das Em geral um desligamento inesperado da centr fuga devido a uma interrup o de energia el trica que tenha desligado os motores acionadores Componentes de seguran a s o instaladas em reas chave do sistema de controle el trico da centr fuga para desligar o motor el trico se os par metros de seguran a tais como temperatura do motor vibra es ou torque do transportador s o excedidas A interrup o de energia pode ser devido a um ou
29. FEED NOZZLE SLEEVE 1 21 160012256 FEED ACCELERATOR FRONT 1 20 60012255 PIPE PROTECTOR 1420 19 00125 TILE amp BACKING PLATE MN 6 18 G0012408 FEED NOZZLE 3 16 160012261 PIPE PLUGS E 13 60007882 DOMLPN 1 12 0004 DRIVE SLEEVE 8 1 G0007880 SET SCREW 2 10 G00078 9 1 09 60002262 SET SCREW 1 08 000787 ROLLER BEARING DETAIL A 1 06 0007715 SHAFT SEAL 8 05 0025 HEX HEAD BOLT 1 04 00122 SEAL COVER 8 03 160012251 SOCKET HEAD SCREW NOTE AA 1 02 60012497 BEARING HOUSING USE PARTS LIST ON UNITS CF005059 CURRENT 1 or 60012224 CONVEYOR CONVEYOR PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NAME DETAIL B A ON eee O Cc E DETAIL C Ne TOR 08 NOTE FOR WNT 3 22 12 DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE REF GA 16590 00 003 UN ws mais 2 0 73 2 1 07 a NS AN REF GA 16590 00 004 m m T EN y om M8 12 7 11 REF GA 16590 00 005 RADO AKTA Q MEN E NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WOUT TE WEITEN PR OF Dee rc foo DERRICK o E REF GA 16590 00 006 SED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THER DRXWNC NO AGENCES IN THE ARRANGEMENT EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY CORPORATION Freu MID MER 16604 00 001 90 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A 05 4 O O
30. FF E STOP BARRIER NO 14 25 OFF g OFF POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK 60008941 POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK COVER G00089423 L 5 ALL 18 AWG BLUE INTRINSIC WIRING GRDUND BUS BAR 60005309 HOUSING BULKHEAD MOUNTED gt INCOMING GROUND LUG 60007846 CONTROL FEMALE CAGE CLAMP TERMINAL 1 NPT M2 ADAPTER M25 PLUG 1 NPT SPARE 1 1 2 NPT M40 lt G0008449 lt G0009197 ADAPTER G0008813 N G0008807 PLUG XP FITTING BY OTHERS 1 1 2 NPT M40 lt G0009197 lt G0008807 PLUG PUMP MOTOR NOT TO EXCEED 30 HP DE 1000 UNIT CF xxxx DE 1000 UNIT CFxxxx Carre 1 1 2 gt 600088904 600088932 4 gt 2 1 2 NPT AHD CIEL 2 1 2 NPT M63 60009467 ADAPTER 60009466 PLUG e NPT 2 NPT MSO 60008451 ADAPTER 60008455 PLUG CABLE SIZED FOR 8054 MAX PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER CABLE SIZED FOR 85 FITTING PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER BY DTHERS 3 NPT M63 5 a 60009568 ADAPTER 0640 460009753 PLUG CABLE SIZED FDR 42A MAX PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER XP FITTING BY OTHERS A 3 60009751 ADAPTER 60009752 PLUG 60009523 60009524 CA 16590 00 004 eat Ts PUMP RESTART REMOTE N D CONTACT BY OTHERS WHEN CLOSED AND PROGRAMMED PUMP WILL RESTART lt IF PUMP WAS RUNNING NOTE A m 10
31. REV CHANGE CKD DATE REV CHANGE CKD DATE REV CHANGE CKD DATE REV CHANGE CKD DATE REV CHANGE CKD DATE WRITTEN OR VERBAL f ep 2 4 5 6 7 00 n 590 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A CENT MAN 3 4 NPT ELBOW 90 CRH EL296 Dein 16AWG 6C W XP GLAND EG PM TEN pes 5 aN d MO NET CORO FITTING STRAIGHT 188555 2 como ser o Ln Do omis cu et cesto e 1 2 NPT CORD FITTING 1 2 NPT 60002711 TUBE 450009864 RELIEF E 2 THHN 2 AWG THHN THWN 14 AWG VALVE 9 A lt G0008006 Tijg 117 ELBOW MN 50009863 FUSE HOLDER CONDENSOR MOTOR FEED PUMP CENTRIFUGE 60007214 INPUT INPUT FUSES Lem FUSE HOLDER FUSE H 600054935 60007221 FUSES 3 0 AMP ERC no Am IDICATOR a5 1 CONDITIONER dio ER co007632y5 pains ur e d s ENSOR THAN THWN 14 AWG AA 0009074 SENSOR Soma THERMOSTAT 3 60009972 CABLE OUTPUT ab ppur CONTROL E DS 7 12N L TEN DNN 14 AWG g CONVEYOR q e 7 CONTROLLER 5 wr WA A 5500799 3 THHN 18 ANG AN INVERTER 19 pep A gt A 8 FEED PUMP OUTPUT TO 40 15 ETHERNET UL CONTROLLER N CE Hd g T TEP COM OWC 3 u c INVERTER P
32. o de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio VFD do Recipiente com Defeito Pressione PARAR e desligar e depois ligar o ciclo de energia Se o alarme n o sumir substitua o VFD do Recipiente Erro de Comunica o do VFD do Recipiente O VFD do Recipiente n o est se comunicando com o PLC Confirme que o LED verde ao lado do cabo Ethernet est aceso indicando que o hub est funcionando Verifique as conex es entre o VFD e o PLC do recipiente e corrija eventuais defeitos Substitua o VFD do recipiente se nenhum outro defeito for encontrado Alarme de Limite Excedido do Acionador VFD do Recipiente Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Motor de Acionamento do Recipiente Troque o motor em caso de defeito ou remova outra causa do consumo de corrente excessiva puxando corrente em excesso Desligamento ou Falga do VFD do Rec Problemas do Manual do Usu rio ipiente Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Detec o de falha do VFD causando desligamento Verifique e substitua o VFD do recipiente Alarme de Aviso de Aterramento do VFD do Recipiente Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Motor do recipiente tem acesso para aterramento Verifique se h aterramento no motor do recipiente e conex es para a sa da do acionador e corrija o defeito 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 39 Centrifuga DE 7200
33. 25 31 32 HOLE 25 1 CUTOUT DETAILS e REQUIRED IN VIEWED FROM T RBESTOR ENCLOSURE INSIDE ENCLOSURE BODY 65 2 9 16 133 5 1 4 44 1 23 32 46 1 13 16 WEIGHT 0 2 kg 0 44 Ib GASKET 44 1 23 32 NOTE SYSTEMS SUPPLIED WITHOUT ENCLOSURES HOUSING 62 ARE SUPPLIED WITH A RANGE OF 2 15 32 8 ORIFICE PLATES TO SUIT FLOW RATES PURGE OUTLET BETWEEN 10 225 NL MIN 0 4 8 SCFM DO NOT OBSTRUCT XBR 77D0 003 ISSUE 2 WEIGHT 0 5 kg 1 1 Ib Sub MiniPurge Systems CONFIGURATION PA OPTION EUROPEAN CERT ONLY VIEW ON A 150 5 29 32 129 5 3 32 7 3 32 PO OPTION VIEW ON POWER SWITCH 1 8 NPTF 45 1 3 4 35 1 3 8 6190061 496 1998 GROUPS AB C amp D lt gt 496 1993 CLASS GROUPS A B C 80 AS3280 PLA Ex p VAC SA Workcovor Cort No Ex3199U PASSIVE ALARM PRESSURIZED SIGNAL 1 8 NPTF IS OPTION VIEW ON A 495 1998 CLASS GROUPS AB C amp D HFPA 496 1993 CLASS 1 GROUPS amp 0 assaso PL a Ex p MIC SA Workcover Ha Ex3190U HOLE FOR M20 1 2 GLAND GROMMET SUPPLIED OPTION E wo 2 1 PASSIVE ALARM 1 COMMON COMMON 2 POWER INTERLOCK M O MANUAL OVERRIDE 1 5 SWITCH PCB KEY Ia 30 PSI 2 bar 200 Kpa PASSIVE ALARM PRESSURIZED SIGNAL 2 bar 30 PSI 200 Kpa MANUAL OVERRIDE OPTION AVAILABLE AS KEY SWITCH IN THE ENCLOSURE
34. Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS TELA DE CONFIGURA O A tela Configura o Figura 4 13 permite ao operador visualizar a vers o do software instalado no PLC e painel de controle HMI configura es do recipiente e velocidade diferencial e as caracter sticas da bomba de alimenta o bem como definir as prefer ncias pessoais O operador pode ajustar o brilho da tela do painel de controle e selecionar as unidades de temperatura ou F que ser o exibidas nas outras telas Op es s o fornecidas para sele o das telas Login Diagn sticos ou Inicial Se Login for selecionado aparecer um pedido para inserir um nome de usu rio e senha dispon vel apenas para pessoal autorizado Quando a tela for acessada o pessoal autorizado pode definir ou alterar par metros do recipiente transportador e VFD das bombas MOSTRAR TELA DE LOGIN PARA PERMITIR ACESSO TELA RESTRITA Derrick Centrifuge Setup ATUAL VERS O DO MOSTRAR DEFINI ES Software Version Login SOFTWARE INSTALADO M X MIN DA VELOCIDADE DE 7200 DIFERENCIAL amp DO PLC Rev 3 0 RECIPIENTE E DEFINI ES HMI Rev 3 0 AJUSTE DO BRILHO DE DO GPM DA BOMBA PARA EXIBI O PARA CADA OPERADOR in AMBIENTES ILUMINADOS VISUALIZAR Operating Range CARACTERISTICAS DE OPERA O DA BOMBA Pump Setup Temperature Units Diagnostics PC Home SELECIONAR UNIDADE DE TEMPERATURA DESEJADA VISUALIZA O DA TELA CORRESPONDEN
35. DERRICK Centrifuga DE 7200 De Acionamento De Frequ ncia Vari vel Emitido em 30 de Outubro de 2009 Revisado em 30 de Julho de 2010 Manual de Manuten o e Opera o Companhia de Equipamentos Derrick 15630 Export Plaza Drive Houston Texas 77032 Telefone 281 590 3003 Liga o Gratuita 1 866 DERRICK Fax 281 442 6948 www derrickequipment com DERRICK CORPORATION INDICE Se o P gina nen nn 1 1 o AP 1 1 SOON ANG ee ER rc 1 1 Utiliza o do Equipamentio 1 1 DES mm 1 2 Operacao t Decem 1 5 Sistema de BW Me 1 7 Informa o de Konad ec rm 1 8 TECNICO se 1 8 AED tee 2 1 Geral E e o A 2 1 o 2 1 Fichas com Dados de Seguran a do Material 5055 2 3 3 I stalag80 caminan 3 1 PODER PUES ETE E E 3 1 E 3 1 3 1 Sequ ncia de Instala o de 3 2 Requisitos de Prepara o do Local e Espa o Livre 3 3 Posicionamento e Montagem do
36. DUCT 1 2 X2 X 6 50008001 IRE DUCT 1 2 X2 X 10 1 2 50008002 DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 33 1 8 50007338 DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 30 3 4 50007650 IRE DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 28 7 8 50008010 IRE DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 34 3 8 30007244 AMEPLATE EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON EMERGENCY STOP 64 1 50007865 PURGE UNIT W RELIEF VALVE 65 1 30008006 RELIEF VALVE SERIAL OF PURGE REQUIRED 66 2 MP 116B 02X02 1178 90 DEG STREET ELBOW BRA 67 2 60004679 1 8 X 3 16 HOSE BARB 65 1 30003565 AIR FILTER DX 50 2005 4 1 2 X 2 PIPE NIPPLE SST 70 1 60002300 AIR FILTER BX 71 2 0002716 7 12X11 2PIPENIPPLE SST 2 1 00274 117290 DEG ELBOW SST 73 1 60009927 AIR REGULATOR 30008003 1 2 90 DEG STREET ELBOW BRA 30008004 1 2 X 1 2 HOSE BARB 30008009 AIR HOSE 115181 01 001 DISPLAY SCREEN PROTECTIVE COVER 30004364 O RING PROTECTIVE COVER 50008007 1 4 20 SEALING PAN HEAD SCREW 50008964 P 172 CORD FITTING 60007846 CONNECTOR HOUSING 50007848 INSERT TERMINAL FEMALE 60007852 INSERT TERMINAL MALE B 60007850 CONNECTOR HOOD 50009238 CABLE GLAND HOOD 7 17MM 30007851 ICONNECTOR COVER HOUSING 50007849 CONNECTOR COVER HOOD 60008005 DOOR LATCH 50004444 1 2 CABLE GLAND XP 60004418 1 27 CABLE FITTING 25 375 OD 116627 01 001 CABLE ASSEMBLY 60007252 TRE DUCT FASTENER MOUNT AN TM3S10 C TRE SADDLE SMALL 30003519 IRE SADDLE MEDIUM 1 30009727 ABLE GEXOL 16 AWG 6C 6 FT ASSY W XP GLAND 1 60007951 ETHERNET C
37. FUSES 150 A ERNET RAS VIF VIE O 2 8 u 6 8 G0007225 2 e a A 4 14 AW OUTPUT L N 219 60003824 CABLE SURGE PROTECTOR p DLO 2 AWG N AA 60007953 60005509 q ETHERNET oxy je 14 ANG CABLE 8 TERMINAL BLOCK 60007955 Ad BLK 120V L THHN THWN 14 AWG THHN THWN 14 60008571 VEN 4 60008544 FUSE 7 0 3 600099111 Y 18 AWG SHIELDED RED TOUCH PROOF TERMINAL COVERS 120 2 x X a 32 32 18 AWG SHIELDED 60002873 dans 500 VA 1 421 131 BLK FUSE COVERS PULLERS TRANS ORME 30 30 30 30 AN3A BLK BLK 31 60002874 mi 00034 1 25 BLK 2 2 Fi Vuc x TAN4A RED x AN4B RED 25 BLK OVDC THHN THWN 14 AVG 25 BK 25 BLK ANI3C BLK t t FAV t RED 394 1 FUSE 25 Ah H FUSE 25 A a ANSC RED ZANISA BLK BARRIER 60002910 L1 T 60002910 e INTRINSIC BARRIER 60009286 A 19 V 19 ANA BARRIER ARTE gg 600079180 A Bl TOGGLE SETTINGS S al Y aal amp 7 44 0 A 5117244 08 gt 1923 2l La NO EA gt A 1141619 20 9122013 1112 7 8 112 748 A 1112 7 10 8 ma OFF El CLUTCH SPEED N BOWL SPEED A LIQUID N SOLID VIBRATION AND A DF e z e E 2 SENSOR END E STOP BARRIER NO E 2 2 NON INTRINSIC AA ALC gt A 3554 AL OFF TERMINAL BLOCKS 58 AS ae DEE E G0009324X2 GREEN 4 PT TE E T7 NO CONNECTION G0008562X7 GREY 4 PT 25 gt E e
38. Section 3 Maintenance of the system The maintenance recommended for the system consists of the following items supplemented by any additional local requirements imposed by the authority having jurisdiction 3 1 Commissioning The tests to be performed during commissioning are described in Section 2 of this manual They include checking the opening pressure of the Relief Valve the setting of the Minimum Pressure Sensor the Normal Working Pressure of the enclosure and for X purge systems the setting of the purge timer 3 2 Routine maintenance 4 Expo recommend that the commissioning tests be performed again within six months In addition the following checks are also recommended at that time Check the RLV and any other Spark Arrestors Remove any debris or corrosion or replace with a spare Page 6 of 8 ML384 Issue 01 12 10 05 Check the condition of the air supply filter element Clean or replace it as necessary 2 At least every two years check the following additional items The apparatus suitable for the Hazardous location There are no unauthorised modifications The source of air is uncontaminated The interlocks and alarms function correctly Approval labels are legible and undamaged Adequate spares are carried The action on pressure failure is correct Section 4 Fault Finding LC and CFHP systems 4 1 General If the system does not behave in the manner described above there is a fault S
39. VS2 and VS2C VS2EXR Remote Reset Terminal Sensitivity Sensitivity Adjustment Adjustment Ground Terminal SPDT Snap Switch SPDT Switch Terminals VS2EX VS2EXB and VS2EXRB Remote Reset SPDT Snap Switch Terminal Sensitivity Sensitivity Adjustment Adjustment Terminal SPDT Snap Switch Optional SPDT Snap Switch VS2EXRB only Time Delay and or Remote Reset SPDT Terminal Optional Snap Switch eem Terminal Sensitivity A Adjustment aci SUSI Heater Board Terminal Optional VS 7037N page 6 of 8 ELECTRICAL WARNING REMOVE POWER BEFORE OPENING THE UNIT ACCESS DOOR STOP THE MACHINE AND DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL POWER BEFORE BEGINNING THE WIRING OPERATION IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO HAVE A QUALIFIED PERSON INSTALL AND WIRE THE UNIT AND MAKE SURE IT CONFORMS WITH NEC AND APPLICABLE CODES VS2 and VS2C Typical Wiring Diagram for Single or Dual CD ignition SPDT Switch Contacts shown in the RESET position CD Ignition 2 Aene Resistor 100 Q 3 Watt engine ground O CD Ignition 1 VS2EXR and VS2EXRB Typical Wiring Diagram for Single or Dual CD Ignitions SPDT Switch Optional 2 SPDT IDPDTI Contacts shown in the Remote Reset RESET position Momentary To good engine Push Button ground O TAdditional Switch 115 VAC or Optional 24 VDC Voltage on VS2EXRB is specifie
40. denotes special non Approval related options such as color or enclosure mounting arrangements All LC Systems must include RLV Series Relief Valve matched to the specific control system All CF and CFHP Systems must include an RLV Series Relief Valve matched to the specific control system with either an internal or separate Outlet Orifice FM Approvals HLC 8 02 1X8A4 AE Page 2of 4 FM Approvals BLVabcd Relief Valve a Ventsize 3 6 9 12 18 25 36 52 75 or 104 b Option code Blank CF size in mm and or FS Casing material cs ss or br d Threadtype NPT BSP Metric Pipe API or Pg SAabe Outlet Orifice Spark Arrestor Nominal size 3 6 9 12 19 25 32 38 or 50 Casing matarial cs or ss Thread type NPT BSP Metric Pipe API or Pg it a b tl SAUa Outlet Orifice Spark Arrestor Universal Nominal size 25 32 or 50 Equipment Ratings Control Apparatus Associated with Pressurized Electrical Equipment for hazardous classified locations Approved for Expo Telektron Safety Systems Ltd Summer Road Thames Ditton Surrey ORH United Kingdom an nt rprise FM Approvals HLC 8 02 1X8A4 AE E Page 3 of 4 FM Approvals This certifies that the equipment described has been found to comply with the following FM Approval Standards and other documents Class 3600 1998 Class 3620 2000 Original Project ID 1X8A4 AE FM Approval Granted
41. o e manuten o deste equipamento devem ler e entender todas as informa es de seguran a contidas neste manual antes de operar e ou fazer manuten o do equipamento Os avisos de seguran a listados a seguir s o inclu dos nos procedimentos aplic veis ao longo deste manual Som ATEN O PARA PROTE O CONTRA PERDA DE AUDI O PROTETORES DE OUVINDO DEVEM SER USADOS SEMPRE E POR QUALQUER FUNCION RIO QUE ESTEJA PERTO OU TRABALHANDO EM UMA M QUINA DERRICK Riscos El ctricos ATEN O PARA EVITAR S RIAS LES ES FISICAS CERTIFIQUI SE DE QUE O EQUIPAMENTO EST BLOQUEADO E ETIQUETADO LOTO DESENERGISADO E TENHA PARADO DE GIRAR ANTES DE EXECUTAR AJUSTES E OU MANUTEN O ATEN O O MOTOR DE ACIONAMENTO DEVE SER OPERADO NA VOLTAGEM DE FORNECIMENTO DESIGNADA ATEN O ALTA TENS O PODE ESTAR PRESENTE TENHA CERTEZA QUE O FUSIVEL QUE DISCONECTA O FORNECIMENTO DE ENERGIA ELETRICA DESTE EQUIPAMENTO EST ABERTO BLOQUEI E ETIQUETE LOTO O SUPRIMENTO DE ENERGIA PARA PREVENIR APLICA O ACIDENTAL DE ENERGIA ENQUANTO AJUSTES E OU MANUTEN O EST O EM PROGRESSO ATEN O CONEX ES EL TRICAS DEVEM SER FEITAS DE ACORDO COM O C DIGO EL TRICO NACIONAL APLIC VEL AO LOCAL FALHA NO CUMPRIMENTO PODE RESULTAR NUMA CONDI O PERIGOSA QUE PODERIA MACHUCAR ALGUEM OU DANIFICA O EQUIPAMENTO ASSEGURAR SE QUE TODAS AS CONEX ES EL TRICAS E DE CONDUITES EST O SEGURAS 30 de Outubro de 2009 2 1 Centr f
42. 125 F Air volume unrestricted external circulation fan supplied externally Air volume unrestricted internal circulation 690 m h 406 cfm via tube CS nominar carne 3 mm Dimensions incl roof plate galvanized sheet steel and stainless steel Protection classification NEMA 4 4X if properly mounted to enclosure A E D Plate Information Circuit Diagram X2 6 X2 6 X2 6 1 2 n L HA Li 12 13 21 K30 T1 T2173 F 1 X2 9 uy ti 13 14 81 1 71 das 22 M M AL mp M P3 F K30 KB IRA e K 2 12 54 12 4 4 i 305 de 0307 O8 x30901 por tt gt T IE 112 1 122 N H p Tin P max E max 250 mA 25mm 25mn 2 5mm E i AWG th AWG 1h AWG th pressure blower compressor failure failure failure x1 12 L3OPB 1 Werkseinstellung 25mn fact tf Thermostat thermostat thermostat fabrique S59 Hochdruckpressostat high pressurestat pressostat haute pression Netzkabel Sicherung fuse fusible power cable Ther mischer Motorschutz f r M3 L fter cable de secteur z Nieder dr uckpressostat low pressure pressostat Forte pression pressostat F6 F Motorschutz Verdichter motor protection compressor protection de compres
43. 2 Check Commanded Speed for correct source See page 3 7 Incorrect reference source has None 3 Check Speed Ref Source for the source of been programmed the speed reference See page 3 39 4 Reprogram Speed Ref A Sel for correct source See page 3 19 Incorrect Reference source is None 5 Check Drive Status 1 page 3 37 bits 12 being selected via remote device or digital inputs and 13 for unexpected source selections 6 Check Dig In Status page 3 40 to see if inputs are selecting an alternate source 7 Reprogram digital inputs to correct Speed Sel x option See page 3 55 Motor and or drive will not accelerate to commanded speed Cause s Indication Corrective Action Acceleration time is excessive None Reprogram Accel Time x See page 3 26 Excess load or short acceleration None Check Drive Status 2 bit 10 to see if the drive times force the drive into current is in Current Limit See page 3 37 limit slowing or stopping Remove excess load or reprogram Accel acceleration Time x See page 3 26 Speed command source or value is None Check for the proper Speed Command using not as expected Steps 1 through 7 above Programming is preventing the None Check Maximum Speed See page 3 17 and drive output from exceeding limiting Maximum Freq See page 3 10 to assure values that speed is not limited by programming Motor operation is unstable Indicati
44. 8 BACKWARD CURVED 22 1 50000000 23 1 6607 02 X PROOF ENCLOSURE 24 1 50008966 BLOCK PWR DISTR 4 POLE 1 4 500MCM K PWR DISTR 3 POLE 2 0 14 WER DIST BLOCK POWER DIST BLOCK COVER GROUND LUG INCOMING GROUND BUS BAR INCOMING 7PT FUSE BLOCK 60 AMP 3P CLASS J FUSE 60 AMP CLASS J FUSE COVER INDICATING DIN RAIL 35MM X 5 1 2 ERMINAL BLOCK END BARRIER 6mm ERMINAL BLOCK GREY 4PT ERMINAL BLOCK JUMPER FUSE BLOCK 30 AMP 3P CLASS CC FUSE BLOCK 200 AMP CLASS J FUSE 150 AMP CLASS J TYPE HSJ FUSE HOLDER 400 AMP CLASS FUSE 225 AMP CLASS DIN RAIL 35MM X 5 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE VIBR SWITCH E STOP IBARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE RTD SENSOR 7244 02 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE SPEED SENSOR 50007999 DIN RAIL 35MM X 16 60007231 ETHERNET SWITCH 6 PORT 50007228 PLC COMPACTLOGIX PROCCESSOR 60003552 POWER SUPPLY 24VDC 5 AMP 50003504 SURGE SUPPRESSOR 120V 60HZ 50003494 RANSFORMER 500VA 460V PRI 120V SEC 60002910 FUSE TIME DELAY 2 5A 600VAC 60002911 FUSE TIME DELAY 7 0A 250VAC 50007976 OPERATOR INTERFACE 120VAC PROGRAMMED 7006 02 USB CABLE ASSEMBLY 50008000
45. 984 26 9 16 675 A 2 E Dp ut UM TH 19 16 40 1 3 4 45 13 16 68 5 16 1735 D 81 5 16 2066 oe 52 13 16 1341 APPROX ENCLOSURE WEIGHT 1510 LBS 685 3 4 95 4 913 16 621 DRILLED WITH TWO BOLT PATTERNS DIN 65 10 amp ANSI 2 1 2 150 38 965 FRONT CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR PROPER DOOR OPERATION 4 5 8 11 UNC 26 11 16 4 M60 678 ead Li 7 8 48 2 3 8 61 B 2 15 16 Em 000 34 3 10 0 7 FREE 1 2 140 SCALE 1 20 C B VIEW B B ANS SCALE 1 4 L 7 5 16 185 FEED PIPE DETAIL Emo 1 9 16 40 i 79 5 16 7 16 837 1 l 64 3 16 p631 E q A 44 i 4 5 16 110 1118 82 1 16 2085 etl 9 D E 3 3 4 95 ijo O 17 15 16 2996 LIFTING LUG DETAIL I 27 6 63 4 13 3 4 350 SCALE 1 4 7 1 2 191 24 1 8 613 3 15 16 60 5 16 1532 0 254 6 9 16 167 CORNER LOAD E 13 16 20 CORNER LOAD 2 63 5 16 1608 B 3 3 4 95 Cu lt 5 BS F 15 381 i 0 4 SPS 3 1 2 89 14 356 211 16 535 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE N 6 7 8 175 2 13 52 5 8 1537 355 O 6 11 16 170 20 508 AND ACCESS 5 M MOTOR AND MECHANICAL DRIVE COMPONENTS 16621 00 001 2 13 puppe ses 4 7 8 29 1 4 743 1 2 13 4595 7 5 16 186 29 5 16 744 FRONT 2 3 FEET 1 METER L FEED TUBE ASSEMBLY 16606 00 001 9 EE x 27 7 8 SIDES 2 3 FEET 1 METER K BELT GUARD 16605 00 001 708 REAR 2 3 FEET 1
46. ADO JUMPER ADDED MOTOR FLC CHANGED CONVEYOR CONTROLLER WAS 60007240 DELETED AC INPUT ELECTRICAL WIRING SCHEMATIC 460 480V 60 HZ 2 ADDED REMOTE E STOP BARRIER AND WRING CHANGED REMOTE J WAS 00004208 ws 5 27 08 5 REVISE CIRCUIT FEEDING AIR CONDITIONER NOW USES 24VDC WAS 230 VAC de WIRE COLOR ADDED RTD 60009973 AND WIRING UPDATED G0007690 TERMINAL LABELING CHANGED ADD FAN MOTOR FITTINGS REVISE TERMINAL BLOCKS REVISE RECOMMENDED CABLE TO REMSE BOW MOTOR WAS 60007548 REVISE CONVEYOR MOTOR WAS 00007270 ADD MUS REVISE GROUND BAR WAS 00007610 REVISE BOWL amp CONVEYOR MOTOR 60009207 9208 rs 02 27 12 60007689 GROUND WRE SIZES WERE 14 amp 10 AWG REVISED 0002881 TERMINAL LABELS 7 NN WAS 48 BOWL WAS 4 0 GEXOL AND CONVEYOR WAS 2 GEXOLREVSE GRO WRH F5 57 SPEED SENSORREVSED POWER WRING TO E NET SWITCH ADDED NOTE BY E HET urs 09 04 09 3 chancen MOUSE WAS 60007863 ADDED MOUSE ADAPTER PART 17006 02 08 15 08 4 CHANGED Sou TEMP SENSOR To 60007712 NAS 60007265 2 7 07 JFS 02 07 03 NONE PA REMOVED THRD SPARE TERMINAL IN 16616 01 JUNCTION BOX REVISED TERMINAL LABELING 050 REMSE VIBRATION AND E STOP MONITORS WERE QTY 2 00008526 REVISE MOTOR SWITCH ADD REMOTE PUMP START SIGNAL INTO BOWL DRIVE DIGITAL INPUT 2 PIN 28 ADDED FUSE BLOCK TO CONDENSOR FAN CHANGED MOTOR TERMINAL BLOCKS A AND TENG BARES TO MATA SYSTEM PINS as mE 12 REVIS
47. AND 41 WAS 9 3 26 12 BASE PARTS LIST nn m anne CHANGED QUANTITY OF ITEM 30 WAS 4 PER DRR 3027 10 29 1 TES cm DATE 6590 00 003 MADE NEW COLUMN FOR ALL PARTS THAT DERRICK PUTS ON NACHNE REMOVED a e ow 12 6590 00 004 NOTE ITEMS 33 WAS 60007781 AND 40 WAS DUPLICATE OF ITEM 29 CHANGED QTY OF 29 8 17 12 a DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK B e WAS 20 ADDED VEM B ADDED ITEMS 27 28 AND 53 CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK size DERRICK 6590 00 005 USED WITH UNITS CF005059 CF005113 BOD wee TNS BB NO BT DS und CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR TER Kr A AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY CORPORATION 6590 00 006 N ADDED ITEMS 50 52 OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINED IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER 660 1 0 0 E 0 01 7 18 12 OR VERBAL 590 DUKE E BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A 4 5 sS M e o VIEW B Cx m o oi olslao
48. April 8 1994 Subsequent Revision Reports Date FM Approval Amended Report Number Date Report Number Date 0B3A3 AE November 5 1996 3010469 June 25 2001 FM Global Technologies LLC 2920 Technical Team Manager 2 Ee FM Approvals 8 02 1X8A4 AE Page 4 of 4 L JO ON IHS Saal pem 23113 980 EN pr sweIsAg Ajejes SIN was d er GQ 1 odx3 65 HSINI4 1 LVA 984 1 00 9 Y dio 5880 0Z9rS oea a a o a y dio I 5510 aes 21852 994 3 G o g v dio AQ II 5520 s YL8SZ oeaa a o a v dio MA II I SSEJO 00987 15640 uoneogissejo ndino SI 10 MUIGZ VL O Ac eow 9104S JO ejereue jou jeu eor ep e 51 snjejeddy 6 snyeuedde pejejoosse eu jo e7 Ley Sse si jo eougjonpui snid r1 smeledde eu jo eO sse si Sunoeuuoo Jejur JO esueyoedes snid 19 uey Sse si snyesedde pojeroosse jo y JO 25 xew ueu Sse 61 snjeledde pejeroosse Jo JA JO 20A t suoneoo snopiezeH ssej suejs s SI Jo uonelie sul o ZLds VSI ISNY ees uo eouepinB Joy 04 VdJN ISNV 129149913 jeuoneN eu pue suononnsur s JeJnjoejnueu eu UM eouepioo2e ul eq jeus Z S OA 062 ejejeue Jo esn jou pinoys snyejedde oj pejoeuuoo
49. Dados do Fornecedor r een 10 1 15 de mar o de 2010 TOC 3 DE 7200VFDCentrifuge DERRICK CORPORATION SE O 1 INTRODU O VIS O GERAL Este manual fornece instru es para instala o e opera o da centr fuga DE 7200 de Acionamento de Frequ ncia Vari vel VFD Figura 1 1 O manual est dividido em v rias se es para auxiliar o usu rio a acessar facilmente as informa es As instru es incluem descri o teoria de opera o seguran a instala o e manuten o Desenhos de refer ncia s o fornecidos para facilitar a localiza o e a encomenda de pe as bem como para a compreens o do funcionamento do equipamento e auxiliar na solu o de problemas O manual tamb m cont m documenta o t cnica fornecida por fontes externas Estes documentos abrangem componentes utilizados na centr fuga mas n o fabricados pela Derrick Figura 1 1 DE 7200 Centr fugas de Acionamento de Frequ ncia Vari vel VFD SEGURAN A A se o 2 deste manual cont m informa es de seguran a pertinentes para tanto opera o quanto manuten o deste equipamento Assegure se que esta informa o seja lida e compreendida por todos os funcion rios N O opere o equipamento em caso de defeito ou falha mec nica ou em componentes el tricos serem detectados UTILIZA O DO EQUIPAMENTO A centr fuga DE 7200 VFD foi designada expressamente para a remo o de s lidos de lama pasta de baixa gravid
50. EXTREMIDADE VERMELI DE SOLIDOS BRA O SENSOR DE VELOCIDADE PARA O PLUG DO SISTEMA DE SENSOR CABO DO SENSOR DE VELOCIDADE SENSOR DE TEMPERATURA COTOVELO PORCA DE ACOPLAMENTO Figura 5 17 Sensores de Temperatura e Velocidade Extremidade de S lidos 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 23 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O Remo o Cont PISTA INTERNA AJUSTADOR DE GRAXA CARCA A FLANGE DE ENTRADA ANEL EM O CAME DO SENSOR DE VELOCIDADE CARCA A FLANGE DE ENTRADA ANEL ESPA ADOR CAME DO SENSOR DE POLIA ROLAMENTO VELOCIDADE ROLAMENTO PRINCIPAL Figura 5 18 Flange de Entrada Came de Sensor de Velocidade Rolamento Principal da Extremidade de S lidos 19 Observe a orienta o das pe as no eixo da caixa de engrenagem e remova a carca a com a came do sensor de velocidade conectada regulador de graxa e anel espa ador do eixo 20 Trabalhando atrav s de duas portas efluentes na extremidade de l quidos remova dois parafusos M12 a 180 de distancia do transportador Instale duas placas nas portas Figura 5 19 insira um parafuso longo M12 atrav s de cada prato e aperte levemente os parafusos Essas placas ir o manter o transportador no local enquanto a caixa de engrenagem extra da do conjunto do recipiente 21 Retire dois plugues tubo do transportador Figura 5 20 e desenrosque o pino guia que prendem o eixo da caixa de engrenagem ao transpor
51. Figura 3 3 Montagem da Centr fuga CALHAS DE DESCARGA DE L QUIDOS E DE S LIDOS Observe as seguintes considera es do projeto quando montar as calhas de descarga de l quidos e s lidos Para determinar as dimens es e as disposi es dos buracos de montagem consulte o desenho de disposi es gerais na Se o 8 Tubo de descarga de L quido Quando montar a calha certifique se de mant la o mais reta poss vel Curvas m nimas s o aceit veis mas lembre se que qualquer curva vai restringir o fluxo de sa da da centr fuga Tubo de descarga de s lido A calha da extremidade de s lidos deve ser projetada em um ngulo suficientemente ngreme para facilitar a autolimpeza Se isso n o for poss vel um meio deve ser inclu do para remover s lidos acumulados na calha periodicamente NIVELAMENTO DO EQUIPAMENTO A centr fuga deve estar bem nivelada para um funcionamento satisfat rio O equipamento deve ser nivelado ao longo do comprimento e largura da unidade Figura 3 3 Um Nivelador 2 foot ou torpedo n vel recomendado Cal os n o compress veis devem ser usados caso seja necess rio para o nivelamento da m quina 3 6 30 de Julho de 2010 INSTALA O NIVELAMENTO DO EQUIPAMENTO CONT Figura 3 3 Nivelamento da Centr fuga DESCIDA E FIXA O DO CONJUNTO ROTATIVO Note N o descarte as tiras de borracha entre os rolamentos pillow block tampa e base ap s a remo o Estas tiras devem ser reinstaladas se
52. Graxa incorreta Lubrificar com graxa recomendada consulte a Manuten o Preventiva nesta se o Rolamento com defeito Substitua ambos os rolamentos defeituosos consulte Substitui o de Rolamentos Principais nesta se o Alarme do VFD da Bomba Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio O VFD da bomba precisa ser Pressione PARAR e desligar e depois ligar o ciclo reinicializado de energia Se o alarme n o sumir substitua o VFD da bomba Erro de Comunica o do VFD da Bomba O VFD da bomba n o est se comunicando com o PLC Confirme que o LED verde ao lado do cabo Ethernet est aceso indicando que o hub est funcionando Verifique as conex es entre o VFDe o PLC da bomba e corrija eventuais defeitos Substitua o VFD da bomba se nenhum outro defeito for encontrado 5 44 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O Mensagens de alarme e de falha de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Alarme de Limite Excedido do Acionador VFD da bomba Consulte a Se o de Solu o Motor de Acionamento da bomba puxando corrente em excesso Troque o motor em caso de defeito ou remova outra causa do consumo de corrente excessiva Usu rio Falha do VFD da Bomba Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Manual do Detec o de falha do VFD causando desligamento Verifique e substitua o VFD da bomba Problemas do Manual do Us
53. RLV Again Expo recommends 6mm 74 bore metallic tube Power supplies and their isolation All power entering the pressurized enclosure shall be provided with a means of isolation This requirement also applies to any external power sources which are connected to equipment such as volt free or dry contacts within the pressurized enclosure Printer signal network cards etc need isolation ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 12 of 28 Expo Exception Power to Intrinsically Safe or other apparatus that is classified for the hazardous area need not be isolated by the Expo system In all cases the application and the isolation of the power must be controlled by the MiniPurge system Refer to Specification Sheet for output options available Adjustments and settings The user adjustable settings are as follows Purge time For continuous flow CF systems only purge flow rate orifice size selection Leakage compensation Action on pressurization failure ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 13 of 28 Expo Purge time If no specific purge test has been performed on the pressurized enclosure the volume of the pressurized enclosure must be determined by the manufacturer or user of the pressurized enclosure and the necessary purging time calculated based on the purge flow rate specified by the standard being used It is the user s responsibility to verify or enter this data on the pressurized enclosure and or MiniPurge system nameplate Ask
54. This certificate and its schedules may only De reproduced in its entirety and without change Sira Certification Service Rake Lane Eccleston Chester CH4 9JN England Page 4of5 Tel 44 0 1244 670900 Fax 44 0 1244 681330 Email exhazard O siratc co uk ST amp C Chester Form 9176 Issue 6 Sira Certification Service is a service of Sira Test amp Certification Ltd sira Certification Service SCHEDULE EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE Sira O1ATEX1295X 15 2 When using the AO AS and DT options the recommendations for the additional requirements of EEx p apparatus contained within EN 60079 14 shall be applied 15 3 The installer user shall ensure that the MiniPurge Control Unit is installed in accordance with the equipment certificate that covers the combination of the pressurised enclosure s and MiniPurge Control Unit 15 4 The values of the safety parameters shall be set in accordance with the equipment certificate that covers the combination of the pressurised enclosure s and MiniPurge Control Unit 15 5 This MiniPurge Control Unit shail be incorporated into equipment and the appropriate Conformity Assessment Procedures applied to the combination as defined by Directive 94 9 EC This certificate is not a certificate that covers the combination 16 ESSENTIAL HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF ANNEX II EHSRs The relevant EHSRs that are not addressed by the standards listed in this certificate have been identified and individ
55. and built for shaft up applications It does not imply that all build up motors are suitable for shaft up applications 3 3 APPLICATION ASSEMBLY TO MOTOR CAUTION EQUIPMENT DAMAGE Do not connect or couple motor to load until correct rotational direction is established 3 3 1 GENERAL PROPER ALIGNMENT of the motor and driven equipment minimizes vibration levels maximizes bearing life and extends the overall life of the machinery Consult the drive or equipment manufacturer for more information CAUTION BEARING FAILURE During assembly do NOT force components onto the shaft Striking or hammering the component may result in bearing damage 3 3 2 DIRECT COUPLING Use flexible couplings if possible For applications that apply radial axial or moment loading on the motor shaft see section 3 3 3 CAUTION BEARING FAILURE Unless approved by the motor manufacturer do NOT direct couple a vertical shaft up or roller bearing motor Direct coupling a vertical shaft up motor or a motor with a roller bearing may result in bearing damage 3 3 3 DIRECT CONNECTED Radial loading for direct connected equipment gears fans etc must be approved by the motor manufacturer unless within the maximum overhung load limits Table 3 2 Combined loading axial radial and or moments must be approved by motor manufacturer For belted loads see section 3 3 4 Table 3 2 Maximum Radial Load Ibf O Middle of the Shaft Extension Length Frame Motor
56. controlada O desligamento normal executado para as atividades de rotina tais como a limpeza lubrifica o inspe o ou ajuste 4 18 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS O Note Desligamento e descarga adequados do recipiente podem impedir alta vibra o na inicializa o seguinte DESLIGAMENTO NORMAL 1 Parar a bomba de alimenta o Inicialmente continuar o fornecimento de gua fresca de descarga para remover todos os res duos s lidos provenientes do transportador e do recipiente Continue lavando de 3 a 5 minutos ap s a bomba de alimenta o ser desligada Independente do per odo de desligamento o transportador opera com um diferencial de velocidade pr definido enquanto o recipiente desacelera at parar Este processo limpa o 2 recipiente durante o desligamento A for a centr fuga for a o l quido de descarga contra a parede do recipiente durante o processo de descarga medida que a velocidade cai gradualmente durante o per odo de desligamento a calha de s lidos tamb m pode ser descargada Conex es no lado da dobradi a do inv lucro permitem a liga o de uma mangueira para lavar o exterior do conjunto rotativo e interior do conjunto do inv lucro Motor de acionamento da caixa de velocidades desligado automaticamente quando a velocidade do recipiente cai para menos de 200 RPM Ap s a paralisa o da centr fuga que pode demorar mais de 10 minutos ap s a 4
57. mode utilization category etc sheet 2 4 EC type examination Certificates without signature and official stamp shall not be valid The certificates may be circulated only without alteration Extracts or alterations are subject to approval by the Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt In case of dispute the German text shall prevail Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt Bundesallee 100 D 38116 Braunschweig Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt PIB Braunschweig und Berlin SCHEDULE TO EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE PTB 00 ATEX 1093 X 16 17 Contacts depending on switching module 1 or 2 changeover contacts or 1 break and or 1 make contact 1 or 2 break contacts with positive opening operation Temperature lt 60 C 70 C 75 90 C Temperature class T6 Type 07 2511 0 and 07 2581 X0 Rated thermal current TA 3A Type 07 2511 XX and 07 2581 XX Rated thermal current 6A 2A Temperature class T6 T5 T6 T5 Type 07 2521 X0 Rated thermal current 5A 8A 3A 3A 07 2521 Rated thermal current 5 6A 2 2 The limit switches of type 07 2511 and 07 2581 are designed for a temperature resistance of 55 C to 100 The limit switch of type 07 2521 is designed for a temperature resistance of 20 C to 115 Nominal conductor cross section 2 to 8x 1 5 mm Test report PTB Ex 00 10203 Special conditions for safe use The limit swi
58. o insuficiente Lubrifique os rolamentos consulte Manuten o Preventiva Excesso de graxa Remova a graxeira e direcione o jato de ar comprimido filtrado para remover a graxa Graxa incorreta Lubrifique com graxa recomendada consulte Manuten o Preventiva Rolamento com defeito Substitua ambos os rolamentos principais consulte Substitui o do Rolamento Principal MENSAGENS DE ALARME E DE FALHA Interven es s o necess rias caso uma mensagem apare a para alertar o operador do acontecimento de alguma anomalia Mensagens de alarme significam que a condi o atual deve ser corrigida ou a centr fuga pode ser desligado automaticamente Mensagens de falha informam ao operador que uma falha que exige desligamento autom tico ocorreu Consulte a tabela a seguir para mensagens de alarme e falha suas causas e a es corretivas para assist ncia em analisar as mensagens Mensagens de alarme e de falha Falha por sobrecarga no motor do Compressor do Ar Condicionador Motor puxando corrente em excesso Troque o motor do compressor do ar condicionado em caso de defeito ou remova outra causa do consumo de corrente excessiva Falha por sobrecarga no motor do Ventilador Interno do Ar Condicionador Motor puxando corrente em excesso Troque o motor do ventilador interno em caso de defeito ou remova outra causa do consumo de corrente excessiva Falha de Press o Alta ou Baixa no Refrigerante do Ar Condicionado
59. on or close to the Pressurized Enclosure PE If not installed on the PE it should be as close as possible It should be installed so that the system indicators may be readily observed 2 All parts of any system carry a common serial number If installing more than one system ensure that this commonality is maintained on each installation 3 Any tubing conduit and fittings used to connect to the PE should be metallic or if non metallic conform to the local codes for flammability ratings No valve may be fitted in any tube connecting the Expo system to the PE 4 If the purge exhaust is required to be discharged into a non classified area the ducting shall conform to 4 2 2 Discharge of the protective gas 5 The user or manufacturer of the PE shall determine the volume of the PE the necessary purging volume and the time to be allowed for purging using the Expo system purging flow rate chosen It is the user s responsibility to verify or enter this data on the PE and or Expo system name plate Ask Expo if in doubt Example calculations a If the PE external dimensions give a volume of 20 cubic feet and the PE is NOT a motor multiply the volume by four to get the Purging Volume i e 80 cubic feet Divide the Purging Volume by the purge rate e g 32 cubic feet per minute and round up to the next even minute above i e 4 minutes b If the PE is a motor multiply the internal free volume by ten to get the Purging Volume In
60. the shaft height between vent openings and the nearest obstruction 3 1 3 2 TOTALLY ENCLOSED MOTORS are suitable for indoor or outdoor standard service applications TEAO or AOM Totally Enclosed Air Over motors must be mounted in the air stream When the motor nameplate states a minimum airflow the motor must be mounted in an air stream meeting this minimum value TEFC Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled motors must meet a minimum distance of 72 the shaft height between the fan guard grill openings and the nearest obstruction 3 1 3 3 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS MOTORS Hazardous Locations motors are intended for installations in accordance with NEC Article 500 For all installations involving Hazardous Locations motors consult the applicable national codes local codes and the authority having jurisdiction Division 1 Installations includes Class amp Il Use only motors that are UL Listed and CSA Certified or UL Listed and UL Certified for Canada These motors bear a separate nameplate that includes the UL Listing Mark and CSA Certification Mark or includes the UL Listing Mark and the UL Mark for Canada This plate also bears the phrase Electric motor for Hazardous Locations and is marked with the Class Group and Operating Temperature Code Division 2 Installations Class only Use only motors that are CSA Certified and bear the CSA Certification Mark These motors include a phrase on the main motor nameplate that indicates the mo
61. 00 001 16603 00 001 16604 00 001 16605 00 001 14394 00 007 14394 00 009 14394 00 01 1 14394 00 012 14394 00 013 16606 00 001 16618 00 16621 00 16593 00 16798 00 16607 00 16472 00 002 16472 00 003 16472 00 004 16472 00 005 Esta se o cont m desenhos de engenharia Derrick para o seu equipamento Estes desenhos s o inclu dos para fornecer assist ncia na solu o de problemas reparo e encomenda de pe as General Arrangement XP Centrifuge General Arrangement Non XP Centrifuge Base Paris List Case and Cover Paris List Bowl Paris List Conveyor Parts List Belt Guard Paris List Electrical Wiring Schematic 460 480V 60 Hz Non XP Centrifuge Electrical Wiring Schematic 460 480V 60 Hz XP Centrifuge Electrical Wiring Schematic 380 400V 50Hz XP Centrifuge Electrical Wiring Schematic 575 600V 60 Hz XP Centrifuge Electrical Wiring Schematic 380 400V 50Hz Non XP Centrifuge Feed Component Assembly Junction Box Assembly Drive Components Parts List Base Sensor System Parts List Repair Tool Kit XP Electrical Control Panel Control Enclosure Assembly 460 480V 60 Hz XP Centrifuge Control Enclosure Assembly 380 400V 50 Hz XP Centrifuge Control Enclosure Assembly 575 600V 60 Hz XP Centrifuge Control Enclosure Assembly 460 480V 60Hz Non XP Centrifuge 30 de Outubro de 2009 1 1 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD AND CLEANING a LJ 51 3 16 1300 FOR FEED PIPE
62. 0500094672 ADAPTER a ERESEEN PLUG CLAMP TERMINAL 60010883 JA A COVER GEXOL 125 MARINE e 2 0 AVG a BLE PUMP RESTART Er CABLE SIED REMOTE ND CONTACT REMOTE ND CONTACT 8 CABLE ASSY SHIELIED INTRINSIC PUMP WILL REF 6590 00 003 A REF PL 16472 00 003 REF EPL 16593 00 002 PROVIDED BY BY OTHERS BY OTHERS WHEN CLOSED AND WHEN CLOSED AND CUSTOMER PROGRAMMED PROGRAMMED 16593 47 100 FT PUMP WAS RUNNING TO RUN WHEN DPEN NOTE XP ENCLOSURE rr enr qe mie uuu lw ste Po Pe INCREASED SAFETY CENTRIFUGE DO NOT PLACE JUMPER BETWEEN TERMINALS 1 AND 2 AS PUMP MAY START UNINTENTIONALLY THESE TERMINALS ARE INTENDED FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUITS CONTACT DERRICK CORPORATION IF REMOTE PUMP START STUP CONTACTS ARE TO BE LOCATED IN HAZARDOUS 60009524 60009523 AREA REFER TO DWG 17237 00 ELBOW 3 4 CRH EL89 NIPPLE 3 4 CNPLE 75 COND gt XP CABLE ASSY 16AWG 6C GLAND RU 090976 gy ES 172 NPT CORD FITTING ive wer E AN TUBE lt G0009864 RELIEF A 9000906 inen ELBOW INPUT FUSES 50009863 FUSE HOLDER 60007214 FUSES 15 00003493 32 CONDENSOR MOTOR INPUT FUSES FUSE HOLDER G0007214 FUSES 30 AMP G0008792X3 60007044 COMPACTFLASH 50007995 CONNECT SHIELD GROUNDED END DF ETHERNET CABLE AT SWITCH MA
63. 1 1 could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 3 4 1 POWER SUPPLY BRANCH CIRCUIT dk WARNING POWER SUPPLY INCOMPATIBILITY HAZARD Check power supply to make certain that voltage frequency and current carrying capacity are in accordance with the motor nameplate Failure to match motor nameplate values could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage WARNING BRANCH CIRCUIT SUPPLY HAZARD Motor and control wiring fusing overload protection disconnects accessories and grounding must always conform to the applicable electrical codes as well as local codes and sound practices 3 4 1 1 Branch Circuit Supply to a motor should include a disconnect switch short circuit current fuse or breaker protection motor starter controller and correctly sized thermal elements or overload relay protection 3 4 1 2 Fuses Breakers Overload Relays Short Circuit Current Fuses or Breakers are for the protection of the branch circuit Starter or motor controller overload relays are for the protection of the motor Each of these should be properly sized and installed per the applicable electrical codes as well as local codes and practices dh WARNING PROTECTIVE DEVICE DISABLED HAZARD DO NOT bypass or disable protective devices Protection removal could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 3 4 1 3 AC Power Supply Limits Motors are designed to operate within the following limit
64. 1 System Components Svstem tvpe Control Unit Relief Valve Spark Arrestor Unit CU RLV SAU25 00 1 LC SS PO Leakage YES Integral to RLV Compensation 00 1 CF SS PO Continuous Flow YES YES see specification sheet for certification code Internal Gas Release If the pressurized enclosure contains an internal source of release of flammable gas or vapour the procedures for assessment of the release as given in NFPA 496 IEC79 2 or EN 50016 1996 should be used Expo is pleased to provide assistance or consultancy and advice on such matters The user must verify that the specification of the Expo system e g pressure continuous flow dilution rate and type of protective gas are correct for the specific application Multiple Enclosures More than one pressurized enclosure can be protected by a single system Where pressurized enclosures are connected and purged in series e g Daisy Chained the Relief Valve and when using a continuous flow system the SAU25 should be fitted on the last enclosure with the Purge Inlet connected to the first enclosure The bore and length of the pipe or conduit used to interconnect the enclosures is critical and will determine the maximum pressure experienced by the first enclosure in the series Advice on sizing can be obtained from the Expo sales office but in general terms when using RLV25 or SAU25 the pipe bore size should not be less than 25mm 1 A common fault of installing small b
65. 13 Flow control valve FCV below k Check that the internal logic gauge reads 2bar 30 psig 200KPa The purge timer will start as soon as the alarm pressurized indicator turns from red alarm to green pressurized Check that the time delay between the indicator turning green and the application of power to the pressurized enclosure is not less than the minimum time required to purge the pressurized enclosure When the purge time has been completed the purge complete indicator will turn from red to green After the power has been turned on by the control unit the air flow will continue at the same rate to provide cooling or dilution as required ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 17 of 28 Expo Leakage systems LC Ro Open the leakage compensation valve LCV fully turn anti clockwise Clockwise will reduce the flow and anti clockwise will increase the airflow Open the supply regulator SLOWLY and allow the pressurized enclosure pressure to rise until the relief valve RLV opens Check that the RLV opens at or below the figure specified in the documentation Note tolerance of 2 mbarg 0 8 in wc 200Pa Repeat the test several times Open the supply regulator to between 4 and 8 barg 60 and 115 psi 400 and 800 Kpa and the purging flow will start Check that the internal logic gauge reads 2bar 30 psi 200 Kpa Figure 14 Leakage compensation valve At this time the alarm pressurize
66. 16 04 60008572 TERMINAL BLOCK BLOCK IERM 2 COND THRU 2002 SERIES BLUE E 2 05 60003567 RAIL RAIL DIN 35mm X 7 5mm X 8 5 1 02 60004278 ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE SS 9 84X9 84X4 73 NEMA 4X 01 16618 01 PARTS LIST FOR ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY COMPLETE 4 15 1 6 QTY ITEM PART NUMBER PART NAME DESCRIPTIO Bye IMA maja DE 7200 BASE VN DELETE ITEM 13 NOW SHOWN ON 16593 00 ADD REF ELP 16593 00 03 24 09 JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY ON e Tu e er l 01 27 08lom FS 02 20 07 NS TA RV CHANGE Va BA THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK gt DD gt Va ANE B ES sas CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK SHEET SIZE FC c sis DER CH VAN CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THEIR amp CHANGED ITEMS DIE 08 TO WAGO 2002 MERE 6000 2946 77207 1012 7216 ES AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY CORPORATION a OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINED IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER 16 6 1 cc WRITTEN OR VERBAL 590 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A
67. 2 NPT Signal 1 8 NPT Visual Indicators CF Alarm Pressurized Red Green Purge Complete Red Green LC Alarm Pressurized Red Green Purge in Progress Black Amber Figure 1 Specification sheet DRG Ref XBR 7TDO 001 ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 Page 2 of 28 Expo MiniPurge Size 1 Customer System Specification Test amp Inspection sheet Customer Date Contact Quote Customer s Ref Our Job Customer s P O Dated Purge serial number M3 Relief Valve serial number R3 Pressurized Enclosure Approval SIRA Supplied by Classification Size HxWxD mm Volume Litres Contents Internal Flammable Gas Source No Door s tool or key operated Yes Enclosure Pressures Normal mb 4 Max working mb 10 Test mb 18 Purge Control Unit Data Model Number Purge Flow Sensors Purging Flow OK set at mbarg Purge Flow rate Factory set Nl min Customer set Nl min Purge Time Factory set 0 20 Min sec Customer set 0 20 Min sec Relief Valve Data Type Size gt RLV25 Opens at mb 10 Materials Stainless Steel Gasket Neoprene Mounting method Direct panel mounting to Expo drawing Additional Calibrated Outlet Orifice Spark Arrestor Continuous Flow systems Type Size SAU25 if applicable Material Stainless steel Thread Metric M25 1 clear Purge Dilution Continuous Flow Rate L min Documentation Instruction manual ML 306 Contents In
68. 2 Number of Belts In general use the fewest number of belts that will transmit the required torque without slipping See Table 3 3 for recommended maximum number of belts Each belt adds to the tension in the system which increases load on the shafts and bearings Belts are most efficient when operated at or near their rated horsepower If the sheaves have more grooves than the number of belts required use the grooves closest to the motor 3 3 4 3 Sheave Location Install sheaves as close to the housing as possible to increase the bearing life of the motor and driven equipment Figure 2 Avoid Desired _Belt Span r Center 3 3 4 4 Belt Tension CAUTION Equipment Failure Caution Belt tensioning by feel is NOT acceptable Tensioning by feel can be very misleading and can damage motor and equipment It is normal for V belts to squeal initially when line starting a motor In general belt tensions should be kept as loose as possible while still transmitting the required torque without slipping Belt tensions must be measured with a belt tension gage These inexpensive gages may be obtained through belt manufacturers or distributors Proper belt tension is determined by measuring the force required to deflect the center of the belt a given distance The proper deflection in inches is determined by dividing the belt span in inches by 64 Calculate the proper deflection and then see Table 3 3 for the required Def
69. 2000 Hrs 8000 Hrs 10000 Hrs 400 440 250 280 1500 Hrs 4000 Hrs 7000 Hrs 2440 gt 280 1000 Hrs 3000 Hrs 5000 Hrs Seasonal Service If motor remains idle for more than six months Lubricate at the beginning of the season then follow lubrication interval Do not exceed maximum safe operating speed Table 3 4 without manufacturer s approval Table 4 2 Service Conditions Use highest level Multiplier Maximum Ambient Temperature and Contamination are independent factors everity of Maximum Ambient ae m S ty Atmospheric Contamination Multiplier Service Temperature Standard Less than 40 104 F Clean Slight Corrosion indoors less than 16 hrs per day 10 S Above 40 C 104 F to 50 Moderate dirt or Corrosion or outdoors or more than 16 hrs evere C per day 0 5 Extreme Greater than 30 M Severe dirt or Abrasive dust or Corrosion 0 2 Class H Insulation Table 4 3 Construction Multiplier Table 4 4 Relubrication Amounts Construction Multiplier Frame Size Volume Angular Contact or Roller Bearing 0 5 NEMA IEC Cu In Fluid oz ml 48 56 80 0 25 0 14 4 0 Vertical Motor os 143 145 90 0 25 0 14 4 0 All others 1 0 182 184 110 0 50 0 28 8 0 213 215 130 0 75 0 42 12 5 254 256 160 1 00 0 55 16 0 284 286 180 1 50 0 83 25 0 324 326 200 2 00 1 11 33 0 364 365 225 3 00 1 66 50 0 404 405 250 3 80 2 11 6
70. 4 20 HEAVY NUT ON BACK OF PAN 42961360 THRU 18 32 UNC 28 THD 9 406 DRILL THRU WELD 3 8 16 JAM NUT 2 ON BACK OF PAN TYP 1 15 16 1 2 14 WELD JAM NUT 3 8 16 ON BACK OF MOUNTING PAN TWO PLACES 13 32 HOLE 7 13 16 NOT TO SCALE EXISTING GRD SCREW 3 1 4 BORE THRU PANEL LAYOUT AA EL 14394 00 009 OF PARTS OR ASSEMBUES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTUNED N WRITTEN OR VERBAL Lo 8 38 MTG CEN ojo 9 16X24X2 COVER OTES 1 HINGE ON RIGHT SIDE 2 POWDER COAT PHENOLIC BEIGE z z 2z z ess WD NOT 3 8 16 Sr Pi ii coorzes9 MOUNTING PLATE 16X2 OMVSE 2 60002674 LT 1 at 1990206 SECONDARY FUSE 120 V m sr C 2 20 G0008999 PRIMARY FUSE 575 600 V 4 0 AFUSETMEDEAY 2 9 PRIMARY FUSE 460 380 V V2 A FUSE TME DELAY 2 i amp enoeoes PRIMARY FUSE 380400 V 6 0 A FUSE TME DELAY T 76009000 CONTROL TRANSFORMER iV 89 20 o T ieenooes CONTROL TRANSFORMER WOW 40 10 i 1 5 60002482 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 30 55 i A33 14 000399 SOREW SHE 10 10110 13 PaN TH3SI0 C SCREW SME MRE me oom sw O ooo fi u ons GONONGUG 2 z z n exong TE
71. 60004970 HANDLE COVER 85 2 00007701 LUG CRIMP 6 AWG 86 6 00007633 LUG CRIMP 1 AWG 87 2 G0007256 LUG CRIMP 2 AWG 88 1 G0008892 POWER DIST BLACK 2 0 AWG 1P 89 4 00008890 FINGER SAFE COVER FOR G0008896 90 8 G0008893 FINGER SAFE COVER FOR G0008891 amp G0008892 A 91 1 G0002873 COVER XFRMR CLASS 9070 TYPE FSC 2 92 1 IMP 116B 04X04 1 4 90 DEG STREET ELBOW BRASS 93 1 16701 01 1 4 NPT DRAIN PLUG 94 1 G0008267 1 2 X 1 4 NPT HOSE BARB 95 1 00007995 COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 3 00008792 FUSE TIME DELAY 3 AMP CLASS CC 97 3 G0003493 FUSE TIME DELAY 15 AMP CLASS CC 98 1 G0009974 SENSOR RTD 99 1 17420 01 A C THERMOSTAT MOUNTING BRACKET 8 7 6 5 IGEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTIC SYMBOLS FLATNESS ES STRAIGHTNESS ROUNDNESS CYLINDRICITY 2 D Ea S B E DESCRIPTION BY CKD DATE 1 ITEM 20 WAS G0007217 ITEM 21 WAS G0007218 ADDED ITEMS 88 94 CCS 8 14 2007 2 ITEM 01 WAS 16400 01 001 QUANTITY OF ITEM 69 WAS 5 5 9 5 2007 3 ADDED ITEMS 95 THRU 97 UPDATED VIEWS CCS 5 13 2008 4 ITEM 50 WAS G0007245 CCS 8 24 2010 5 ITEM 13 WAS 15197 01 001 PER DRR 2563 ADDED ITEMS 98 99 amp 100 DJK 5 5 2011 ITEM 20 WAS G0008261 21 WAS G0008262 22 WAS G0007210 23 WAS G0007211 25 WAS G0007610 30 WAS G0007012 31 WAS G0007216 32 G0007237 QTY 1 39 WAS G0007232 QTY 2 40 WAS G0007233 41 WAS 6 G0007234 QTY 1 50 WAS G0008825 51 WAS G0003466 66 WAS G0007847 78 DMM JWC 7 3 12 WAS 164
72. 633 4588 Phone 44 121 327 8500 Fax 44 121 327 8501 ee E mail sales fwmurphy com E mail sales fwmurphy com E mail info computroniccontrols com 150 8001 INDUSTRIAL PANEL DIVISION Web site www fwmurphy com Web site www computroniccontrols com E 9 918 317 4124 FRANK W MURPHY LTD FW MURPHY INSTRUMENTS HANGZHOU CO LTD E mail ipdsales fwmurphy com Church Rd Laverstock 77 23rd Street MURPHY POWER IGNITION Salisbury SP1 10Z UK Hangzhou Economic amp Technological Development Area Web site www murphy pi com Phone 44 1722 410055 Fax 44 1722 410088 Hangzhou Zhejiang 310018 China E mail sales fwmurphy co uk Phone 86 571 8684 8886 Fax 86 571 8684 8878 www fwmurphy com Web site www fwmurphy co uk Printed in USA 078792 In order to consistently bring you the highest quality full featured products we reserve the right to change our specifications and designs at any time VS 7037N page 8 of 8 DERRICK CORPORATION Document No PE S 069 03 03 CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN Equipment Model Characteristics Centrifuge DE 1000 GBD DE 1000 FHD DE 1000 VFD 0 600VAC 50 60Hz 3PH Derrick Corporation acknowledges that the above set forth product is manufactured in the United States of America as of the data of this certificate This certificate is governed by the applicable purchase order terms in effect at the time of Derrick Corporation s original shipment of the referenced product Date 29
73. AND 2 AS PUMP MAY START UNINTENTIONALLY 15 46618 00 A A T PAR ER NE SENDO rm GS ee CONTACT DERRICK CORPORATION IF REMOTE PUMP ea SHPP 200 NPT W Z Z WT PUR 20 QTY 2 COPPER COND PER PHASE SIZED FOR 300 AMP DR START STUP CONTACTS ARE TO BE LOCATED IN SOLID END SENSOR REDUCER 2 COPPER CONDUCTORS PER PHASE SIZED FOR 150 AMP A HAZARDDUS AREA REFER TO DWG 17237 00 AND PLUG USE XP SEALING GLAND FOR D 3 NPT ENTRY 60007712 OR CABLE 60003015 UR 2 2 NPT ENTRY AA TM SUPPLY 575 600 VOLTS 3 PH 60 HZ CAUTON WARNNG RECOMMEND 300 AMP SERVICE WHEN WIRING THE INPUT POWER WITH PARALLEL WIRE YOU MUST ENSURE THAT THE CONDUCTORS BASED ON CONNECTED LOAD OF 240 AMP AA ARE GR UPED VITH THE SAME PHASE AND THAT BOTH POWER SOURCES ARE IN PHASE AND MAIN POWER DISCONNECT ROTATING IN THE SAME CLOCKWISE DIRECTION EE ee m FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN PERSONNEL 7 X EE aE OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE DR BOTH REVISIDN 9 STARTED USING ON CET AER SOR RE LOOT WS Pe 05 04 10 VFD XP DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE ELECTRICAL A DE 7200 UNIT CFxxxx N am os scan 2 we PUP ur mind L YN ET AA a a CANC ULIS TIEN CECI poros WIRING SCHEMATIC 575 600V 60 HZ viii SRS O US th REF PL 16593 00 002 ZN mene me PAC PAS TE Se SZ PAR ZA DE 7200 UNITH REE Pie M1617600 004 ZN ESNE E AA oeme mennen 5 TAN REPERTUS C en a
74. AWG A GRD 1 25 ADAPTER M25 PLUG lt G0008449 lt G0008813 GROUND SHIELDS AT PLUG THIS END DNLYE PUMP ENABLE REMOTE CONTACT BY OTHERS WHEN CLOSED AND PROGRAMMED PUMP IS ENABLED TO RUN WHEN OPEN PUMP WILL STOP CABINET IS SHIPPED WITH TERMINALS 3 AND 4 JUMPERED TO BE REMOVED BY CUSTOMER IF REMOTE PUMP ENABLE IS USED DO NOT PLACE JUMPER BETWEEN TERMINALS 1 AND 2 AS PUMP MAY START UNINTENTIDNALLY THESE TERMINALS ARE NOT CIRCUITS CONTACT DERRICK START STOP CONTACTS ARE INTENDED FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE CORPORATION IF REMOTE PUMP TO BE LOCATED IN A HAZARDOUS AREA REFER TO DWG 17237 00 PL 16472 00 006 PENDING EPL 16593 00 N REVISION 5 STARTED USING UN N REVISION 6 STARTED USING DN CABLE SHIELDED INTRINSIC COND 18 AWG 16593 47 100 FT RECEPTACLE 60007848 COVER BULKHEAD HOUSING 60007851 HODD SIDE ENTRY CONTROL 60007650 PLUG MALE CAGE CLAMP TERMINAL caver sta 60007849 CABLE GLAND 7 17 mm 60009838 EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON i 3 60005325 EMER STOP CIRCULAR LEGEND 60007844 INCREASED SAFETY SENSUR SYSTEM JUNCTIUN BUX 16618 01 AAA VIBRATION SWITCH 600072132 2 4 350 AWG CU GND 2 NPT 1 27 NPT W ADAPTER M50 PLUG ec 3 W 2 60008455 60008451 RE
75. Always keep hands and clothing away from moving parts 4 Be sure required safety guards are in place before starting equipment 5 Ifthe problem persists contact the manufacturer 4 3 2 Motor Trouble shooting Cause Corrective Action Table 4 5 Issue Likely Cause Corrective Action Motor fails to start upon initial installation Supply voltage is too low or is severely unbalanced one 1 Check power supply fuses 2 Match motor lead wiring to nameplate connection phase is low or missing diagram and supply voltage 3 Ensure that steady state supply voltage at motor terminals is within limits see section 3 4 1 3 Correct as needed 4 Obtain correct Motor leads are miswired at conduit box motor to match actual supply voltage 1 Verify that motor amp load turn freely 2 Disconnect motor from load amp ensure motor turns freely Note Roller bearings make noise when motor is uncoupled and shaft is rotated 3 Verify that motor starts when disconnected from load 4 Load is jammed Remove excessive binding load if present Fan guard is bent and making contact with fan Replace fan guard amp fan if blades are damaged VFD with power factor capacitors installed Remove power factor correction capacitors if equipped VFD with motor neutral lead grounded Ensure that motor neutral lead is ungrounded 1 Repeat checks listed above 2 Verify that VFD current limit and starting boost are set correctly 5 Double check motor
76. BELT PULLEY 12 12 26 60007763 HEX HEAD BOLT 16 08 20 30 4 4 25 60007818 SET SCREW 6 6 24 60007817 SET SCREW AN 2 2 23 1708 01 WEAR RING 1 1 22 60007815 PIPE PLUG A 1 1 21 60007814 LUBRICATION NIPPLE 0s U ES 3 3 20 60007813 O RING LIQUID END 2 2 19 60012412 SCREW PLUG O 1 18 60007811 O RING CLAMPING RING PILLOW dz 1 1 117 60007810 PACKING SEAL LIQUID END LASTRA E 1 1 16 60007809 FELT RING B 7 1 1 15 60007808 ROLLER BEARING LIQUID END A 1 1 14 60012299 GEAR BOX 1 1 13 60007806 SPACER RING 1 1 12 60012406 GREASE RING Z SS SEA 2 A 6 6 11 17152 01 001 WEIR GUAGE PLATE f VY 6 6 10 60007803 WEIR PLATE 1 1 09 60007802 CLAMPING RING PILLOW BLOCK 1 1 08 60007801 RETAINING WASHER 10 10 07 60012413 COUNTERSUNK BOLT Ho 1 1 1 06 60007799 FLINGER 1 1 05 60007798 THRUST WASHER 1 1 04 60012404 BOWL HEAD LIQUID END 05 20 SECTION B B 8 8 03 60007796 WEAR INSERT SOLID DISCHARGE 1 1 02 60012403 CYLINDRICAL BOWL 1 1 ot 60012402 CONICAL BOWL DETAIL A REF 16590 00 005 ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NAME NOTE FOR USE WITH UNITS CF005059 CURRENT QTY CNSR MISES ad sow PAS us prem oes I cence IN pee ema 5d che RN CHANGE JMB 12 7 11 Y NI TORQUE SPEC TABLE 28 MIS WAS M4 TYPO ERA DWN FEN yes N er 9 20 12 THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTANED ON THIS DR
77. Drenagem Apenas Ambientes Perigosos Para opera o em um ambiente perigoso o gabinete de controle da centr fuga equipado com um sistema de drenagem Um fluxo cont nuo de ar vindo do sistema de drenagem previne o acumulo de vapores explosivos no interior do gabinete Quando a energia aplicada na centr fuga o sistema de drenagem do gabinete inicia um ciclo r pido de drenagem de 14 minutos com 16 CFM Este ciclo composto de cinco trocas de ar completas Quando o ciclo r pido de drenagem for conclu do o sistema de drenagem automaticamente fecha um interruptor que fornece energia ao gabinete Durante o funcionamento da centrifuga o sistema de drenagem mant m um fluxo cont nuo de ar para fornecer press o positiva dentro da cabine de controle para impedir a entrada de gases inflam veis Sensores de press o m nima e de fluxo de drenagem fornecem um sinal de sa da para o PLC se o sistema de drenagem n o mantiver uma press o satisfat ria dentro do gabinete Para mais detalhes do funcionamento do sistema de drenagem consulte a documenta o de exposi o de Tecnologias na Se o 10 Dados do Fornecedor Interruptor De Vibra o O interruptor de vibra o Figura 1 4 um dispositivo de seguran a para proteger os funcion rios e equipamentos desligando a centr fuga em caso de vibra o excessiva Normalmente os contatos do interruptor s o mantidos fechados por uma trava magn tica No entanto vibra o forte ou um
78. Gerente de Servi o Geral 590 Road Duke toconnor derrickcorp com Buffalo Nova York 14225 E U A Derrick Companhia de 281 590 3003 281 442 6948 Gerente Geral Equipamentos rerice derrickequipment com 15630 Export Plaza Drive Houston Texas 77032 E U A Derrick GmbH amp Co KG 49 5162 49 5162 985821 Info derrickinternational com Bockhorner Weg 6 98580 www derrickinternational com 29683 Fallingbostel Alemanha SUPORTE TECNICO A Corpora o Derrick oferece suporte t cnico 24 horas por dia 7 dias por semana O suporte t cnico inclui a substitui o de tela informa o do pedido e repara o reposi o de pe as e servi os para toda a linha de produtos Consulte a tabela a seguir para achar o centro de pe as servi o mais pr ximo de voc LOCALIZA ES DE VENDAS DE PE AS amp SERVI OS Broussard 877 635 3354 Laurie 877 635 3354 Buffalo 716 683 9010 Oklahoma City 405 208 4070 1 8 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRODU O LOCALIZA ES DE VENDAS DE PE AS amp SERVI OS 30 de Outubro de 2009 1 9 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD 4 DERRICK CORPORATION SE O 2 SEGURAN A GERAL Esta se o cont m um resumo dos AVISOS utilizados neste manual e uma lista de Fichas com Dados de Seguran a do Material MSDSs aplic vel ao equipamento A centr fuga foi projetada para desempenhar as fun es estabelecidas com seguran a AVISOS Todos os funcion rios respons veis pela opera
79. HE EE e 8 HE de WHEN WIRING THE INPUT POWER WITH PARALLEL WIRE PROVIDED BY CUSTOMER INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUITS CONTACT PIA seer er YOU MUST ENSURE THAT THE CONDUCTORS ARE GROUPED DERRICK CORPORATION IF REMOTE PUMP SENSOR SENSOR C C AN WITH THE SAME PHASE AND THAT BOTH POWER SOURCES 2 STARTED USING ENN DE22509 START STOP CONTACTS ARE TD BE LOCATED i CABLE CABLE 4 A NTE RUE USING IN A HAZARDOUS AREA ese EE pe Sou TP TRE ARE IN PHASE AND ROTATING IN THE SAME CLOCKWISE REF GA 16590 00 004M ARTS STARTED USING ON BE 7208 REFER TD DWG 17237 00 AL B C Al B DIRECTION FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN PERSUNNEL DR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE OR BOTH REF PL 16472 00 005 aA UNITE 86250342 BOWL TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE CLUTCH VIBRATION REVISION 13 STARTED USING DN DE 7200 SPEED SENSOR SENSOR SPEED SWITCH REF EPL 16593 00A AFTER UNIT CFS171 SENSOR LIQUID END A SOLID END A SENSOR 60007861 A 60007265 60007712 A 60009136 Ay 60003015 ADDED PLC BATTERY REVISED SERVICE AMP AND CABLE RECOMMENDATION TRE M pr 700 WRE LABELS AT JUNCTION BOX 16618 01 REVISE INTRINSIC WIRE TO CABLE ASSEMBLY REVISE ETHERNET CABLES WERE 60007286 60007289 50007290 00007291 60007862 CABLE 60007862 CABLE 2 CHANGED INTRINSIC CABLE RECOMMENDATION DELETED DOUBLE DIODES rs 5 27 08 VFD NON XP DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE 13 NV HAS 60008403 ADO NUMBERS 4 22 AND 33 ADO NOTE 10 N 60007292 REVISE TERMINAL BLOCKS TO PT
80. MEMORY CARD COMPACTFLASH 60007995 ETHERNET CABLE 6000795 10 MM 8 AWG THHN 16 MM 6 AWG THHN NON INTRINSIC TERMINAL BLOCKS G0009324X2 GREEN 4 PT lt G0008562X7 GREY 4 PT G0008563X2 0RANGE 4 PT G0008507x2 END 10 MM 6 AWG THH 5 MM 3 AWG THHI NOTE NO CONNECTION OR TIE POINT CROSSING ONLY 25 MM 4 AWG THHN TERMINAL BLOCK amp TERMINAL BLOCK RI G0008966 60008891 G0008892 TERMINAL BLOCK G0008891 50008892 lt G0008893 C4 em cnD 10 18 AWG THHN RED 2223 BLK E 1 intrinsic BARRIER A 17244 02 CLUTCH SPEED ISENSOR INTRINSIC BARRIER 013 BOWL SPEED SENSOR lt G0007230 5117244 0 6 d ND Al l 25MM 14 AWG THAN 60007976 EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON 60005325 EMER STOP CIRCULAR LEGEND 60007244 USB PS2 ASSY 10MM 18 AWG SHIELDED 00007696 17006 02 MOUSE POINTER ASSY 4706 00 10 18 AWG eSMM 14 TH ES PROTECTOR 25MM 14 AVG THAN 104 18 AWG SHIELDED 60007696 FUSE 7 0002911 0 TOUCH PROOF TM avin 15VAC ale ex CE FUSE ER TRANSFORMER G0008800 380 2 5MM 14AWG THHN lasu AN3B BLK AN4B RED ISE 32 1 RED FU r 000165 Y INTRINSIC BARRIER lt G0009286 TOGGLE SETTINGS INTRINSIC BARRIER lt G0007918 uj No 25MM 14 AVG THHN VIBRATION AND
81. Motor leads are not connected correctly Match motor lead wiring to nameplate diagram 1 Ensure that steady state supply voltage at motor terminals is within limits see section 3 4 1 3 Correct as needed 2 Obtain correct motor to match actual supply voltage Determine correct motor size and contact motor representative to obtain replacement motor Supply voltage has drooped or become severely unbalanced Load exceeds motor capability Motor may be too small for load Record acceleration time Start capacitors may Faulty start capacitor Single Phase fail if acceleration time exceeds 3 seconds 1 Check to make sure motor amp load turn freely 2 Disconnect motor from load amp ensure motor turns freely m Mechanical Failure O Motor rotates in the wrong direction Single Phase Reconnect motor according to wiring schematic provided Note Incorrect wiring connection at motor Some motors are non reversible Three Phase Interchange any two power supply phase leads Motor overheats or overload protector repeatedly trips 1 If motor current exceeds nameplate value ensure that driven load has not increased Correct as needed 2 If new motor is a replacement verify that the rating is the same as the old motor If previous motor was a special design a general purpose motor may not have the correct performance Driven Load is excessive Most motors are designed to operate in an ambient up to 40
82. Rated RPM Number Values based on 26 280 hrs B 10 Life For End of Shaft Load multiply value by 0 88 To convert from Ibf to N multiply value by 4 4482 3 3 4 BELTED The goal of any belted system is to efficiently transmit the required torque while minimizing the loads on the bearings and shafts of the motor and driven equipment This can be accomplished by following four basic guidelines 1 Use the largest practical sheave diameter 2 Use the fewest number of belts possible 3 Keep sheaves as close as possible to support bearings 4 Tension the belts to the lowest tension that will still transmit the required torque without slipping It is normal for V belts to squeal initially when line starting a motor 3 3 4 1 Sheave Diameter Guidelines In general smaller sheaves produce greater shaft stress and shaft deflection due to increased belt tension See Table 3 3 for recommended minimum sheave diameters Using larger sheaves increases the contact with belts which reduces the number of belts required It also increases the belt speed resulting in higher system efficiencies When selecting sheaves do not exceed the manufacturer s recommended maximum belt speed typically 6 500 feet per minute for cast iron sheaves Determine belt speed by the following formula Figure 1 Avoid Shaft RPM x 3 14 x Sheave Dia inches BELT SPEED Ft min 12 3 3 4
83. Safe An explosionproof anti condensation heater for example would not have to be de energized 3 If Inert Gas is used as the Protective Gas and a risk of asphyxiation exists a suitable warning plate should be fitted to the PE Section 2 Operation of the system 2 1 Initial Commissioning 1 Check that the system has been installed in accordance with Section 1 of this manual 2 Disconnect the supply pipe from the inlet to the Control Unit and blow air through for at least 5 seconds per foot of length 15sec metre to remove any debris oil and condensation 3 Connect a temporary pressure gauge or liquid manometer to the PE or Control Unit Pressure Test Point on the L P Sensor by the removal of the Red plug 5 32 4mm OD nylon tube 2 2 Commissioning Leakage Compensation LC and Continuous Flow High Purge CFHP X Purge systems see 2 6 for LC and CFHP Y and Z Purge systems On LC and CFHP X Purge systems proceed as follows 4 Open the Leakage Compensation Valve LCV to about 5096 of its travel 2 Open the supply shutoff valve SLOWLY and allow the PE pressure to rise until the Relief Valve RLV opens Check that the RLV opens at or below the figure specified in the documentation Repeat the test several times 3 Open the supply shutoff valve fully and the purging flow will start 4 Check that the internal logic gauge reads 30psi 2bar If not adjust the logic pressure regulator to suit lift
84. T M25 1 16400 01 003 ASSEMBLY 128 1 60007258 DUCER 3 TO 2 NPT 1 16401 01 002 OVER ASSEMBLY 129 1 TBS2535 3 4 CORD FITTING T 6407 01 001 STAND ASSEMBLY 130 1 CRE LORD FITTING 90 DEG 1 16404 01 004 SOMPONENT PANEL UPPER 160009974 ENSOR 1 640402004 COMPONENT PANEL LOWER 132 1 1722001 VC THERMOSTAT MOUNTING BRACKET 1 16404 03 004 COMPONENT PANEL BOTTOM T83 T 50009297 VC EVAPORATOR FAN 1 16404 01 003 OMPONENT MOUNT ASSEMBLY 134 2 60008813 STOPPING PLUG M25 1 16405 01 ISPLAY SCREEN MOUNT 135 1 60009197 JADAPTER REDUCER 1 5 M40 T 659701 N MOUNTING BRACKET 136 T 0008807 STOPPING PLUG M40 1 6598 01 TR FILTER MOUNTING BRACKET 137 3 GO00B45T DAPTER REDUCER 2 MEG 1 JE0002881 IR CONDITIONER 12 000 BTUHR 260 603 138 3 60008455 ING PLUG M50 1 16403 01 SUPPORT ANGLE 139 1 50009467 ADAPTER REDUCER 2 5 M63 1 15197 01 003 INLET CONE EXTENSION 140 1 50009466 STOPPING PLUG M63 1 G0009358 IVE 150 HP 380VAC SOH Tat 1 60009751 DAPTER REDUCER 3 50 1 50009359 IVE 60 HP 380VAC 50HZ 142 1160009752 ING PLUG M50 1 60009360 IVE 30 HP SBQVAC TOR 143 1160005565 DAPTER REDUCER MeT 10007588 TR CONDITION JOLING 1 0002603 ANWHEEL 8 BACKWARD CURVED SPECIAL TOOL PURGE PRESSURE MEASURING KIT G0008378 1 50002604 INLET CONE 1 16607 01 PROOF ENCLOSURE T 0008941 WER DIST BLOCK INCOMIN 2 0007213 OUND LUG INCOMING 1 50005309 JGROUND BUS BAR INCOMING 1 500079
85. Top Mount Gasket PM Panel Mount Side Front Mount 316L Stainless Steel NROB finish Note Not all combinations are possible Supply Pressure Must be regulated at inlet Minimum 60 psi 0 4MPa 4 bar Maximum 115 psi 0 8MPa 8 bar Air quality Compressed air Nitrogen to instrument quality Ambient Temperature 20 to 55 Leakage Compensation Variable up to 2 scfm 60 Nl min to compensate for Leakage of Enclosure Purge Timer Stepped Adjustable between 1 minute and 30 minutes Flow amp Pressure Sensors CF One sensor for both Low Pressure and Flow 4 WC 250 Pa 2 5 mbar LC Low Pressure Sensor 0 2 WC 50 Pa 0 5 mbar Flow Sensor 1 38 WC 350 Pa 3 5 mbar Relief Valve System CF LC Model No RLV25 ss RLV25 FS ss Opening Pressure 4 WC 1 kPa 10 mbar 4 WC 1 kPa 10 mbar Purge Flow Rate N A see Spark Arrestor 8 scfm 225 Nl min Material 316L Stainless Steel Spark Arrestor Nickel Chrome Neoprene Gasket Spark Arrestor Unit Model No SAU25 CF systems Only Purge Dilution Flow Rate Between 0 4 amp 8 scfm 10 amp 225 Nl min 8 user selectable orifice plates Model No Stainless Steel Action on Loss of Pressure CF Action on Loss of Pressure Alarm amp Trip AO on the Model specifies an Alarm Only kit LC Action on Loss of Pressure Alarm amp Trip or Alarm Only LC Model is User adjustable Bulkhead Pipe Fittings Air Supply 1 2 NPT Output 1
86. UAE CC Dae ts EE Ac ls MIU WIRING DIAGRAM 380 400 50 14394 00 013 WAS 16604 00 TEM K WAS 18505 00 12 6 1 DE 7200 VFD NON EX PROOF 2 7 16 63 124 13 16 3171 CONDES COMPLETE KERNE UNS WIRING DIAGRAM 575 600 60 14394 00014 Se en 57 sue 1 10 UON ENI UNTS CFODSOSS CURRENT n re es LN oin umi E IA SUA ale Na a oy Sse atl es oa ed O O 1 2 3 4 5 6 LO WE CENT MAN C RM REF GA REF GA REF GA REF GA DESCRIPTION TORQUE SETTING Nm M24 3 0 X 80mm 680 501 5 FT LBS M16 2 0 X 100mm 195 143 8 FT LBS WFSS 25 FLAT WASHER WLSS M12 LOCK WASHER 60012777 FLAT WASHER 60012127 HEX HEAD BOLT 60007748 HEX HEAD BOLT 60007745 HEX HEAD BOLT 17103 01 SPEED SENSOR CABLE GAURD 17103 01 001 SPEED SENSOR CABLE GAURD 17089 01 001 SPEED SENSOR BRACKET 60012590 BASE ASSEMBLY 60007887 GREASE FITTING PP1074 CLIP FASTENING CLAMP 60008177 FASTENING CLAMP WFSS 38 SAE FLAT WASHER D 60007743 ER 60007907 ET HEAD SCREW 16554 01 001 CABLE TRAY ASSEMBLY 60007910 LOCK WASHER ololom o n o co 60007909 SOCKET HEAD SCREW
87. WN 951561 57 VIEW A A 17495 01 REASE DEFLECTOR LIQUID END Ww CA 60007766 EX NUT 60012401 DJUSTING SCREW CA 60007755 ET SCREW 60007754 AM RING 60007756 HEAD BOLT 60007750 FLAT WASHER 60007747 ING 60007746 GE 60008101 WASHER 60007737 HEAD BOLT 60007736 ET HEAD SCREW 60007735 ON BLOCK N o M N N DETAIL gt N N 60012400 L WASHER 60007733 EX HEAD BOLT 60007739 LOCATING PIN 60007731 HEX HEAD BOLT 60012547 REASE DEFLECTOR SOLID END 60007908 OCKET HEAD SCREW 60007793 EX NUT gt 6 5 60007727 ELT STRIP B 26 44 43 60007726 ELT STRIP 60007725 APER PIN 60007724 WASHE 60007723 NUT 60007722 WASHER 60007721 EAD BOLT 60012399 WASHER 60007753 NG PI 60007718 EX HEAD BOLT 60007717 ION ISOLATOR 17279 01 ING PLATE ASSY 60012573 LLOW BLOCK LIQUID END 60012372 LLOW BLOCK SOLID END 60012442 BASE FRAME PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NAME REMOVED ITEMS 27 WAS G0007746 28 WAS 00007747 36 WAS G0007884 AND TITLE N 38 WAS 16593 03 CHANGED QTY OF ITEMS 29 WAS B 39 WAS 4
88. a graxa Graxa incorreta Lubrificar com graxa recomendada consulte a Manuten o Preventiva nesta se o 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 45 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O Mensagens de alarme e de falha Rolamento com defeito Substitua ambos os rolamentos defeituosos consulte Substitui o de Rolamentos Principais nesta se o Falha e Desligamento por Alta Temperatura do Rolamento Principal da Extremidade de S lidos Lubrifica o do rolamento insuficiente Lubrificar os rolamentos consulte a Manuten o Preventiva nesta se o Graxa em excesso Remova a graxeira e direcione o jato de ar comprimido filtrado para remover a graxa Graxa incorreta Lubrificar com graxa recomendada consulte a Manuten o Preventiva nesta se o Rolamento com defeito Substitua ambos os rolamentos defeituosos consulte Substitui o de Rolamentos Principais nesta se o INDICADORES DE CONTROLE DE COMPONENTE V rios indicadores s o fornecidos para exibir o status operacional dos componentes do gabinete de comando Figuras 5 25 a 5 28 localizam e definem as indica es apresentadas nestes componentes Se for caso a es corretivas s o inclu das para ajudar o operador em an lise de falhas Tens o perigosamente alta est presente no gabinete de controle Tendo em vista que abrir a porta do gabinete de controle e ignorar o sistema de drenagem s o necess rios para verific
89. affecting the calibration 4 4 Purging indicator will not turn Yellow during purging Possible cause 1 Insufficient purging Flow due to inadequate air supply pressure Check the air supply pressure at the inlet to the CU when flow is taking place Excessive pressure drop in the supply pipe is a very common cause of this problem The supply pipe must be at least as big as the CU inlet fitting i e at least Y NB 12mm Super MiniPurge systems with or 1 connections must have AT LEAST this internal diameter for supply and outlet tubing Due to the high flows demanded from these large systems the need for adequate supply tubing is VITAL If in doubt or for long distances install tubing that is at least 50 larger than the inlet size Possible cause 2 Excessive Pressurized Enclosure PE leakage Check around the PE when flow is taking place Any significant leakage must be cured Has a Leakage Test been done The total leakage should not exceed 10 of the Purge Flow Sensor setting Check for leakage down the conduit through unsealed stopping boxes Possible cause 3 PE not strong enough Repeat the PE pressure test FM recommend that the PE is tested to three times the Relief Valve opening pressure e g 12 wc 30mb for many systems Has this been done Possible cause 4 The tubing from the RLV Flow Sensing point to the Purge Flow Sensor is not air tight Page 7 of 8 ML384 Issue 01 12 10 05 e g fitting nuts not tightened
90. certain that all connections are secure and the conduit box cover is fastened in place before electrical power is connected Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage dk WARNING LOOSE amp ROTATING PARTS HAZARD Before proceeding read Section 1 2 on Mechanical Safety Failure to follow the instructions in Section 1 2 could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage WARNING EXCESSIVE SURFACE TEMPERATURE HAZARD Motors with the temperature code stated on the nameplate are designed to operate within this limit Improper application or operation can cause the maximum surface temperature to be exceeded A motor operated in a Hazardous Location that exceeds this surface temperature limit increases the potential of igniting hazardous materials Therefore motor selection installation operation and maintenance must be carefully considered to ensure against the following conditions 1 Motor load exceeds service factor value 2 Ambient temperature above nameplate value 3 Voltages outside of limits 3 4 1 3 4 Loss of proper ventilation 5 VFD operation exceeding motor nameplate rating 6 Altitude above 3300 feet 1000 meters 7 Severe duty cycles 8 Repeated starts 9 Motor stall 10 Motor reversing and 10 Single phase operation Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage d
91. choque de dois Gs ir sobrecarregar o fecho magn tico fazendo a armadura do interruptor romper com a posi o normalmente fechada fornecendo uma entrada para o PLC Um bot o de restaurar do lado do interruptor deve ser pressionado manualmente para fechar os contatos e restaurar o fecho magn tico O n vel de acionamento da vibra o ajust vel por meio de um controle de ponto de ajuste que ajusta o espa o de ar entre o arm 1 4 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRODU O plate de im e de trava Girar o parafuso no sentido anti hor rio diminui o ponto definido de vibra o em termos de for a G necess rio para o acionamento da armadura Quando o controle girado totalmente no sentido hor rio o interruptor acionar no n vel de vibra o m xima O interruptor de vibra o fica montado sobre a base da centr fuga em uma orienta o que mais afetada por vibra o fora de equil brio do conjunto do recipiente Entupimento do transportador ou rolamentos gastos podem produzir vibra es suficientemente elevadas para acionar o interruptor BOT O DE _ RESTAURA O Figura 1 4 Interruptor de Vibra o Inv lucro e Base Quando a tampa do topo est fechada o inv lucro fornece um fechamento de prote o que envolve totalmente o conjunto do recipiente O tubo de descarga de l quidos e a calha de descarga de s lidos s o instalados na parte inferior da metade de baixo Defletores de contato instalados dentro das metades
92. circuit or be suitably protected eg explosionproof The pressure switch should be IS or explosionproof even if it is fitted within the Pressurized Enclosure Expo Technologies tip Exception For a Z Purge system fitted in a Division 2 area a non classified switch inside the PE can be used to operate a remote Alarm provided its electrical supply comes from within the PE i e NOT PROVIDING DRY CONTACTS When the PE is in use the Alarm can operate normally in response to the pneumatic signal from the CU with option PO When the PE power is switched off there is no need for an alarm Ask for the circuit diagram The Alarm switch can also be located in a nearby non classified location To get the best response time the Switch should be as close as possible to the CU and the maximum length of tubing between the CU and the Alarm switch should not exceed 150 feet 30m unless Quick Exhaust Valves are used please ask for help See clauses 4 10 1 Cut off the power automatically See also Exception For Y and Z Pressurizing systems 4 3 2 Protective gas supply failure alarm required 4 8 3 If an alarm is used 4 84 If an indicator is used 2 No valves may be fitted between the Expo system and the alarm switch 1 4 Power supplies and their isolation 1 All power entering the PE shall be provided with a means of isolation This requirement also applies to any external power sources which are connected to dry contacts
93. close and the enclosure pressure rise again At this point the Relief Valve may start to open intermittently as the pressurized enclosure pressure rises to the point where it exceeds the RLV opening pressure When the RLV opens the pressure will fall quickly to the point where the RLV re closes and the enclosure pressure starts to rise again This is entirely normal for this type of RLV If the Relief Valve is opening intermittently the LCV is slightly too far open When the RLV opens the enclosure pressure falls quickly to the point where the RLV re closes and the enclosure pressure starts to rise again This is entirely normal for this type of RLV and shows that it is working correctly Continue then to close the LCV until the cycling stops and the enclosure pressure starts to fall Carefully adjust the LCV until the pressurized enclosure pressure is approximately 5096 of the RLV opening pressure and stable This pressure may be around 5 mbarg 2 in wc 500 Pa and will be the normal working pressure ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 18 of 28 Expo We recommend that the setting of the minimum pressure sensor is checked at this time Note the position of the LCV knob A pencil mark placed on the knob at 12 O clock can be used Slowly lower the pressurized enclosure pressure by closing the LCV further counting the number of turns from the normal working pressure position Note the pressure at which the alarm pressurized indicator turns
94. contact with oxidizing agent storage near acids sparks open flame ignition sources Hazardous polymerization Will not occur ANSI Section 10 The information contained herein is based on data available at the time of preparation of this data sheet which ICI Paints believes to be reliable However no warranty is expressed or implied regarding the accuracy of this data ICI Paints shall not be responsible for the use of this information or of any product method or apparatus mentioned and you must make your own determination of its suitability and completeness for your own use for the protection of the environment and the health and safety of your employees and the users of this material Complies with OSHA hazard communication standard 22CFR1910 1200 POLI UIV YON OI 9 T pp e u sSuong peoy onseidg cggcT v97 SpS 008 ON HNOHdH TL AONHDOHIAH N3349 1914430 666 INVHLAAG qose TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ANSI Section 11 Supplemental health information Contains a chemical that is moderately toxic by ingestion Contains a chemical that is toxic by inhalation Contains a chemical that may be absorbed through skin Free diisocyanate may cause allergic reaction in susceptible persons Notice reports have associated repeated and prolonged occupational overexposure to solvents with permanent brain and nervous system damage Intentional misuse by deliberately concentrating and inhaling the contents may be harmfu
95. da descarga de s lidos Por outro lado reduzir a velocidade do recipiente pode ser interessante quando a lama for grossa e pesada para extrair apenas material de alta densidade ou part culas grandes Tanto a defini o da velocidade do recipiente quanto velocidade real do recipiente s o mostradas no painel de controle O percentual de torque do recipiente tamb m exibido Esta informa o til no incremento da velocidade do recipiente para produzir a aridez dos s lidos e velocidade de processamento desejado VELOCIDADE DIFERENCIAL DO TRANSPORTADOR CONT NUO Com a polaridade correta da fia o o transportador responde adequadamente s configura es feitas na tela de opera o Alterar a velocidade diferencial do transportador ajusta a taxa de vaz o de s lidos Em geral uma velocidade diferencial menor ir produzir s lidos mais ridos mas reduz a taxa de vaz o de s lidos Aumentar a velocidade de transporte reduz o tempo de secagem levando descarga de s lidos midos Reduzir a velocidade do transportador resulta na descarga de s lidos secos No entanto a velocidade do transportador excessivamente lenta resulta no acumulo de s lidos no recipiente o que pode causar uma condi o de sobrecarga O tempo de secagem reduzido ao se aumentar velocidade do transportador o que aumentar a umidade dos s lidos Reduzir a velocidade diferencial do transportador aumenta o tempo de secagem o que ir produzir s l
96. dioxide oxides of nitrogen oxides of sulfur ammonia hydrogen chloride toxic gases barium compounds Cyanides ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES ANSI Section 6 Steps to be taken in case material is released or spilled Comply with all applicable health and environmental regulations Eliminate all sources of ignition Ventilate area Ventilate area with explosion proof equipment Spills may be collected with absorbent materials Use non sparking tools Evacuate all unnecessary personnel Place collected material in proper container Complete personal protective equipment must be used during cleanup Large spills shut off leak if safe to do so Dike and contain spill Pump to storage or salvage vessels Use absorbent to pick up excess residue Keep salvageable material and rinse water out of sewers and water courses Small spills use absorbent to pick up residue and dispose of properly HANDLING AND STORAGE ANSI Section 7 Handling and storage Store below 80f Store below 100f 38c Keep away from heat sparks and open flame Store in original container Keep away from direct sunlight heat and all sources of ignition Keep container tightly closed in a well ventilated area Other precautions Use only with adequate ventilation Do not take internally Keep out of reach of children Avoid contact with skin and eyes and breathing of vapors Wash hands thoroughly after handling especially before eating or smoking Keep containers tightly cl
97. dire es 9 Instale e prenda prote o de correias sobre o motor e as polias do conjunto do recipiente 10 Conecte a tubula o de alimenta o ao flange do componente de alimenta o 11 Aplique energia el trica e inicialze a centr fuga consulte a Se o 4 Acompanhe atentamente o desempenho e verifique se h algum ru do incomum 5 20 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O REMO O E INSTALA O DA CAIXA DE EMBREAGEM Este procedimento deve ser realizado por pessoal devidamente treinado e qualificado Para evitar a contamina o dos rolamentos e componentes internos da centr fuga este procedimento deve ser realizado em um ambiente limpo Remo o O conjunto rotativo deve ser removido para uma limpeza completa inspe o e manuten o Para remover o conjunto rotativo fa a o seguinte ATEN O PARA EVITAR S RIAS LES ES FISICAS CERTIFIQUI SE DE QUE O EQUIPAMENTO ESTA FECHADO TRANCADO DESENERGISADO E TENHA PARADO DE GIRAR ANTES DE EXECUTAR AJUSTES E OU MANUTEN AO 1 Desligue a alimenta o e desative bloqueie e etiquete LOTO a energia el trica para a centr fuga Permita ao conjunto rotativo parar completamente 2 Retire os parafusos que prendem a correia de seguran a base e levante e remova o protetor Remove screws securing case cover to base and open case cover Usando uma mangueira de gua lave res duos do processo de dentro do inv lucro e fora do conjunto rotativo 5 F
98. em O na caixa de engrenagem Figura 5 22 e lubrifiqueo anel em O e o eixo com uma leve camada de composto antiengripante 3 Retire os parafusos M12 que prendem as duas placas que foram temporariamente instaladas para conter o transportador durante a remo o da caixa de engrenagem e remova as placas Aplique Loctite nos parafusos M12 previamente removido do transportador e reinstale os parafusos 4 Gire o eixo da caixa de engrenagem at que a chave esteja alinhada com o entalhe no transportador 5 Instale as porcas e arruelas estreitas em dois parafusos jack e introduza os parafusos atrav s dos orif cios limpos no flange da caixa de engrenagem a 180 graus de separa o Enrosque os parafusos nos orif cios de montagem do conjunto da caixa de engrenagem no conjunto do recipiente 6 Alternadamente gire cada parafuso algumas voltas por vez para gradual e uniformemente juntar a caixa de engrenagem ao conjunto do recipiente 7 Quando a caixa de engrenagem estiver totalmente encaixada no recipiente remova os parafusos jack e instale 20 parafusos de cabe a oca M16 para prender a caixa de 5 26 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O engrenagem Aperte os parafusos at o toque determinado de acordo com as Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o 8 Instale quatro parafusos de cabe a sextavada M16 atrav s dos orif cios limpos na caixa de engrenagem e nos orif cios correspondentes no recipiente e aperte de acordo com E
99. est not est not est not est not est not est resin 25036 25 3 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est polyamide resin 68410 23 1 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est n butanol 71 36 3 20 ppm not est not est not est 100 ppm not est not est not est not est niy y n n ni nij n zinc 7440 66 6 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est barium sulfate 7727 43 7 10 mg m3 not est not est not est 5 mg m3 not est not est not est not est adduct Sup Conf not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est Footnotes H Hazardous Air Pollutant M Marine Pollutant C Ceiling Concentration that S Skin Additional exposure n a not applicable ppm parts per million S2 Sara Section 302 EHS P Pollutant S Severe Pollutant should not be exceeded over and above airborn exposure not est not established mg m3 milligrams per cubic meter S3 Sara Section 313 Chemica Carcinogenicity Listed By even instantaneously may result from skin absorption CC CERCLA Chemical Sup Conf Supplier Confidential S R Std Supplier Recommended Standard N NTP I IARC O OSHA y yes n no Form 313K Page 2 of 2 prepa
100. ethyl orthoformate 122 51 0 1 5 acetic acid butyl ester butyl acetate 123 86 4 5 10 5 10 pigment green 7 phthalo green pigment 1328 53 6 1 5 benzene dimethyl xylene 1330 20 7 1 1 0 1 1 0 titanium oxide titanium dioxide 13463 67 7 1 5 2 propenoic acid 2 methyl 2 hydroxyethyl ester polymer with ethenylbenzene 2 ethylhexyl 2 propeno and methyl 2 methyl 2 acrylic polymer 26916 05 2 40 50 propenoate hexane 1 6 diisocyanato homopolymer aliphatic polyisocyanate 28182 81 2 90 95 formaldehyde formaldehyde 50 00 0 LT 01 c i pigment yellow 42 yellow iron oxide 51274 00 1 1 5 acetic acid 1 1 dimethylethyl ester tert butyl acetate 540 88 5 1 5 butanamide 2 2 methoxy 4 nitrophenyl azo n 2 methoxyphenyl 3 oxo pigment yellow 74 6358 31 2 1 5 solvent naphtha petroleum light aromatic light aromatic solvent naphtha 64742 95 6 1 5 1 butanol n butanol 71 36 3 1 5 propanoic acid 3 ethoxy ethyl ester ethyl 3 ethoxypropionate 763 69 9 5 10 sulfuric acid barium salt barium sulfate 7727 43 7 1 5 castor oil castor oil raw 8001 79 4 10 20 hexane 1 6 diisocyanato hexamethylene diisocyanate 822 06 0 1 1 0 acetic acid c6 8 branched alkyl esters oxo heptyl acetate 90438 79 2 1 5 benzene 1 2 4 trimethyl pseudocumene 95 63 6 1 1 0 1 5 anti settling agent anti settling agent Sup Conf 1 5 polyamide rheological additive Sup Conf 1 5 Form 359D Page 2 of 3 prepared 05 06 08 Chemical Hazard Data ANSI Section
101. fa a o seguinte 1 2 Desligue bloqueie e etiquete LOTO a centr fuga Remova os parafusos que prendem a tampa superior e abra a tampa Coloque um recipiente adequado capaz de reter 5 quarts 4 9 litros de leo abaixo da caixa de engrenagem Girar a caixa de engrenagem at um plugue de drenagem estar no fundo da caixa de engrenagem Retire os dois plugues do topo da caixa de engrenagens para permitir a entrada de ar e assim facilitar a drenagem Retire o plugue da parte inferior da caixa de engrenagem para drenar o leo 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O 7 Ap s a drenagem total da caixa de engrenagem reinstale e aperte o plugue do fundo 8 Recarregue a caixa de engrenagem com produtos e quantidades listadas 9 Reinstale o dispositivo de recarga e aperte bem 10 Feche e proteja a tampa superior MANUTEN O DE COMPONENTE Antes de inicializar qualquer manuten o da centr fuga desligar bloquear LO e etiquetar TO o equipamento ATEN O ALTA TENS O PODE ESTAR PRESENTE SEMPRE ABRA O FUS VEL QUE DESCONECTA O FORNECIMENTO DE ELETRICIDADE AO EQUIPAMENTO E FECHE E DESLIGUE O SUPRIMENTO DE ENERGIA ANTES DE EXECUTAR QUALQUER PROCEDIMENTO DE MANUTEN O ATEN O A FALHA NO USO DE CULOS DE SEGURAN A PODE RESULTAR EM LES O S RIA NO OLHO OU PERDA PERMANENTE DA VIS O OS CULOS DE SEGURAN A DEVEM SER USADOS SEMPRE QUE QUALQUER PROCEDIMENTO DE MANUTEN O FOR EXECUTADO A
102. fora do conjunto rotativo 5 Folgue os parafusos de montagem e os parafusos de fixa o que prendem metade da embreagem de limita o de torque ao eixo do motor de acionamento do transportador deslize a metade da embreagem na dire o do motor at que a extremidade do eixo do motor esteja vis vel e ent o remova o sat lite Desconecte a tubula o de alimenta o do flange do componente de alimenta o Solte as porcas que prendem o motor de acionamento do recipiente base vire o parafuso de tens o para liberar a tens o e remova a correia da polia do recipiente 8 Remova a tampa da caixa de conex o de a o inoxid vel na base da centr fuga Figura 5 7 e desligue os sensores de temperatura das extremidades de l quidos e s lidos do bloco de terminais 9 Desparafuse a porca de acoplamento do cotovelo nos sensores de temperatura das extremidades de l quidos e s lidos Figura 5 8 e puxe os fios el tricos por meio do conduite Bobine e prenda os fios para evitar interfer ncia durante a remo o do conjunto rotativo 10 Desconecte o cabo do sensor de velocidade do sensor de velocidade 11 Remova os pinos de alinhamento parafusos arruelas de travamento arruelas lisas que prendem o pillow block base nas extremidades de l quidos e s lidos Figura 5 9 12 Conecte um guindaste capaz de levantar pelo menos 4000 libras 1800 kg ao conjunto rotativo 13 Equil bre adequadamente as correias de eleva o para g
103. from green to red and check that it is not lower than the figure given in the documentation Check also the alarm electrical contacts As soon as the alarm pressurized indicator turns red the system will start to re purge If alarm and trip function is selected the enclosure power will be switched off While it is re purging return the LCV to its normal working pressure position so that at the end of purging the enclosure pressure should immediately settle down at the correct normal pressure If at the end of purging the pressurized enclosure pressure falls below the minimum pressure sensor setting and the LCV is fully open the system will start to purge again This is indicative of excessive leakage from the enclosure In this case check the enclosure for leakage and reduce or eliminate the leaks This time at the end of purging the enclosure should stay pressurized and the relief valve action is as in a or b above Proceed as described above Normal operation Turn the air supply on or off to start or stop the system After this the pressurizing and purging sequence is entirely automatic Maintenance of the system The maintenance recommended for the system consists of the following items supplemented by any additional local requirements imposed by the local Code of Practice Expo recommends that the commissioning tests be repeated at least every six months In addition the following checks are also recommended at that time Ch
104. interrupc o de energia para o motor do recipiente a centr fuga deve ser reiniciada por 20 a 30 segundos para limpar os s lidos liberados durante o colapso da gua anel 5 Execute o procedimento de limpeza autom tica 6 Desligue o suprimento de energia el trica da m quina e bloqueie e etiquete LOTO a m quina 7 Para gabinetes com sistema de drenagem desligue a alimenta o de ar comprimido para a Unidade do gabinete de drenagem DESLIGAMENTOS AUTOM TICOS A centr fuga foi constru da com recursos de seguran a para proteger o equipamento Esses recursos ir o resultar em desligamento autom tico da centr fuga antes que ocorram danos Os par grafos seguintes descrevem estes desligamentos autom ticos Vibra o Excessiva Vibra o excessiva da centr fuga ira fazer com que o interruptor de vibra o interrompa a energia el trica para o rel de execu o da centr fuga desligando a m quina Vibra o excessiva como essa pode ocorrer durante a inicializa o ou o funcionamento normal devido queda de um pared o formado pelo bolo ou outra condi o desequilibrada do recipiente A m quina poder ser reiniciada pressionando o bot o restaurar do interruptor de vibra o e em seguida usando o procedimento de Inicializa o normal acima 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 19 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS Se a m quina continuamente trepidar durante a inicializa o normal lave o reci
105. listed above was inspected and found to be in conformance with Derrick Corporation s internal coating run test and assembly inspection documents that were required for the type of equipment manufactured in accordance with the Derrick quality system This certificate is governed by the applicable purchase order terms in effect at the time of Derrick Corporation s original shipment of the referenced product oe Ass E Arte IH ar sv HL LAJ U Date 29 December 2011 Signature Jennifer J Polanowski Derrick Corporation http dmc sps qc Certificates Shipping Final Inspection and Run Test PE S 073 04 00 doc Revison Number 2 Revision Date 29 December 2011 Doc PE S 036 02 06 Date 20 January 2011 DERRICK CORPORATION CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE Equipment Mining amp Oilfield equipment manufactured specifically for Hazardous Location Areas including but not limited to Flo Line Cleaners Flo Line Primers Agitators Vacu Flo Degassers DE 1000 Centrifuges Centrifugal Pumps Flo Line Scalpers etc Name and Address of Manufacturer Derrick Corporation 590 Duke Road Buffalo NY 14225 Rating and Principle Characteristics 0 600 VAC 50 60Hz 3PH Model Type Ref Various Additional Information None This product was found to be in conformance with U L listed for hazardous locations Class I Division 1 Groups C amp D which is similar to equipment marked as II 2G Ex d IIB T3 for Zone 1 areas Assembl
106. mais fatores incluindo uma falha de energia local Tabela de Solu o de Problemas O gr fico de solu o de problemas consiste em modos de falha poss vel eis causa s e plano s de a o recomendado s Todas as verifica es de continuidade el trica neste procedimento s o executadas sem o fornecimento de energia el trica para a centr fuga Bloqueie LO e etiquete TO o equipamento antes de tentar realizar qualquer verifica o de continuidade ATEN O VERIFICA ES DE CONTINUIDADE DEVEM SER REALIZADAS SEM ELETRICIDADE FORNECIDA A CENTRIFUGA BLOQUEIE LO E ETIQUETE TO ENERGIA EL TRICA ANTES DE TENTAR VERIFICAR A CONTINUIDADE Al m das informa es sobre solu o de problemas o t cnico deve consultar os diagramas esquem ticos no fim desta se o e aos diagramas esquem ticos e de fia o adequados na Se o 6 e a descri o e teoria de funcionamento da Se o 1 para obter ajuda adicional na solu o de problemas 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 35 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O RESOLU O DE PROBLEMAS DA CENTR FUGA DE 7200 Modo de Falha 1 L quido Aceit vel Bolo Fino Demais S lidos insuficientes na Aumente a taxa de alimenta o Aumente abertura do vertedouro consulte a Se o 4 Reduza a velocidade diferencial Queda na taxa de alimenta o Aumente a taxa de alimenta o da bomba mm Verifique a bomba de alimenta o e se necess rio verifique o
107. marked with a a and will cause an alarm Stop Jog Fwd Start CF Run Fwd Run Rev 1 2 JogFwd Jog Rev Rev Start E E Stop CF Run ai a a a Run Fwd jj 1 Run Rev El Jog 1 2 El Jog Fwd i Jog Rev Fwd Rev E El More than one physical input has been configured to the same input function Multiple configurations are not allowed for the following input functions Forward Reverse Run Reverse Bus Regulation Mode B Speed Select 1 Jog Forward Acc2 Dec2 Speed Select 2 Jog Reverse Accel 2 Speed Select 3 Run Decel 2 Run Forward Stop Mode B Alarm Drive OL Level 1 Drive OL Level 2 FluxAmpsRef Rang Ground Warn Home Not Set In Phase Loss IntDBRes OvrHeat IR Volts Range Ixo Vit Rang Load Loss MaxFreq Conflict Motor Thermistor Motor Type Cflct NP Hz Conflict PI Config Conflict No Troubleshooting 4 11 Description The calculated IGBT temperature requires a reduction in PWM frequency If Drive OL Mode is disabled and the load is not reduced an overload fault will eventually occur The calculated IGBT temperature requires a reduction in Current Limit If Drive OL Mode is disabled and the load is not reduced an overload fault will eventually occur The calculated or measured Flux Amps value is not within the expected range Ver
108. metric thread size of the SAU body Type SA where the orifice size is fixed and the way to change the flow rate is either to change the setting of the Minimum Pressure Sensor or to replace the SA with one of another size denotes the nominal thread size of the SA body For low flow rates the Outlet Orifice may be incorporated within the Relief Valve making use of the existing metal foam Spark Arrestor The Relief Valve will then have a suffix CF where is the orifice size in millimetres The Leakage Compensation Valve in the CU is opened sufficiently to provide enough air both to compensate for any accidental leakage as well as provide the Continuous Flow through the outlet orifice In this way a high flow rate is provided during the initial purge period which is thereafter reduced to the desired Continuous Flow rate Even if the PE had no accidental leakage there would still be a flow from the outlet orifice A continuous flow of air can be necessary where the PE has equipment that needs cooling or where there is a possible source of flammable gas inside the PE which needs dilution The purge time is based on the initial Purge Flow rate If the same flow rate is needed or is acceptable both during and after purging a Model CF Continuous Flow system is more economical Section 1 Installation of the system 1 1 Installation of the Expo LC and CFHP Systems 1 The Expo system should be installed either directly
109. of e mail info baseefa2001 biz web site www baseefa2001 biz Baseefa 2001 Ltd Registered in England No 4305578 at 13 Dovedale Crescent Buxton Derbyshire SK17 9BJ Issued 14 June 2004 Page 2 of 2 Certificate Number Baseefa04ATEX0218 13 Schedule 14 Certificate Number Baseefa04ATEX 0218 15 Description of Equipment or Protective System The Type MIU B e P1827 Minipurge Interface Unit is rated up to 550V 10A and comprises a Type PE2 Enclosure manufactured in stainless steel by Expo Technologies Limited to EC Type Examination Certificate No Sira 01 11570 The enclosure is used to house up to twenty terminals of WDU2 5 TypeWPE2 5 or a combination thereof manufactured by Weidmuller GmbH to EC Type Examination Certificate No KEMA 98ATEX1683U Variation 0 1 An alternative Type MIU B e P1813 Minipurge Interface Unit comprising a smaller enclosure to the certificate as above and containing only ten terminals certified as above 16 Report Number Baseefa Certification Report No 04 C 0442 17 Special Conditions for Safe Use None 18 Essential Health and Safety Requirements Ali relevant Essential Health and Safety Requirements are covered by the standards listed at item 9 19 Drawings and Documents Number Issue Date Description SD7464 2 08 06 2004 General Arrangement Type MIU B e P1827 Minipurge Interface Unit SD7466 1 11 06 2004 General Arrangement Type MIU B e P1813 Minipurge Interface Uni
110. oozes SWITCH CAUTION WARNING Mor Rar uer 20 RECOMMENDED CABLE HDDK UP REF 64A 16590 00 003 5076 60007265 WHEN WIRING THE INPUT POWER WITH PARALLEL WIRE YOU QTY COPPER COND PER PHASE SIZED FOR 300 AMP REF PL 164 72 00 002 MUST ENSURE THAT THE CONDUCTORS ARE GROUPED WITH SUPPLY 480 VOLTS 3 PH 60 HZ OR 2 gt CONDUCTORS PER PHASE SIZED FOR 150 AMP REF EPL 16593 00 002 PHASE AND ROTATNG N THE SAME CLOcKMSE DRECTON BASED ON CONNECTED LOAD OF 240 AMP Mh USE XP SEALING GLAND FOR CD 5 NPT DR 2 2 NOT REVISIUN 13 STARTED USING DE 7200 FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN PERSONNEL OR EQUIPMENT MAIN POWER DISCONNECT A UNITE CF5045 X DAMAGE OR BOTH SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER REVISION 17 STARTED USING ON DE 7200 CABINET CF6029 X REVISION 20 STARTED USING ON DE 7200 UNIT CF5121 CABINET CF6208 ION reso mamas e masas ea VFD XP DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE Een A N en AEAN a GOPA ES EASE ASV AOD RELEF VIE A O PARTS ADD NE COMES ENM LQK 05 15 12 EPA Vi T0 FROGRMAIED PART WAS 0 14 11 mx 02 0770 YA A NE PAM Eee e Um p LAN LINT TU Gy EE land N en LA PN ee EA PT S sassa wee nen we Eghy Se Ca nda epe AAA CET s 1 2 3 4 5 6 FEED PUMP INPUT FUSES FUSE HOLDER 600094772 FUSES 90 G0009476X3 IL I IRED o 2 LER es es s INTRINSIC Ja JL ak TOGGLE SETTINGS 17244 02 io T di u
111. or tube damaged Check and repair as necessary Possible cause 5 The Purge Flow Sensor is not operating correctly or out of calibration The basic operation of the Purge Flow Sensor can be checked by unscrewing the 2 4 60mm diameter diaphragm and by using a finger block the threaded hole in the top of the valve module The valve should operate and the indicator turn Yellow If this works correctly and the flow through the Relief Valve is above the minimum required WITH THE RELIEF VALVE COVER FIRMLY SECURED IN PLACE the Sensor diaphragm needs recalibrating or replacing 4 5 System fails to switch power on after the purge time has elapsed X Purge systems only Possible cause 1 Is power available Is the power disconnect closed Are the fuses or circuit breaker OK Possible cause 2 System fault Timer not timed out a Has the Purging indicator been Yellow for the whole of the purge time b Is the logic pressure gauge at 30psi 2bar 10 c Check the small indicator on the timer valve When the timer has timed out it should return out when depressed d Is there pressure at the Power Switch output bulkhead and at the Power Switch itself Is the Switch set at 15psi 1bar e Is the pipe to the Power Switch airtight The signal to the Power Switch bulkhead has a restrictor which limits the permissible leakage from the pipe f Note the timer setting Reset the timer to the minimum available purging period
112. os conectores do PLC est o presos conforme descrito nesta Se o Sensor de temperatura com defeito Se a leitura for constantemente aos 392 F 200 C o sensor est com defeito substitua o sensor Falha de Comunica o com o Sensor de Temperatura da Extremidade de S lido Cont M conex o no transmissor barreiras intr nseco da extremidade de l quido ou transmissor com defeito Se a leitura for constantemente aos 392 F 200 C verifique e corrija a conex o substitua o transmissor em caso de defeito VFD do Recipiente com Defeito Verifique e substitua o VFD em caso de defeito Programa de Controle Baixando do Ca rt o de Mem ria para o Controlador Re carregamento do programa de PLC a partir do cart o de mem ria conclu do Inicialize a centr fuga e continue a opera o Bateria Interna do Controlador Baixa Substituir Conex es da bateria do PLC n o seguras Verifique as conex es e corrija se necess rio Bateria do PLC fraca Substitua a bateria Alarme de Alto Torque do Transportad or Reduzir a taxa de alimenta o O Torque do transportador excedeu o limite pr definido Reduza a taxa de alimenta o Falha e Desligamento por Alto Torque taxa de alimenta o do Transportador Executar limpeza e reduzir a O Torque do transportador excedeu o limite pr definido Ap s o desligamento autom tico execute o proc
113. recipiente e correias de tens o de acordo com Tens o da Correia Motriz nesta se o Insira um sat lite na metade da embreagem da caixa de engrenagem e posicione a metade da embreagem da caixa de engrenagem de forma que a superf cie traseira se alinhe com face frontal da polia Figura 5 12 Deslize a metade da embreagem do eixo do motor ao engate com a metade da caixa de engrenagem defina a folga entre as metades da embreagem em cerca de 0 1875 0 250 4 8 mm 6 4 mm e em seguida posicione a embreagem axialmente para que o ponto m dio do sat lite esteja alinhado com o sensor de proximidade ALINHE A FACE TRASEIRA DA MEIA EMBREAGEM COM A FACE DA POLIA MEIA EMBREAGEM POLIA Figura 5 12 Instala o de Polia e Embreagem no Eixo da Caixa de Engrenagem Gire a embreagem do eixo do motor at o parafuso de ajuste est alinhado com a chave do eixo e aperte o parafuso de ajuste Aperte os parafusos de montagem em ambas as metades de embreagem em 184 libra p 250 Nm Desenrole e reconecte os fios do sensor de temperatura ao bloco do terminal na caixa de conex es Figura 5 7 e ent o reinstale a tampa da caixa de conex es Conecte o cabo do sensor de velocidade ao interruptor do sensor de proximidade Instale a prote o da correia nas polias do motor e do conjunto do recipiente e prenda base com parafusos Engraxe os rolamentos principais de acordo com a Figura 5 1 e siga os seguintes passos a Aplique e
114. see Para 2 2 6 and check operation on that purge time If it works OK increase the time progressively until either it is correct or the system ceases to time out at all In the latter case there is an air leak in the timer circuit A leak in the timing circuit can cause the timer not to time out If possible establish the source of the leak with soapy water and retest the system This will involve removing the chassis from the Control Unit be sure this is the cause before starting the work It is VERY unusuall Ensure that the timer is returned to its original setting and the purge time checked before putting the system back into service Possible cause 3 Faulty Power Switch Check the operation of the Power Switch It should close above 20psi 1 4 bar 4 6 Pressure Sensor calibration If it is decided that the Minimum Pressure Sensor or Purge Flow Sensor needs recalibrating it can either be returned to Expo for this service or it can be done by the user as follows Disconnect the pressure sensing pipe from the top of the diaphragm It is a push in quick release fitting firmly push inwards the collar surrounding the pipe where it enters the fitting and then pull the pipe outwards while maintaining the pressure on the collar Unscrew the 2 4 60mm diameter diaphragm housing from the top of the Sensor Invert it and note the brass adjusting screw in the centre Turning the screw inwards clockwise will lower the setting
115. superior e inferior do gabinete separam os s lidos e l quidos Parafusos prendem as metades superior e inferior uma junta na metade inferior sela as duas metades O inv lucro parafusado ao conjunto da base de a o soldado que cont m disposi es de montagem para os rolamentos pillow block O conjunto da base suporta os componentes da centr fuga e cont m isoladores de vibra o de borracha oca que se envolver com pinos de centragem embutidos na plataforma de montagem OPERA O MEC NICA A centr fuga recebe lama pasta na extremidade da roldana extremidade de descarga de s lidos da m quina Para melhor desempenho a lama pasta deve ser examinada a 74 micros em m quinas de triagem vibrat ria antes de passar para a centr fuga para processamento A lama pasta flui atrav s de um tubo de alimenta o para dentro do recipiente rotativo onde a for a centr fuga separa l quidos dos s lidos O l quido flui para fora da conex o de descarga de l quidos na extremidade da caixa de engrenagem da centr fuga enquanto os s lidos s o encaminhados para a descarga de s lidos onde eles caem em uma calha na parte inferior da m quina A centr fuga configurada de f brica para funcionar com uma tens o AC espec fica de sistema trif sico em 50Hz ou 60Hz Controles el tricos s o montados na caixa de controle el trica localizada na extremidade de descarga de l quidos da m quina Dispositivos de seguran a incorporados centr
116. terminals for tightness and gaskets for damage External faults such as broken switches within the Control Unit may also require investigation Drawings and Diagrams Refer to the manual supplied with the Control Unit for assembly and connection drawings Page 1 of 1 Issue 1 11 06 04 Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt PIB Braunschweig und Berlin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE Translation Equipment and Protective Systems Intended for Use in Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Directive 94 9 EC EC type examination Certificate Number PTB 00 ATEX 1093 X Equipment Limit switch type 07 25 1 Manufacturer BARTEC Componenten und Systeme GmbH Address D 97980 Bad Mergentheim This equipment and any acceptable variation thereto are specified in the schedule to this certificate and the documents therein referred to The Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt notified body No 0102 in accordance with Article 9 of the Council Directive 94 9 EC of 23 March 1994 certifies that this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex Il to the Directive The examination and test results are recorded in the confidential report PTB Ex 00 10203 Compliance with the Esse
117. the Pressurized indicator turns Red and check that it is not lower than the figure given in the documentation Check also the Alarm electrical contacts if fitted As soon as the Pressurized indicator turns Red the enclosure power will be switched off see also 8 below and the system will start to repurge While it is re purging return the LCV to its Normal Working pressure position so that at the end of purging the enclosure pressure should immediately settle down at the correct normal pressure Finally re adjust the LCV if necessary C If at the end of purging the PE pressure falls below the Minimum Pressure Sensor setting the LCV is not open far enough The system will start to purge again While it is purging open the LCV fully and check the enclosure for leakage This time at the end of purging the enclosure should stay pressurized and the Relief Valve action be as in a or b above It is likely that there is significant leakage from the enclosure and attempts to reduce the leakage will be time well spent CFHP systems are intended to have a Continuous Flow through the enclosure The Continuous Flow may emerge through the RLV in which case the RLV will have a CF in its model number Other CFHP systems will have a separate Outlet Orifice Spark Arrestor and air can be felt emerging through this aperture whenever the enclosure is pressurized 8 Some X Purge LC and CFHP systems can have the Action on Press
118. the red ring to unlock the knob first 5 At this time the Pressurized indicator should be Green and the Purging indicator should be Yellow If the yellow indicator remains black the flow through the Relief Valve is below the minimum for which the Flow Sensor has been calibrated Check the air supply pressure at the inlet to the Control Unit while purging is taking place It must be above the minimum specified The larger Super Mini X Purge system has a built in gauge on the filter for this purpose 6 On LC and CFHP X purge systems the purge timer will start as soon as the Purging indicator turns Yellow Check that the time delay between the indicator turning yellow and the application of power to the PE is not less than the minimum time required to purge the PE Times in excess of the minimum are permitted and a tolerance of 25 is normally acceptable If the time is too short it must be adjusted accordingly Two types of Purge Timer control are currently in production a The original system has a single timer reservoir and a black rotary timer control where the OUTER BODY of the timer restrictor is turned counter clockwise to increase the time setting DO NOT adjust the central screw The setting is quite sensitive logarithmic and only small adjustments e g one scale division should made between repeated timing checks unless the time is much too short As a guide the following table can be used for Mini and Sub M
119. to approval by the Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt In case of dispute the German text shall prevail Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt Bundesallee 100 D 38116 Braunschweig Shock Vibration Control Switches Installation Instructions Models VS2 VS2C VS2EX VS2EXR VS2EXRB and VS94 VS 7037N Revised 09 06 Section 20 00 02 0185 MURPHY gt Please read the following instructions before installing A visual inspection of this product for damage during shipping is recommended before mounting It is your responsibility to have a qualified person install the unit and make sure installation conforms with NEC and local codes GENERAL INFORMATION VA gt b WARNING ar d BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION OF THIS MURPHY PRODUCT V Disconnect all electrical power to the machine y sure the machine cannot operate during installation V Follow all safety warnings of the machine manufacturer V Read and follow all installation instructions Description The Murphy shock and vibration switches are available in a variety of models for applications on machinery or equipment where excessive vibration or shock can damage the equipment or otherwise poses a threat to safe operation A set of contacts is held in a latched position through a mechanical latch and magnet mechanism As the level of vibration or shock increases an inertia mass exerts force against the latch arm a
120. turn amber If this is correct the sensor diaphragm needs recalibrating or replacing Is the Purge Flow Sensor out of calibration or faulty Call Expo Issue 8 Page 25 of 28 01 07 04 O Expo System fails to switch power on after the purge time has elapsed Is Power available Is Power No isolator closed Yes Are the fuses or circuit breaker Yes Check the small indicator button on the timer Has the purge valve When the time completed valve has timed its course out it should return out when depressed For PO option only Is there pressure at the Check if the power switch output external Power bulkhead and at the Switch contacts power switch Is the close at 1 4 Barg power switch OK Yes Ensure fitting nuts are tightened and No that the tube is not damaged Check For PO option only Is the tube to the power switch air tight and repair as necessary Note the timer setting Reset the timer to the minimum available purging period and check Is the Purge the operation on that purge time time correct Ensure that the purge time is returned to its original setting and checked before putting the system back into service Call Expo ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 26 of 28 Expo Relief Valve opens th _ __ __ __ 5 KA continuously or intermittently The Leakage Compensation Valve Is the Pressurized
121. 2 0 444 449 280 4 10 2 27 67 0 2449 2280 4 50 2 50 74 0 For regreasing while operating multiply volume by 125 4 2 4 LUBRICATION PROCEDURE For Motors with Regreasing Provisions CAUTION BEARING DAMAGE WARNING Added grease must be compatible with the original equipment s grease If a grease other than those stated in 4 2 1 is to be utilized contact the motor manufacturer Nameplate information supersedes section 4 2 1 GREASE TYPE New grease must be free of dirt Failure to follow these instructions and procedure below may result in bearing and or motor damage For an extremely dirty environment contact the motor manufacturer for additional information LUBRICATION PROCEDURE 1 Clean the grease inlet plug or zerk fittings prior to regreasing 2 If present Remove grease drain plug and clear outlet hole blockage CAUTION GREASE DRAIN PLUGGED Old grease may completely block the drain opening and must be mechanically removed prior to regreasing Forcing a blocked drain open by increased greasing pressure may collapse bearing shields and or force excess grease through the bearings and into the motor 3 Add grease per Table 4 4 4 Re install grease inlet and drain plugs if removed WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD Do NOT energize a Hazardous Locations motor without all grease fittings properly installed 4 2 5 EXAMPLE LUBRICATION Assume NEMA 286T IEC 180 1750 RPM Vertica
122. 2008 alojn A ITEM 15 WAS 16609 01 ITEM 55 WAS G0007863 ITEM 22 WAS 16622 01 CCS 11 3 2008 a ITEM 54 WAS G0007245 ITEM 24 WAS G0008261 ITEM 25 WAS G0008262 ITEM 26 WAS G0007210 ITEM 27 WAS G0007211 ITEM 109 WAS G0008264 ITEM 110 WAS G0008265 ITEM 111 WAS G0008266 ITEM 91 WAS 16627 01 ITEM 80 WAS G0003529 CCS 12 18 2008 ADDED ITEMS 117 132 ITEM 43 WAS G0007232 ITEM 44 WAS G0007233 ITEM 45 WAS G0007234 CCS 2 4 2010 ITEM 16 WAS 15197 01 001 PER DRR 2563 ADDED ITEMS 133 134 amp 135 ITEM 73 WAS G0009927 ITEM 71 amp 71 QTY WAS 1 ITEM 74 QTY WAS 2 ADDED ITEMS 136 140 DJK 5 5 2011 BKS 8 51 9 MODIFIED ITEMS 29 WAS G0007610 34 WAS G0007012 35 WAS G0007216 36 WAS G0007237 54 WAS G0008825 128 WAS G0007868 130 WAS G0008572 131 WAS G0008544 132 WAS G0008571 AND 133 WAS G0009973 CHANGED QTY ON ITEMS 90 WAS 2 129 WAS 3 AND 132 WAS 1 JMB 4 11 12 10 ITEM 95 WAS G0002967 111 WAS G0002966 QTY ITEM 129 WAS 3 UPDATED DESCRIPTION OF 89 90 108 DMM 7 10 12 11 ITEM 02 16396 01 008 WAS 16396 01 003 EJR 10 8 12 IGEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTIC SYMBOLS PERPENDICULARITY dh k 592007 7 QA RUNOUT TOLERANCES UNLESS SPECIFIED DEC 2 PLACE DEC 0100 8 PLACE DEC 10050 4 PLACE DEC 0002 ANGLES x DO NOT SCALE DRAWING APPROVED MM 2 1 THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CO
123. 213 224 254 224 did 444 447 NEC 1125 1223 160 150M 20004 2253 2505 2805 Button view Df Mobor DIE Location 7 holes ane for F 1 Conversions provided 1 Va y Location 1 and 4 holes for long frames HEMA 184 215 258 286 226 355 405 445 449 HEC 112 132 180L 1801 ZOOL 255084 SED 3 2 3 VERTICAL MOUNTING CAUTION ENCLOSURE PROTECTION CAUTION Most Dripproof rigid base footed motors do NOT meet Dripproof requirements when mounted vertically If the motor is located in unprotected environments the addition of a drip cover may be available Drip covers not available for cast iron rigid base motors WARNING FALLING OBJECT HAZARD The lifting provision on standard horizontal footed motors is not designed for lifting the motor in a vertical shaft up or shaft down position see 2 2 1 lifting angles Lifting method provisions for mounting a rigid base footed motor vertically is the responsibility of the installer VERTICAL SHAFT DOWN Most standard horizontal motors thru 449 Fr excluding brake motors can be mounted in a vertical shaft down orientation For vertical brake motors see section 3 3 6 2 VERTICAL SHAFT UP WARNING HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS VERTICAL MOUNT Hazardous locations motors must NOT be mounted vertically shaft up without approval by the motor manufacturer Without proper retaining provisions the rotor may move axially and co
124. 3500 6 Super MiniPurge 7000 7 Super MiniPurge 7000x b Pressurization Standard Type X Directive EN 50016 2nd Edition cc Action after initial purge LC Leakage compensation only after initial high purge _CF Continuous flow same flow rate during and after purging CF2 Two flow CF system with initial high purge rate but only one orifice CFHP Continuous lower flow after initial high purge mm Material of the Control Unit Enclosure al Aluminium alloy 696 light metals e g magnesium or titanium cs Mild steel painted SS Stainless steel nm Non Metallic bp Back Plate only co Chassis only pm Panel mounting Date July 2002 This certificate and its schedutes may only be reproduced in its entirety and without change Sira Certification Service Rake Lane Eccleston Chester CH4 9JN England Page 2 of 5 Tel 44 0 1244 670900 Fax 44 0 1244 681330 ST amp C Chester Form 9176 Issue 6 Email exhazard Q siratc co uk Sira Certification Service is a service of Sira Test amp Certification Ltd sira Certification Service SCHEDULE EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE Sira 01 1295 Additonal Options Each MiniPurge controller model can also be fitted with the following options for which there is a separate option code as follows AA Active Alarm output fitted AC Alarm cancellation circuit AO Alarm Only Action on Pressure or Flow Failure AS Alarm Action on Pressure or Flo
125. 40V input Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 page 3 42 The checksum read from the user set does not match the checksum calculated ption of fault types Table 4 B Fault Cross Reference Troubleshooting Action 4 9 Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or power interruption Re save user set No Fault No 1 Fault No Fault 2 Auxiliary Input 38 Phase U to Grnd 81 85 Port 1 5 DPI Loss 3 Power Loss 39 Phase V to Grnd 87 IXo VoltageRange 4 UnderVoltage 40 Phase W to Grnd 88 Software Fault 5 OverVoltage 41 Phase UV Short 89 Software Fault 7 Motor Overload 42 Phase VW Short 90 Encoder Quad Err 8 Heatsink OvrTemp 43 Phase UW Short 91 Encoder Loss 9 Trnsistr OvrTemp 48 Params Defaulted 92 Pulse In Loss 12 HW OverCurrent 49 Drive Powerup 93 Hardware Fault 13 Ground Fault 51 Fit QueueCleared 100 Parameter Chksum 15 Load Loss 52 Faults Cleared 101 103 UserSet Chksum 16 Motor Thermistor 55 Cntl Bd Overtemp 104 Pwr Chksum1 17 Input Phase Loss 63 Shear Pin 105 Pwr Brd Chksum2 20 TorqPrv Spd Band 64 Drive OverLoad 106 Incompat MCB PB 21 Output PhaseLoss 69 DB Resistance 107 Replaced MCB PB 24 Decel Inhibit 70 Power Unit 108 Anlg Cal Chksum 25 OverSpeed Limit 71 75 Port 1 5 Adapter 120 1 0 Mismatch 28 See Manual 77 IR Volts Range 121 1 0 Comm Loss 29 Analog In Loss 78 FluxAmpsRef Rang 122 1 0 Failure 33 Auto Rstrt Tries 79 Excessive
126. 4541 SNOISN3MIQ FIONV PIE 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook Illinois 60062 2096 United States Country Code 1 847 272 8800 FAX No 847 272 8129 http www ul com Underwriters Laboratories Inc e File E190061 Vol 1 Issued 1999 07 23 Revised 2003 05 08 FOLLOW UP SERVICE PROCEDURE TYPE R PURGING AND PRESSURIZING CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES FOR USE IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS RFPW7 Manufacturer EXPO TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED 466459 001 SUMMER RD THAMES DITTON SURREY KT7 ORH ENGLAND UNITED KINGDOM Applicant SAME AS MANUFACTURER 466459 001 Classified Company SAME AS MANUFACTURER 466459 001 This Procedure authorizes the above Manufacturer to use the marking specified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc only on products covered by this Procedure in accordance with the applicable Follow Up Service Agreement The prescribed Mark or Marking shall be used only at the above manufacturing location on such products which comply with this Procedure and any other applicable requirements The Procedure contains information for the use of the above named Manufacturer and representatives of Underwriters Laboratories Inc and is not to be used for any other purpose It is lent to the Manufacturer with the understanding that it is not to be copied either wholly or in part and that it will be returned to Underwriters Laboratories Inc upon request This PROCEDURE and any subsequent revisions is
127. 49 01 88 WAS G0008263 89 WAS G0008264 QTY 1 90 WAS 10008265 QTY 2 91 WAS 20008266 96 WAS 20007981 98 WAS G0009973 ADDED ITEMS 101 108 THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THEIR AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINE IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER WRITTEN OR VERBAL DRAWN fjmonroe KED PARALLELISM Y H PERPENDICULARITY al ANGULARITY 2 RUNOUT POSITION CONCENTRICITY o SYMMETRY TOLERANCES UNLESS SPECIFIED DEC 2 PLACE DEC 10100 7 254 PLACE DEC 0050 127 4 PLACE DEC 10002 005 ANGLES x sa DO NOT SCALE DRAWING CCSMITH 5 15 2007 DEBRICK j CORPORATION 5 17 2007 hire CONTROL ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY EN SIZE FILECOPY DWG NO REV o Y lesmas 1 1 2 1 gt DE 7200 460 480 60 3 CENT MAN DERRICK CORPORATION SE O 9 REGISTOS DE INSTALA O E MANUTEN O OBJETIVO Esta se o deve ser utilizada pelo pessoal de opera o e manuten o para registrar informa es hist ricas recolhidas durante
128. 5 1 G0007690 DRIVE 60 HP 460VAC 60 HZ 16 1 00007689 DRIVE 30 HP 460VAC 60 HZ 17 1 G0007588 AIR CONDITIONER COOLING MOTOR 18 1 G0002603 FAN WHEEL 8 BACKWARD CURVED 19 1 G0002604 NLET CONE 20 1 G0008966 PWR DISTR BLOCK 4 POLE 1 4 500MCM 21 2 G0008891 POWER DIST BLOCK OUTGOING 2 0 AWG 3 POLE 22 1 00008941 POWER DIST BLOCK INCOMING 2 500 MCM 3 POLE 23 3 00008942 POWER DIST BLOCK COVER 1 POLE 24 2 180007213 GROUND LUG INCOMING 25 1 G0005309 GROUND BUS BAR INCOMING 26 1 60007221 FUSE BLOCK 60 AMP 3P CLASS J 27 3 00007698 FUSE 60 CLASS J 28 3 G0007223 FUSE COVER INDICATING 30 6 00008507 TERMINAL BLOCK END BARRIER 31 2 160009324 TERMINAL BLOCK GROUND YELLOW GREEN 4 PT 32 2 00008563 TERMINAL BLOCK BARRIER ORANGE 4 PT 33 2 00007214 FUSE BLOCK 30 AMP 3P CLASS CC 34 2 1850007224 FUSE BLOCK 200 AMP 1P CLASS J C 735 2 60007225 FUSE 150 AMP CLASS J TYPE HSJ 36 6 00007631 FUSE BLOCK 400 AMP 3P CLASS T 37 3 00007632 FUSE 225 AMP CLASS T 38 1 G0007984 DIN RAIL 35MM X 5 39 1 G0009286 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE VIBR SWITCH 40 2 80007918 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE RTD SENSOR 41 2 17244 02 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE SPEED SENSOR PROGRAMMED 42 1 G0007999 DIN RAIL 35MM X 16 43 1 60007231 ETHERNET SWITCH 6 PORT 44 1 60007228 PLC COMPACTLOGIX PROCESSOR 45 1 G0003552 POWER SUPPLY 24VDC 5 AMP 46 1 G0003504 SURGE SUPPRESSOR 120V 60HZ 47 1 60003494 TRANSFORMER 500VA 460V PRI 120V SEC N 48 2 00002910 FUSE T
129. 588 AIR CONDITIONER COOLING MOTOR G0002603 FANWHEEL 8 BACKWARD CURVED G0002604 16607 03 EX PROOF ENCLOSURE G0008941 POWER DIST BLOCK INCOMING 50007213 GROUND LUG INCOMING 50007610 GROUND BUS BAR INCOMING 50007221 FUSE BLOCK 60 CLASS J 50007214 FUSE BLOCK 30 3P CLASS 50007645 DIN RAIL 35 5 50009286 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE VIBR SWITCH E STOP 50007918 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE RTD SENSOR 17244 02 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE SPEED SENSOR G0003552 POWER SUPPLY 24VDC 5 AMP 50003504 SURGE SUPPRESSOR 120V 60HZ 50004986 ITRANSFORMER 500VA 600PRI 120V SEC 50002911 FUSE TIME DELAY 7 0A 250 G0008825 50008000 OPERATOR INTERFACE 120 DUCT 1 1 2 X 2 X 6 G0008001 WIRE DUCT 1 1 2 X 2 X 10 1 2 50008002 IRE DUCT 1 1 2 X 2 X 33 1 8 50007338 WIRE DUCT 1 1 2 X 2 X 30 3 4 50007650 IRE DUCT 11 2 2 287 8 30007865 PURGE UNIT W RELIEF VALVE 50008006 RELIEF VALVE SERIAL OF PURGE UNIT REQUIRED IMP 116B 02X02 1 8 90 DEG STREET ELBOW BRASS 50004679 1 8 X 3 16 HOSE BARB G0003565 AIR FILTER DX 50002714 1 2 90 DEG ELBOW SST 50009927 AIR REGULATOR 50008003 1 2 90 DEG STREET ELBOW BRASS 50008004 1 2 X 1 2 BA
130. 755 SET SCREW ARA ha THE IN 1 53 60007754 CAM RING 7 Nm 4 52 60007873 SOCKET HEAD SCREW MA AA 51 60012484 BOWL ASSEMBLY ES 50 n 1 1 49 60008986 GEAR OIL Ms z 18 48 17595 02 BOWL EXTENSION STRIPS D GEE TR A 18 47 17595 01 BOW STRIP 45 1 1 46 60012431 O RING M 21 1 t 45 60012223 GEAR BOX ADAPTER 48 07 5354 4 4 44 60012411 SOCKET HEAD SCREW 25 7 39 46 32 40 31 37 AN 12 12 43 60007750 FLAT WASHER 12 12 42 60007835 HEX HEAD BOLT 12 12 41 60007729 FLAT WASHER 4 4 40 60012407 HEX HEAD BOLT 4 4 39 60007830 SOCKET HEAD SCREW 1 1 38 60007829 O RING 1 1 37 60007828 SPACER RING A 36 6 6 35 60007826 SOCKET HEAD SCREW 60 60 34 60007825 SOCKET HEAD SCREW 6 6 33 60007824 SOCKET HEAD SCREW 1 1 32 60007823 O RING GEAR BOX 1 1 31 60007822 ROLLER BEARING SOLID END 1 1 30 60007821 SEALING RING 1 1 29 60007820 SEALING RING 24 24 28 60007819 SOCKET HEAD SCREW A 1 27 60012485 V
131. 84 acionamento traseiro ao conjunto do recipiente 5 30 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O TORQUE DAS FERRAGENS M12 Recipiente e motores de caixa de engrenagem de 41 496 56 acionamento traseiro base M8 Retentor do rolamento do transportador ao 12 142 16 alojamento do rolamento M10 Alojamento do rolamento do transportador ao 32 381 43 transportador M10 Placa de bloqueio parte superior do recipiente 24 283 32 de l quidos M10 Tampa superior ao inv lucro 24 283 32 M16 Parte superior do recipiente de l quidos ao 136 1628 184 conjunto do recipiente M16 Caixa de engrenagem de acionamento traseiro ao 100 1204 136 conjunto do recipiente M10 Polia paro flange de montagem na caixa de 24 283 32 engrenagem de acionamento traseiro M6 Polia montando flange caixa de engrenagem de 12 142 16 acionamento traseiro M24 Pillow block do rolamento principal para base 502 6018 680 M12 Tubo de alimenta o para pillow block 55 650 75 PE AS SOBRESSALENTES RECOMENDADAS A tabela de pe as sobressalentes a seguir contem as pe as necess rias para apoiar uma nica Centr fuga DE 7200 durante dois anos Os componentes mais suscet veis ao desgaste s o inclu dos entretanto todas as substitui es de pe as em potencial n o podem ser previstas O estoque completo de pe as de reposi o deve ser baseado na experi ncia do usu rio com equipamento
132. 98 PIN RAIL 35MM X 5 1 2 6 60008507 ERMINAL BLOCK END BARRIER 2 60007214 USE BLOCK 30 AMP 2 60007224 USE BLOCK 200 AMP TP CLASS J 6 50007651 USE HOLDER 400 AMP TP CLASS T 1 50007645 IN RAIL 35MM X 5 1 50009286 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE VIBR SWITH E STOP 2 0007918 BARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE RTD SENSOR 211724402 IBARRIER INTRINSIC SAFE SPEED SENSOR T 0007999 PIN RAL 35MM X 16 1 50007231 Hi SWITCH 6 PORT 1 60007228 LC COMPACTLOGIX PROCESSOR 1 50003552 OWER SUPPLY 24VDC 5 T E0003504 URGE SUPPRESSOR 120V 60 7 1 50008800 TRANSFORMER 500VA 4007 PRITISV SEC 10002911 USE TIME DELAY 7 0A 250 1 60007976 JOPERATOR INTERFACE 120VAC PRROGRAMMED 1 160008000 IRE DUCT 1 1 2X2X6 1 50008001 UCT 112X2X 10172 1 50008002 UCT 11 2X2X33 1 8 160007338 UCT 11 2X2X303 4 1 50007650 UCT TU2 X2 X28 78 1 60008010 WIRE DUCT 1 1 2 X 2 X 34 3 8 1 50007244 JNAMEPLATE EMERGENCY STOP T 50005325 BUTTON EMERGENCY STOP 1 60007885 PURGE UNIT WIRELIEF VALVE T G0008006 VALVE SERIAL OF PURGE REQUIRED 2 MP t16B 02x02 1 8 90 DEG STREET ELBOW BRASS 2 50004679 1 8 X 3 16 HOSE BARB 1 50003565 JAIR FILTER DX 1 NPLES0X200S 4 72 X2 PIPE NIPPLE SST T J0002300 IR FILTER E 2 0002716 72 X 2 PIPE NIPPLE SST 1 50002714 1 2 90 DEG ELBOW SST 1 50009927 JAIR REGULATOR 2 60008003 7290 DEG STREET ELBOW BR 5 60008004 72X 12 HOSE BARE 150008009 TR HOSE 1 5181 01 001 ISP
133. 99E1002U 0518 C 122669 USA Canada NFPA 496 cULus E190061 FM 1X8A4AE Class Div 1 Group A amp D Upon request Australia AS 2380 pt 4 SA Work Cover 31990 Class Zone 1 amp 2 IIC The method of pressurization 00 1XLC SS PO example part No see Specification Sheet CF Continuous Flow LC Leakage Compensation The type of output and indication of the system 00 1XLC SS PO example part No see Specification Sheet PO Pneumatic output Power On Purge complete 30 psi 0 2MPa 2 bar Signal Alarm Loss of Pressure No signal Pressurized 30 psi 0 2MPa 2 bar Signal PA Power and Alarm Terminal J Box EEx e IIC T6 Power 250 Vac 4 Amp AC14 DPNO EEx d IIC T6 Alarm 250 Vac 4 Amp 14 SPCO EExd IICT6 European systems only IS Intrinsically Safe Exi amp EEx i circuit Power and Alarm used with others Ex i relay barrier for power and alarm interface ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 5 of 28 Expo Explanation of options amp main components Common Elements All MiniPurge pressurization systems provide A method of pressurizing a Pressurized Enclosure PE while at the same time compensating for any leakage A method of purging the enclosure before power is applied to remove any flammable gas that may have entered the enclosure while it was unpressurized Visual indication of MiniPurge system status An output to provide remote indication or control Th
134. A SEMPRE CONFIRME QUE O INTERRUPTOR DE VIBRA O E OUTROS DISPOSITIVOS DE SEGURAN A ESTAO FUNCIONANDO Manuten o ATEN O ALTA TENS O PODE ESTAR PRESENTE SEMPRE ABRA O FUSIVEL QUE DESCONECTA O FORNECIMENTO DE ELETRICIDADE AO EQUIPAMENTO E BLOQUEI E ETIQUETE LOTO O SUPRIMENTO DE ENERGIA ANTES DE EXECUTAR QUALQUER AJUSTE DE E OU DE MANUTEN O NO EQUIPAMENTO 2 2 30 de Outubro de 2009 SEGURAN A Armazenamento ATEN O A CENTR FUGA PODE SER DANIFICADA POR SER ARMAZENANDA EM AMBIENTE DE ALTA UMIDADE MAIOR QUE 50 UR O EQUIPAMENTO DEVE SER ARMAZENADO NUM AMBIENTE DE BAIXA UMIDADE FICHAS COM DADOS DE SEGURAN A DO MATERIAL MSDSs As Fichas com Dados de Seguran a do Material MSDSs para produtos de acabamento externo s o inclu das nas p ginas seguintes para aconselhar o pessoal sobre as propriedades e poss veis perigos destes materiais Estes documentos foram elaborados pelos fabricantes dos produtos que tem exclusiva responsabilidade pela exatid o das informa es Os MSDSs inclusos est o atualizados com a data de publica o do presente manual e s o fornecidos somente como refer ncia E de responsabilidade do cliente entrar em contato com o fabricante do produto para obten o dos documentos mais recentes Al m da documenta o do produto final MSDSs est o listados para outros produtos utilizados no equipamento Para garantir que a informa o atual encontra se dispon v
135. ABLE X 8 1 2 ETH SW PLC 1 30007952 ETHERNET CABLE X 62 ETH SW PNL VIEW 1 30007953 ETHERNET CABLE X 84 ETH SW 60HP 1 30007954 ETHERNET CABLE X 104 ETH SW 150HP 1 30007955 THERNET CABLE X 178 ETH SW 30HP 2 50004970 HANDLE COVER 2 50007701 UG CRIMP 6 AWG 6 50007633 UG CRIMP 1 AWG 2 50007256 UG CRIMP 2 AWG 1 MP 116B 04X04 1 4 90 DEG STREET ELBOW BRASS 1 CRH ECD 284 1 4 DRAIN PLUG 1 30008267 1 2 X 1 4 NPT HOSE BARB 2 50008892 BLOCK PWR DISTR 1 POLE 2 0 14 W ADDER 8 60008893 OVER DISTR BLOCK FOR G0008891 8892 110 4 OVER DISTR BLOCK FOR G0008966 112 1 000759955 COMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 113 1 4500023001 ATR ELEMENT DX REPLACEMENT ONLY AIR ELEMENT BX REPLACEMENT ONLY 115 60008792 FUSE TIME DELAY 3 0 AMP CLA 116 3 65005423 JFUSELTIME DELAY 15 AMP CLA 117 1 4500077270 PLC POWER SUPPLY 118 1 6500720 BARRIER 119 1 0002683 COVER CONTROL TRANSFORMER 120 1 5000284 3 FUSE PULLER CONTROL TRANFORMER ALi21 2 SHPP 100 NPT PLU 122 1 _SHPP 150 1 27 NPT PLU 123 3 200 Br NPT PLUG 124 1 250 P 1 27 NPT PLUG 125 1 160007258 REDUCER 3 TO 2 NPT 8 7 PULTE TTL ATL MATT DESCRIPTION BY DATE ITEM 30 WAS G0007217 ITEM 31 WAS G0007218 ADDED ITEMS CCS 8 13 2007 ITEM 03 WAS 16400 01 001 QUANTITY WAS 5 ON ITEM 88 ADDED ITEMS 112 THRU 116 ADDED NOTE CCS 8 23 2007 CCS 5 12
136. AC Drives publication DRIVES INOOI for more information on ungrounded systems voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged before removing installing jumpers Measure the DC bus voltage at the amp DC terminals of the Power Terminal Block The voltage must be zero ATTENTION avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the Table 1 0 Jumper Removal 1 Frame Jumper Component Jumper Location No 0 1 PEA Common Mode Cap Remove the I O Cassette page 1 16 Jumpers located O PEB MOV s on the Power Board Figure 1 5 e 2 4 PEA Common Mode Cap Jumpers are located above the Power Terminal Block PEB MOV s see Figure 1 5 o 5 Wire Mode Cap Remove the I O Cassette as described on page 1 16 The green yellow jumper is located on the back of chas sis see Figure 1 5 for location Disconnect insulate and secure the wire to guard against unintentional con tact with chassis or components MOV s Note location of the two green yellow jumper wires next Input Filter Cap to the Power Terminal Block Figure 1 5 Disconnect insulate and secure the wires to guard against unintentional contact with chassis or components 6 Wire Mode Cap Remove the wire guard from the Power Terminal Block MOV s Disconnect the three green yellow wires from the two Input Filter Cap PE terminals shown in Figure 1 4 Insulate secure the wires to guard again
137. ADA DE ENERGIA CONEXOES DE ATERRAMENTO Gabinete de Controle de Area nao Perigosa Gabinete de Controle de Area perigosa Figura 3 7 Conex es de Energia El trica PAINEL DE GABINETE DE CONTROLE FORNECIMENTO DERRICK DE ENERGIA DO CLIENTE Figura 3 8 Conex es de Energia de Entrada Dividida Uma fonte de alimenta o primaria desconectada por fus vel necess rio para este equipamento A fonte de alimenta o primaria desconectada por um fus vel e os cabos de interliga o com o equipamento devem ser de tamanho adequado e em conformidade com o C digo El trico Nacional NEC e todas as normas estaduais e municipais aplic veis 30 de Julho de 2010 3 11 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INSTALA O Os requisitos adicionais de cabeamento s o os seguintes 1 O dispositivo de desconex o por fus vel deve ter capacidade de interrup o suficiente para segurar a falta m xima de capacidade de corrente do sistema de abastecimento de energia 2 As conex es do GND no gabinete de controle e na caixa de conex es do sistema de sensor devem ser conectadas a um aterramento conhecido CONEX ES DO RECIPIENTE DO TRANSPORTADOR E DA BOMBA DE ALIMENTA O O recipiente e os motores de acionamento do transportador exigem linha de for a trif sica e conex es de aterramento A energia obtida por conex es com blocos terminais no interior da cabine de controle Da mesma forma o motor da bomba de alimenta o do cliente deve se
138. AM Emergency Stop Switch Actuated Shutdown UM C IET MERO P Emergency Stop Switch Actuated Shutdown ROLAR PARA PRIMEIRA OU ULTIMA LINHA LISTA ORGANIZADA POR HORA DE RECEP O NOME ROLAR UMA LINHA POR VEZ ROLAR MULTIPLAS LINHA POR VEZ Figura 4 7 Tela de Alarmes STATUS DO VFD Uma tela de status fornecida para cada VFD Figura 4 8 at 4 10 para permitir a revis o das informa es sobre o status atual do VFD Quando selecionada a partir da tela Opera o a tela de status permite ao operador visualizar fatores operacionais tais como qualquer alarme presente sa da de for a dire o do motor avan ando ou parado temperatura interna do VFD velocidades do motor e do recipiente e torque do motor Clicar no campo temperatura exibe a tela de tend ncia da temperatura do VFD Figura 4 11 VER SEM ALARME FALHA CINZ ALARME FALHA PRESENTE VERD OPERACIONAL VERD FUNCIONANDO CINZ ALARME PRESENTE CINZA N O EST VERD MOTOR FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO VERD COMUNICA O CINZA MOTOR N O EST DO PLC FUNCIONANDO VERD ROTA O NA VERM SEM COMUNICA O VELOCIDADE DEFINIDA DO PLC Bo Es die VFD Ready Q Faut everse CINZ N O NA VELOCIDADE DEFINI O DA VELOCIDADE Onine DEFINIDA DO RECIPIENTE 5 1 RPM VFD Status VERD MOTOR ACELERANDO PLC VELOCIDADE DO totor Bowl MOTOR CALCULADA 0 nur Current 0 0 CINZ SEM ACELERA O VERD MOTOR Actual 0 0 Power 00 VERD ABAIXO DO EXCESSO sansor T
139. ATION SE O 10 DADOS DO FORNECEDOR GERAL Esta se o cont m manuais boletins instru es e outros dados t cnicos dos fabricantes para componentes instalados na centr fuga Consulte a Se o 8 para os desenhos do conjunto Derrick listas de pe as e diagrama esquem tico el trico Acionador da Frequ ncia Vari vel Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 Manual de Usu rio Se o 4 e Se o 1 p ginas 1 13 amp 1 14 20B UM002B EN P Motor de Acionamento do Instru es de Instala o Opera es Recipiente amp do transportador amp Manuten o 5554E Marathon Controle de Temperatura do Ar Instru es de Instala o amp Opera o 997 349 7 Condicionado Johnson Ar Condicionado DTS Solu o de problemas 10 99 Diagramas de Dados T cnicos e de Circuito Sem N mero Demonstra o do Gabinete de Instru es de Instala o Opera es Tecnologias do Sistema de amp Manuten o Drenagem Manual do MiniDreno Tamanho 1 ML306 Absorvedor de Instru es de instala o Choque Interruptor de Vibra o VS 7037N Modelo VS2EX 30 de Outubro de 2009 10 1 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD Chapter 4 Troubleshooting Chapter 4 provides information to guide you in troubleshooting the PowerFlex 700 Included is a listing and description of drive faults with possible solutions when applicable and alarms For information on S
140. AWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK Y ae r E DERRICK 0 SHEET SIZE FC CO CORPORATION CENT MAN C RM 590 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK E000 WAS cores mam 9 18 12 CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THEIR DRAWNG NO AGENCES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY Va NJ CHANGED QUANTITIES OF ITEMS 47 WAS AND 48 WAS ADDED QUANTITIES TO Ed OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINED IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER 1 0 5 0 0 0 0 1 ASSEMBLY 51 COLUMN FOR ITEMS 53454 8 9 12 written VERBAL 4 5 DETAIL A IN KJ A YAM AAA 16 25 24 23 DETAIL B a 2 A A A A AV DL LIA Nom M F i 222241722224 A 2 A E IN A rrr ATL N M A a N Ni L T DETAIL c i ee ee ee CCH Eu sssi Nex 777 ES 7 LALLA PLOTS IM CA 4 Q ITEM DESCRIPTION TORQUE SETTING Nm M12 1 75 X 30mm 74 3 54 8 FT LBS M8 1 25 X 30mm 16 1 11 9 FT LBS M16 2 0 X 35mm 183 3 135 2 FT LBS AN 3 26 60012260 O RING 9 24 c000776 1 JHEXNUT 9 23 160012258 SET SCREW 6 22 60012257
141. CIONAMENTO POR CORREIAS As correias motrizes devem ser esticadas periodicamente e substitu das se a inspe o revelar danos ou deteriora o Para esticar e ou substituir as correias fa a o seguinte ATEN O SEMPRE PERMITA QUE O CONJUNTO ROTATORIO DESACELERE ATE UMA PARADA COMPLETA ANTES DE REMOVER O CINTO DE SEGURAN A 1 Desligue bloqueie LO e etiquete TO energia el trica para a centr fuga Remova a prote o da correia 3 Afrouxe o parafuso de ajuste e os parafusos de montagem que prendem a meia embreagem limitadora de torque no eixo do motor de acionamento do transportador Figura 5 3 e deslize a meia embreagem em dire o do motor at onde a extremidade do eixo do motor for vis vel 4 Desapertar os parafusos que prendem o motor de acionamento do recipiente base rotacione o parafuso de tens o para afrouxar as correias e remova as correias do recipiente e as polias do motor por manobra externa entre o motor de acionamento e o eixo do transportador Instale novas correias sobre o motor de acionamento do recipiente e as polias do recipiente Vire o parafuso de tens o para aplicar tens o correia Aplique a tens o da correia suficiente para permitir uma deflex o de 1 2 13 mm quando pressionada com uma for a de 17 Ib 75 N no meio da correia Figura 5 4 A tens o correta vai evitar derrapagens sem sobrecarregar os mancais Depois da tens o correta est definida aperte os parafusos de reten
142. D MECHANICAL DRIVE COMPONENTS O ha ee a T ME LIST FOR DE 7200 EN Us 4 na a 2 9 20 dem e om 2 27 07 sue NS IH 12 22 11 DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON DN OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE am EINE D ER R J C HEET SIZE FC CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK lt YN IME RON Er EA 10 24 11 CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THEIR DRAWING NO F AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY CORPORATION O 6 22 1 590 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A 8 ADDED ITEM 20 ADDED CUT VIEW OF PULLEY 16590 00 003 WAS 16590 00 V 8 31 11 OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINED IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER VAN cl 8 51 11 OR VERBAL wW FRONT VIEW NN REAR VIEW ANI I L 54 FORK TERMINAL 6 AW D AN Ml TT 3 FERRULE 18 AW 605 AN 1 52 MALE TERMINAL CAGE CAP 60007852 AN 1 57 se entry GBC AN 1 so Puc Hoon cover 60049 AN 1 49 GLAND 7 74 60009258 AAA 48 TRIS CABLE 18 COND 100 Ft A lt 47 INTRINSIC CABLE ASSEMBLY 153 8 AN
143. December 2011 http dmc sps qc Certificates Origin Standard PE S 069 03 03 doc Revison Number 2 Revision Date 29 December 2011 Vw Da J U ea Signature Jennifer J Polanowski Derrick Corporation Document No PE S 009 08 00 ERRICK CORPORATION CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY Equipment Centrifuges Model DE 1000 GBD DE 1000 FHD DE 1000 VED DE 7200 VFD Characteristics 0 600VAC 50 60Hz 3PH Derrick Corporation acknowledges that the above set forth product conformed to the requirements for the applicable purchase order at the time of its original shipment by Derrick Corporation in that all construction materials and components were new and unused were manufactured for this product and that it was free of any known defects as to their design material and workmanship This certificate is governed by the applicable purchase order terms in effect at the time of Derrick Corporation s original shipment of the referenced product Pre bg ano Date 29 December 2011 Signature Jennifer J Polanowski Derrick Corporation http dmc sps qc Certificates Quality PE S 009 08 00 doc Revison Number 2 Revision Date 29 December 2011 Document No PE S 073 04 00 DERRICK CORPORATION SHIPPING FINAL INSPECTION AND RUN TEST CERTIFICATE Equipment Centrifuges Model DE 1000 GBD DE 1000 FHD DE 1000 VFD DE 7200 Characteristics 0 600VAC 50 60Hz 3PH The product
144. E INTRINSIC WIRING TO PROVIDED 100 FT 02 07 12 ADDED CONTROL RECEPTACLE GROUND TERMINAL REVISE CONDUCTOR SIZES 04 26 11 CONDUIT HOLES WERE 17 1 1 4 AND 27 ADD GA PL AND EPL DRAWING NUMBERS ws 03 08 10 ADDED 2 ADDITIONAL TERMINAL BLOCKS FOR REMOTE PUMP START SIGNAL AND 24VDC RN Mas 09 04 09 2 N 60007217 amp 00007218 15 5 27 08 REV CHANGE CKD DATE D N wm JFS 09 18 06 CHANGE INTRINSIC TERMINAL BLOCK LABELING REVISE RECOMMENDED SERVICE RATING WAS 233 AMP AND RECOMMENDED CABLE FEEDERS CHANGE INPUT AND OUTPUT TERMINAL BLOCKS WAS G0007210 60007211 FOR IN AND CHANGED TERMINAL BLOCK LABELS CHANGED SPEED SENSOR WAS G0007263 THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK O 1T N REVSE WAS 16590 00 001 9 N REVISE POWER REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDED CABLE FEEDER WAS 265 AMP 04 22 11 6 ADD NOTE REFERENCING DWG 417237 00 REVISE INTRINSIC PLUG RECP WRING LAYOUT 4 N 600082 8262 8253 8264 8255 AND 8266 FOR OUI ADD ISOL GRO TO HM 2 N ADDED WRES FROM THE LV SURGE SUPRESSOR TO THE CONVEYOR DRIVE FANS s 5 2708 CORPORATON BUFFALO NEW YORK USA AD ARE NOT TO BE FEPRODUCED WTHOUT THE WRITIEN PERSSON OF Dem FC juo RRICK gt Ai Wi Ay DRAWING NO RE UN ORDER META 10 04 11 I ZA 7 O E PEU AT VASE EUIS ne o AT EAST Y O GDE as cem OD er 00
145. EMBLY COMPLETE 126 1 52535 CORD FITTING 3 4 1 16396 01 008 NCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 127 1 296 CORD FITTING 90 DEGREE 1 16400 01 003 DOOR ASSEMBLY 128 1 60009272 SENSOR CABLE 1 16401 01 002 OVER ASSEMBLY 129 8 50008563 TERMINAL BLOCK 4 COND ORANGE 1 16402 01 001 ISTAND ASSEMBLY 130 1 0002711 1 2 CORD FITTING 1 16404 01 004 PANEL UPPER 131 1 60008349 PLC BATTERY 1 16404 02 004 COMPONENT PANEL LOWER 132 3 G0009324 TERMINAL BLOCK 4PT COND YELLOW GRN 1 16404 03 004 COMPONENT PANEL BOTTOM 133 1 60009974 SENSOR RTD 1 16404 01 003 OMPONENT MOUNT ASSY 134 1 1 420 01 A C THERMOSTAT MOUNTING BRACKET 1 6405 01 DISPLAY SCREEN MOUNT 135 1 50009291 EVAPORATOR REPLACEMENT PART ONLY D 1 6597 01 NCLOSURE MOUNTING BRACKET 136 1 50012168 COVER WATER DUST 1 16598 01 AIR FILTER MOUNTING BRACKET 137 1 60012122 VALVE CHECK 1 FEMXFEM BRASS 1 50002881 AIR CONDITIONER 12 000 BTU HR 460 60 3 138 1 S4PE EL 100 ELBOW PIPE 1 FPT 90DEG 150 304 SS 1 6403 01 A C SUPPORT ANGLE 139 1 60012167 NIPPLE PIPE 1 XCLOSE SCHED40 30455 15 1 17006 01 INDUSTRIAL MOUSE W CABLE 140 1 0012166 ARRESTOR SPARK UNIV SST 16 1 1151970108 _ 23 NLET CONE EXTENSION 17 T 60007573 DRIVE 150 HP 460VAC 60 HZ SPECIAL TOOL PURGE PRESSURE MEASURING KIT G0008378 i8 1 150007690 DRIVE 60 HP 460VAC 60 HZ i9 1 50007589 DRIVE 30 HP 460VAC 60 HZ AIR CONDITIONER COOLING MOTOR 21 1 50002603 FAN WHEEL
146. ENTE ATUAL TORQUE DA CAIXA ATUAL UTILIZA O DE ENGRENAGENS CALCULADA DO TORQUE DO TRANSPORTADOR NM Figura 4 9 Tela do VFD do Transportador VERD FUNCIONANDO VER SEM ALARME FALHA CINZA N O EST FUNCIONANDO CINZ ALARME FALHA PRESENTE VERD MOTOR FUNCIONANDO CINZA N O EST FUNCIONANDO VERD ROTA O NA VELOCIDADE DEFINIDA Run rm ard CINZ SEM UMA VELOCIDADE Ready Faut everse DEFINIDA Flowrate Reduction Mode VERD MOTOR ACELERANDO CINZ SEM ACELERA O VERD MOTOR DESACELERANDO CINZ SEM DESACELERA O VERD OPERACIONAL CINZ ALARME PRESENTE VFD VERD COMUNICA O DO PLC VERM SEM COMUNICAGAO DO PLC VFD Status 300 0 Current 0 0 VERD OPERACAO NA TAXA DE FLUXO DEFINIDA Ref VERM REDU O DA TAXA DE FLUXO DEVIDO ALTO TORQUE DO CONDI ES ATUAIS CLIQUE PARA VISUALIZAR TELA DE TENDENCIA DE TEMPERATURA FIG 4098 14 PLC VELOCIDADE DO MOTOR CALCULADA DEFINICAO DA TAXA DE FLUXO DA BOMBA Enable Motor 9 HORAS TOTAIS DE OPERA O DO VFD TORQUE EXPRESSO COMO UM PERCENTUAL DO TOTAL VISUALIZA O DA TELA CORRESPONDENTE Figura 4 10 Tela do VFD da Bomba 4 14 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS STATUS DO VFD CONT VFD Temperature F 1 Min Thursday August 09 2007 Friday Update ROLAR PARA ESQUERDA ae KEES eee OU DIREITA 1 3 3 ES gt TEMPERATURA DO VFD 82355 8 2955 MO
147. Expo Type of output The functions of the outputs are power control and alarm pressurized indication Power control provides a signal to switch the power to the pressurized enclosure Alarm output provides a passive signal to indicate remotely when the enclosure is not pressurized and an active signal when pressurized PO Pneumatic output The power control and pressurized outputs are pneumatic signals which may be used to operate other devices to provide power switching or alarm indication The lack of any output signal indicates incomplete purge and alarm In many instances these outputs may be connected to the Expo range of MiniPurge Interface Unit s MIU To PRESSURIZED O ENCLOSURE Figure 4 Pneumatic output POWER SWITCH option Drg ref XBR 7TDO 30 PSI 006 200 Kpa Ex ENCLOSURES LOW PRESSURE ALARM O PRESSURIZED PASSIVE ALARM H PRESSURIZED PRESSURIZED SWITCH So Psi 200 Kpa OPTION PO Figure 5 Typical MiniPurge interface unit type MIU ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 Page 8 of 28 Expo IS Intrinsically safe output The power control and alarm outputs are volt free contacts which form part of an intrinsically safe circuit which then provides power control or alarm outputs in a safe unclassified area These contacts must only be connected to intrinsically safe circuits as the switch contacts are in the hazardous area In many instances these outputs may be connected to the Expo range of MiniPur
148. Expo if in doubt The European standard EN 50016 274 edition states that a purge test must be completed to verify effective purging EN50 016 1 edition permitted 5 free volume changes and an example of the calculations are as follows If the pressurized enclosure external dimensions indicate an internal free volume of 500 Litres then 500 litres enclosure volume x 5 volume changes 12 minutes purge time 225 litres minute purge flow rate If the pressurized enclosure is a motor experience of purge testing shows that it is prudent to multiply the motor internal free volume by ten to get the purging volume 500 litres enclosure volume x 10 volume changes 23 minutes purge time 225 litres minute purge flow rate The following applies for NFPA 496 standards where 4 complete volume changes are permitted for enclosures except when the pressurized enclosure contains a motor when 10 volume changes are required If the pressurized enclosure external dimensions indicate a total volume of 8 cubic foot then 8 cubic foot enclosure volume x 4 volume changes 4 minutes purge time 8 cubic foot minute purge flow rate see above If the same pressurized enclosure contains a motor then 8 cubic foot enclosure volume x 10 volume changes 10 minutes purge time 8 cubic foot minute purge flow rate see above The standard MiniPurge units have the patented digital pneumatic timer system as shown in Figure 10 Mini purge timer block The purge ti
149. FD Centrifuge Clean Out Operation Setup Alarms Brg Temps Cent Status Diagnostics Motor Torgs 7 Sem a centrifuga o estar em andamento execute as seguintes verifica es de seguran a para confirmar se as conex es entre o gabinete de controle e centr fuga est o corretas e os bot es de parada de emerg ncia na caixa de jun o e no gabinete de controle e procure pela mensagem de alarme de Parada de emerg ncia no painel de comando e Solte os bot es de paragem de emerg ncia para limpar a mensagem de alarme e Bata na carca a do Interruptor de vibra o horizontalmente com um martelo de borracha ou de couro cru e verificar se h mensagem de falha para alta vibra o no painel de controle 4 2 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS 8 10 18 e Pressione o bot o de restaurar no interruptor de vibra o para limpar a mensagem de alarme Selecione Cent Status para verificar se a m quina est pronta para a opera o Corrigir quaisquer defici ncias antes de prosseguir com o processo de inicializa o Se a condi o for satisfat ria clicar no canto superior direito para retornar tela inicial Selecione Configura o e clique em Configura es da Bomba para visualizar as informa es operacionais da bomba Revisar quaisquer informa es operacionais se necess rio e clique no canto superior direito para retornar tela de configura o Selecione Home para retornar
150. Fault se HW OverCurrent 12 ncompat MCB PB O Comm Loss O Failure nput Phase Loss R Volts Range IXo VoltageRange Load Loss Motor Overload Motor Thermistor NVS 1 0 Checksum NVS I O Failure Output PhaseLoss 106 121 122 eo 109 110 Description The drive output current has exceeded the hardware current limit Drive rating information stored on the power board is incompatible with the main control board 1 0 Board lost communications with the Main Control Board l O was detected but failed the powerup sequence The DC bus ripple has exceeded a preset level Calculate is the autotune default and the value determined by the autotune procedure for IR Drop Volts is not in the range of acceptable values Voltage calculated for motor inductive impedance exceeds 25 of Motor NP Volts Drive output torque current is below Load Loss Level for a time period greater than Load Loss time Internal electronic overload trip Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 on page 3 42 Thermistor output is out of range EEprom checksum error EEprom I O error Current in one or more phases has been lost or remains below a preset level Action Check programming Check for excess load improper DC boost setting DC brake volts set too high or other causes of excess current Load compatible version files into drive Check connector Check for induce
151. IME DELAY 2 5A 600VAC 2 49 1 G0002911 FUSE TIME DELAY 7 0A 250VAC E INTERFACE PROGRAMMED 51 1 17006 01 INDUSTRIAL MOUSE POINTER ASSY 52 1 60008000 WIRE DUCT 1 2 X2 X 6 53 1 G0008001 WIRE DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 10 1 2 54 1 G0008002 WIRE DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 33 1 8 55 1 G0007338 WIRE DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 30 3 4 56 1 G0007650 WIRE DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 28 7 8 57 1 G0008010 WIRE DUCT 1 2 X 2 X 34 3 8 58 1 60007244 NAMEPLATE EMERGENCY STOP 59 1 G0005325 BUTTON EMERGENCY STOP 60 1 5H5181 01 001 DISPLAY SCREEN PROTECTIVE COVER 61 1 G0004364 O RING PROTECTIVE COVER 62 8 00008007 1 4 20 SEALING PAN HEAD SCREW B 63 1 G0007846 CONNECTOR HOUSING 64 1 G0007852 NSERT TERMINAL MALE 65 1 G0007850 CONNECTOR HOOD 66 1 G0009238 CABLE GLAND 67 1 G0007849 CONNECTOR COVER HOOD 68 1 G0007851 CONNECTOR COVER HOUSING 69 8 G0008005 DOOR LATCH 70 1 G0007848 NSERT TERMINAL FEMALE 71 1 16623 01 CLOSE OFF PLATE 10GA X 4 X 9 1 2 72 1 16623 02 CLOSE OFF PLATE 10GA X 4 X 6 73 1 16401 01 CONDENSER COVER ASSEMBLY 74 1 00007246 HANDLE 50007252 WIRE DUCT FASTENER MOUNT PAN TM3S10 C WIRE SADDLE SMALL 77 13 60003519 WIRE SADDLE MEDIUM 78 1 17006 02 CABLE ASSEMBLY USB TO PS2 TO IDC 79 1 G0007951 ETHERNET CABLE X 8 1 2 ETH SW PLC 1 G0007952 ETHERNET CABLE X 62 ETH SW PNL VIEW 1 G0007953 ETHERNET CABLE X 84 ETH SW 60HP 82 1 60007954 ETHERNET CABLE X 104 ETH SW 150HP 83 1 G0007955 ETHERNET CABLE X 178 ETH SW 30HP 84 2
152. IRING DIAGRAM 380 400 50 14394 00 011 m a DESCRIPTION SARTSULIST WIRING DIAGRAM 575 600 60 14394 00 012 LUBRICATION amp MAINTENANCE 16660 00 OTE 60012054 COMPLETE ROTATING ASSEMBLY UNITS CF005059 CURRENT UN TOY 70 AG EO T RRS Dramas TST TT WERE EPL S FOR 575V 380V RENAMED ITEM D WAS ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST 460V 3 5 A2 NS UN ITEMS 01 02 AND 03 ADDED VFO TO TITLE ADDED UNT NUMBERS TO NOTE ADDED NOTE G WAS 16601 00 H WAS 16602 00 ITEM WAS 16605 00 ITEM 3 WAS 16604 00 K WAS 16605 00 DATE 6 Y NI ADDED UFTING LUG DETAL Z 11 9 12 MODIFIED DRAWING NUMBERS IN BOM ITEM D WAS 15595 00 WAS 16601 00 001 ITEM WAS 16602 00 001 AND ITEM M WAS 16621 00 8 20 12 WRITTEN OR VERBAL THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWNG SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THER DRAWNG NO AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINED IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER 90 00 005 ka COMPONENTS REMOVED Tv WAS MOTOR BOW D REMOVED TEM O A
153. It is then the responsibility of the user to de energize the protected equipment as soon as possible 4 The Power cutoff Switch must be approved for the location or located in a non classified area 5 No valves are permitted between the Power switch and the Expo system 6 For X Pressurization the PE door shall have fasteners that can be opened only by the use of a tool or key Otherwise the following clauses from NFPA 496 2003 apply 5 52 Door switch interlock 5 5 2 1 Approved for Division 1 Note The door switch provided with the Expo system when requested is pneumatic or electric 1 5 Marking 1 The Expo system carries a nameplate giving specification data such as serial and models numbers Pressure Sensor settings flow rates and purge time The same data is also given in the specification sheet accompanying the system 2 Other marking required by the standard includes 4 11 1 Pressurized Enclosure WARNING PRESSURIZED ENCLOSURE This enclosure shall not be opened unless the area is known to be free of flammable materials or unless all devices within have been de energized 5 3 1 Start up Markings Power shall not be restored after the enclosure has been opened until the enclosure has been purgedfor minutes at a flow rate of Expo note It is understood that Clause 4 11 1 requires the de energization of all devices that are not suitable for the hazard e g devices that are not Explosionproof or Intrinsically
154. It is likely that the screw will be very stiff due to the locking sealant lf the screw cannot be moved the application of gentle heat in the area of the brass screw can often help DO NOT OVERHEAT 4 7 Filter cleaning If the filter element needs cleaning the transparent bowl can be unscrewed and removed The filter element also unscrews and can then be cleaned in soapy water Do not use solvents on any part of the filter assembly Expo Technologies tip is sometime easier if the bowl is very tight to remove the filter by undoing the fitting that holds the filter into the Control Unit On Sub Mini X Purge systems it may be necessary to remove the Minimum Pressure Sensor diaphragm first Section 5 Annex of Options fitted Refer to the annex of this manual for any options fitted as designated by the model code of the system Expo Technologies Ltd Summer Road Thames Ditton Surrey England KT7 ORH Tel 444 0 20 8398 8011 24 hrs Fax 44 0 20 8398 8014 Expo Technologies Inc PO Box 486 Chagrin Falls Ohio USA 44022 0486 Tel 440 247 5314 Fax 440 247 5409 Page 8 of 8 ML384 Issue 01 12 10 05 MiniPurge Size 1 Manual ML 306 Contents Specification Sheet Technical Specification Sheet Customer System Specification Test amp Inspection sheet Application Suitability Description amp principle of operation Explanation of options and main components Purge Time Installation of t
155. L ANTES DE TRABALHAR COM O EQUIPAMENTO ATEN O ASSEGURE SE QUE TODAS AS TAMPAS EST O FECHADAS E SEGURAS E TODOS OS FUNCIONARIOS FORAM REMOVIDO ANTES DA MAQUINA COME AR A FUNCIONAR ATEN O ASSEGURE SE QUE TODOS OS COMPONENTES DE TRANSPORTE FORAM RETIRADOS E OS ROLAMENTOS PILLOW BLOCKS EST O DEVIDAMENTE APERTADOS ATEN O SEMPRE PERMITA QUE A M QUINA DESACELERE AT UMA PARADA COMPLETA ANTES DE ABRIR A TAMPA SUPERIOR OU REMOVER OS PROTETORES ATEN O N O OPERAR A CENTR FUGA SE ELA DESENVOLVER BARULHO OU VIBRA O EXCESSIVA SEMPRE CONFIRME QUE O INTERRUPTOR DE VIBRA O E OUTROS DISPOSITIVOS DE SEGURAN A EST O FUNCIONANDO 30 de outubro de 2009 4 1 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS SISTEMA DE DRENAGEM APENAS AMBIENTES PERIGOSOS S centr fugas que funcionar o em ambientes perigosos s o equipadas com sistema de drenagem Durante a inicializa o o sistema de drenagem dirige para fora todos os gases do interior do gabinete e em seguida mantem a press o positiva dentro do gabinete de controle para evitar a entrada de potenciais gases explosivos O funcionamento do sistema de drenagem iniciado quando a press o de ar suficiente sentida dentro do gabinete Um ciclo de drenagem r pida de 14 minutos a 16 CFM ocorre enquanto o sistema de drenagem evita que a energia seja aplicada ao interior do gabinete No final do ciclo de drenagem r pida o sistema de drenagem fecha
156. L SCREEN PROTECTIVE COVER 1 50004364 JO RING PROTECTIVE COVER 8 60008007 4 20 SEALING PAN HEAD SCREW 8 60008005 LATCH 1 60003444 727 CABLE GLAND 2 60002711 US CABLE FITIN 2 16627 01 001 ABLE ASSEMBLY 1 5009767 JCABLE GEXOL 16 AWG 6C ASSY W XP GLAND 53 1 60007846 CONNECTOR HOUSIN 1 G0007848 INSERT TERMINAL FEMALE 1 50007852 INSERT TERMINAL MALE 1160007850 ONNECTOR HOOD 52 oo 1 50009238 JCABLE GLAND HOOD 7 17 Ol e 1 50007851 JCONNECTOR COVER HOUSING 62 160007849 SONNECTOR COVER HOOD 12 T JMP 1168 01x04 72 80 DEG STREET ELBOW BR 57 DIESE T RH ECD 284 174 DRAIN PLUG 1 80008267 1 2 X 174 NPT HOSE BARB A 1 17006 01 INDUSTRIAL MOUSE WICABLE N T 7006 02 ABLE LY m 2 0008897 BLOCK POWER DISTA POLE ZONTA H 2 60008892 BLOCK POWER DISTE 3 POLE 2 0 14 WIADDER 1 60008966 IBLOCK POWER DISTR 4 POLE 1 4 500MCM LO 3 60008942 OWER DIST BLOCK COVER H 2160008964 P 1 2 CORD FITTING B 4 3160008563 MINAL BLOCK 4 COND ORANGE 7 30008562 IMINAL BLOCK 4 COND GRE A 2 50009324 MINAL BLOCK 4 COND YELLOW GREEN Gs 1 80009477 USE BLOCK 100A 600V CLASS 3 60009476 USE 90 AMP 600V CLASS 2 60009357 USE 200 600V CLASS J 77 2 60001651 USE 3 210 AMP CLASS CC 2 0007227 DULE DIODE DOUBLE 100 AMP 2 16894 01 002 PUMPER BUS 3 60009356 USE 250 AMP 600V CLASS 1 17306 01 STAND OFF FUSE HOLDER 1 0009354 U LOCK 200 AMP 600V 3
157. LE m push button C 3 The hardened set screw and nuts D are used to tighten the switch to an I Beam or cross member such as a Sampson post of an oilwell pumpjack Continued on next page VS 7037N page 3 of 8 INSTALLATION Continued DU All Models WARNING STOP THE MACHINE AND DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL POWER BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION 1 Firmly secure the unit to the equipment using the base foot mount or C Clamp if applicable See C Clamp Installation page 3 For oilwell pumpjacks attach the VS2 and VS94 Series to the Sampson post or walking beam See Typical Mounting Locations page 5 2 Make the necessary electrical connections to the vibration switch See Internal Switches page 6 for electrical terminal locations and page 7 for typical wiring diagrams DO NOT EXCEED VOLTAGE OR CURRENT RATINGS OF THE CONTACTS Follow appropriate electrical codes methods when making electrical connections Be sure that the run of electrical cable is secured to the machine and is well insulated from electrical shorting Use of conduit is recommended NOTE If the electrical cable crosses a pivot point such as at the pivot of the walking beam be sure to allow enough slack in the cable so that no stress is placed on the cable when the beam moves If conduit is not used for the entire length of wiring conduit should be used from the electrical supply box to a height above ground level that prevents damage to the exposed ca
158. LING OBJECT HAZARD Eyebolts or lifting lugs where provided are intended for lifting only the motor and accessories mounted by the motor manufacturer unless specifically stated otherwise on the motor Utilizing the motor lifting provision to lift other components such as pumps and gear boxes could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage dk WARNING FALLING OBJECT HAZARD Before using the lifting provision check the eyebolts and or other lifting means to assure they are not bent or damaged and are completely threaded seated amp secured to the motor Equipment to lift motor must have adequate lifting capacity While lifting the motor DO NOT stand under or in the vicinity of the motor Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 2 2 1 LIFTING ANGLE LIMITATIONS rh Mua nas an T mw mma L Lue SENHOR CTSPRIRLI QEVICES Cle PCI 2 3 STORAGE Motors not put into service immediately must be stored indoors in a clean dry location Avoid locations with large temperature swings that will result in condensation Motors must be covered to eliminate airborne dust and dirt If the storage location exhibits high vibration place isolation pads under motor to minimize damage to motor bearings 2 3 1 BEARING LUBRICATION Bearings are grease packed at the factory relubrication upon receipt of motor or while in st
159. Leakage Compensation Valve setting too low causing the MiniPurge to auto repurge Increase the PE pressure by turning the Yes Leakage Compensation Valve anti clockwise Call Expo ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 24 of 28 Expo ML 306 Purging indicator will not turn amber during Purging Check the air Is the air supply supply pressure pressure at the inlet to the incorrect MiniPurge is stable between 4 8 Barg 60 115 psi Is the supply pipe to the air inlet as least 12mm LD Replace pipe work Any significant leakage must be corrected Check Is there for leaks down excessive the cables or leakage from conduit Ensure the PE leakage does not exceed 60 Nl min 25 cfm The standard requires that the PE is tested to 1 5 times the Relief Valve opening pressure e g 15 mbarg for many systems Has this been done Is the PE strong enough Ensure fitting nuts are tightened and No that the tube is not damaged Check and repair as necessary Is the tube between the RLV tapping and flow sensor air tight Yes The basic operation of the Purge Flow Sensor can be checked by unscrewing the 60mm diameter diaphragm housing and by using a rubber pad e g an eraser block Yes the 12mm threaded hole in the top of the valve module The valve should operate and the indicator
160. Load 130 Hardware Fault 36 SW OverCurrent 80 AutoTune Aborted 131 Hardware Fault 1 Clearing Alarms Alarms are automatically cleared when the condition that caused the Fault numbers not listed are reserved for future use alarm is no longer present 4 10 Troubleshooting Alarm Descriptions Table 4 C Alarm Descriptions and Actions Alarm AdjVoltRef Analog In Loss Bipolar Conflict Brake Slipped Decel Inhibt Dig In ConflictA Dig In ConflictB Dig In ConflictC 33 QO rype MO Description Invalid adjustable voltage reference selection conflict An analog input is configured for Alarm on signal loss and signal loss has occurred Parameter 190 Direction Mode is set to Bipolar or Reverse Dis and one or more of the following digital input functions is configured Fwd Reverse Run Forward Run Reverse Jog Forward or Jog Reverse Encoder movement has exceeded the level in BrkSlipCount after the brake was set Drive is being inhibited from decelerating cause an alarm Acc2 Dec2 Accel 2 Decel 2 Jog 1 2 Jog Fwd Jog Rev Fwd Rev Acc2 Dec2 dB 4 Accel 2 i Decel 2 Jog 1 2 ii Jog Fwd Jog Rev Fwd Rev E E A digital Start input has been configured without a Stop input or other functions are in conflict Combinations that conflict are
161. METER J CONVEYOR 16604 00 001 D 12 1 4 on de E BOWL 16603 00 001 420 A TE NE LOAD 1085 H CASE amp COVER 16602 00 002 30 5 16 31 7 8 810 OPERATION SPEED 2500 3200 RPM LOAD IN VERTICAL DIRECTION IN HORIZONTAL DIRECTION G BASE 16601 00 002 aA LOAD WO NEL BOW cerro WiN OPERATING WHEN F 27 9 16 770 SPEED PASSING SPEED PASSING 700 T SECTION A A 1 27 9 16 700 7 5 16 770 THE STFFNESS OF THE SUPPORT STRUCTURE 185 RESONANCE RESONANCE 31 7 t JM 1 2529 126 760 52 254 00 810 FREQUENCY OF THAT STRUCTURE WTH MACHINE 5755 288 1727 115 576 ELECTRICAL PARIS HS 16282500002 1 IS 30 ABOVE THE FREQUENCY AT THE 3 3012 B 00 50 C CONTROL ENCLOSURE 575 600 60 16472 00 007 6 aM OPERATING FED 4 255 15 260 52 36i B CONTROL ENCLOSURE 380 400 50 16472 00 006 420 Pas lo 4 16 CONTROL ENCLOSURE 460 480 60 16472 00 005 03 CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY 575 600 60 16590 03 004 DISHARGE OPENINGS lt 02 CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY 380 400 50 16590 02 004 A 527 20 MO DIMENSIONS IN MM KG 01 CENTRIFUGE ASSEMBLY 460 480 60 16590 01 004 6 7 8 175 Do 169 16 421 511 16 1297 22 5 8 575 ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION PARTS LIST APPROX MACH WEIGHT 14000 LBS 6350 FEO E E y 7 CORNER LOAD 4 70 11 16 795 CORNER LOAD 3 WERE EPL S FOR 575V AND 380V RENAMED ITEM D WAS ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST 460V AAA XIHUITONNUT e Pra NEN
162. NA CA 16590 00 003 N gt lt 01 60012218 FEED TUBE ASSEMBLY GA 16590 00 005 QTY ITEM PARI NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NAME x NJ CHANGED ITEM 01 ms 16606 01 001 REMOVED ITEM 02 WAS 16602 02 001 CHANGED ITEM 03 WAS 60012218 REMOVED ITEM 07 WAS 16606 07 001 2 23 12 REMOVED NOTE FOR FEED PIPE ASSEMBLY ADDED REF 16590 00 005 TITLE L CN uu vas o PED PPE ee mom 1 FEED TUBE ASSEMBLY UPDATED NOTE FOR FEED PIPE WAS FOR NEW UNITS CF005058 AND ABOVE IN DARD vew or poe tea Roce a Denen 4 1 6 12 DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE ITEM 03 WAS G0007888 UPDATED VIEW ITEM 05 WAS G0008103 ITEM 06 WAS G0007895 A EA lee 5225 CHANGE DATE m MB 7 THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK B Y SHEET sz rc D CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK ER R CH 8 CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THEIR DRAWING NO AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY CORPORATION OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINED IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER O O 0 0 0 WRITTEN OR VERBAL 590 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A CENT MAN 2 3 4
163. NCLOSURE ASSEMBLY DE 7200 EX PROOF 575 600 60 3 SIZE FILECOPY DWG NO 16472 00 004 lie REV 1 SHEET 1 OF 1 1 CENT MAN V 8 7 6 5 Parts List Parts List ITEM QTY DRAWING NUMBER DESCRIPTION ITEM QTY DRAWING NUMBER DESCRIPTION 100 1 G0009291 EVAPORATOR FAN REPLACEMENT ONLYO 01 X 16472 01 005 ASSEMBLY COMPLETE 101 2 G0002535 CORD FITTING 3 4 02 1 6396 01 003 ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 102 1 CRH EL296 ELBOW 90 DEG 3 4 M F 1 16400 01 003 DOOR ASSEMBLY 103 1 G0009972 SENSOR CABLE 1 16402 01 001 STAND ASSEMBLY 104 1 G0007229 PLC POWER SUPPLY 05 1 16404 01 004 COMPONENT PANEL UPPER 105 1 G0007230 PLC END CAP D 06 1 6404 02 004 COMPONENT PANEL LOWER 106 1 G0008349 PLC BATTERY REPLACEMENT ONLY 07 1 6404 03 004 COMPONENT PANEL BOTTOM 107 1 G0002874 COVER PULLER FUSE CLASS 9070 TYPE FP 1 oe 1 MOUNT ASSEMBLY 108 1 G0002967 CABLE GEXOL 16 AWG 6C 6FT 09 1 6405 01 DISPLAY SCREEN MOUNT 10 1 AIR CONDITIONER 12 000 BTU HR 460 60 3 11 1 SUPPORT ANGLE 12 1 CONTROL MOUSE COVER 13 1 15197 01 003 INLET CONE EXTENSION 14 1 60007573 DRIVE 150 HP 460VAC 60 HZ 1
164. NTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A FLATNESS USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THEIR AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE ROUNDNESS O DRAWN F imonroe 4 11 2007 DERRICK PARALLELISM CORPORATION O MFG CONTROL ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY DE 7200 EX PROOF 460 480 60 3 OF 1 CENT MAN C RM 254 SIZE FILECOPY DWG NO REV E 1 Tol Y lieszeoooo2 Im a mm ms 8 l 7 6 5 4 3 l 2 l 1 DRAWING NUMBER DESCRIPTION TENTO DRAWING NUMBER seme pon m T X 16272 01003 SSEMBLY COMPLETE 126 T 60008349 LC BATTERY REPLACEMENT ONLY T 635601003 INCLOSURE ASSEMBLE 127 2 0008445 li
165. NTE AT SEU LUGAR VISTO QUE CHOQUES PODEM CAUSAR DANOS ATEN O N O RETIRAR OS SUPORTES DE TRANPORTE AT QUE A CENTR FUGA ESTEJA POSICIONADA NO LOCAL FINAL DA INSTALA O ARMAZENAMENTO Se a centr fuga n o for instalada imediatamente o gabinete de controle o conjunto rotativo e os motores devem ser preservados conforme descrito nos par grafos seguintes Gabinete de Controle Para prote o contra o clima e a poeira o gabinete deve ser coberto com uma lona tarp e armazenado em ambiente fechado sob as seguintes condi es ambientais Temperatura 50 F a 86 10 a 30 Umidade Relativa 20 a 50 30 de Julho de 2010 3 1 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INSTALA O Gabinete de Controle Cont Se o gabinete vai continuar armazenado por um per odo prolongado antes da inicializa o fa a o seguinte 1 Ligue o gabinete a cada 6 meses e o mantenha ligado por 1 a 2 horas 2 Para manter a baixa umidade dentro do gabinete coloque um dessecante substitu vel ou uma pequena fonte de calor como uma l mpada incandescente no interior do gabinete Conjunto Rotativo e Motores Para a prote o contra o tempo e a poeira a centr fuga deve ser coberta com uma lona e armazenada dentro do alojamento nas seguintes condi es ambientais Temperatura 50 F a 86 F 10 a 30 Umidade Relativa 20 a 50 1 Abaixe o conjunto rotativo na base como descrito posteriormente nesta se o 2 D
166. O AUTO TESTE OBSERVAG ES 1 AGUARDE O CARREGAMENTO DA MEM RIA TERMINAR 2 TROQUE A CHAVE DE PROG PARA FUNCIONAR E ENT O DE VOLTA PARA REM DEPOIS DESLIGUE E LIGUE A ENERGIA DO CICLO 3 DESLIGUE E LIGUE A ENERGIA DO CICLO 4 VERIFIQUE A FONTE DO PLC 5 DESLIGUE E LIGUE A ENERGIA DO CICLO SE OS PROBLEMAS N O FOREM SOLUCIONADOS SUBISTITUA O PLC 6 VERIFIQUE AS CONEX ES DE ACIONAMENTO E ACIONADORES 7 DUAS CETR FUGAS CONECTADAS ENTRE SI EM REDE AS M QUINAS DEVEM SER SEPARADAS Figura 5 26 Indicadores PLC 5 48 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O AMARELO FUNCIONAMENTO NORMAL DESLIGAR INTERRUPTOR DE VIBRA O ACIONADO OU RECIPIENTE VERDE ENERGIA APLICADA PARADA DE EMERGENCIA REMOTA INICIADA AMARELO CONSTANTE FUNCIONAMENTO ENS IN NORMAL DESLIGAR EXCESSO DE VELOCIDADE DO VERDE DISPOSITIVO OPERACIONAL AMARELO CONSTANTEJSCENTRIFUGA O N O EST FUNCIONANDO OU DESLIGADA AMARELO PISCANDO FUNCIONAMENTO NORMAL VERMELHO FALHA DO CIRCUITO INTERNO VERDE ENERGIA APLICADA VERMELHO SENSOR DE TEMPERATURA DE DESLIGAMENTO EXIBE 392 F 200 C Figura 5 27 Indicadores de Transmissor Barreira Intr nseca VERDESDISPOSITIVO OPERACIONAL VERMELHO DESLIGAR NAG OPERACIONAL 1 Figura 5 28 Indicadores de Fonte de Energia 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 49 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD ERRICK CORPORATION SEC O 8 DESENHOS DE REFER NCIA 16590 00 003 16590 00 004 16601 00 001 16602
167. P 3 60009530 USE 125 600V CLASS T 3 50008792 USE LAY 3 0 AMP C 3 50003493 USE TAY 15 AMP CLASS Ct 1 60007951 THERNET CABLE X 8 1 2 ETH SW PLC T 1 50007952 THERNET CABLE X 62 ETH SW PNL VIEW 1 80007953 Hi LE X 84 ETH SW 60HP 1 60007054 Hi X 104 ETH SW 150HP a 4 1 60007955 Hi X178 ETH SW 30HP re ot 35 60007252 IRE DUCT FASTENER MOUNT A lt 28 PAN TM3S10 C IRE SADDLE SMALL 13 50003519 RE SADDLE MEDIUM MATON CONTAINED ON TAS ORA CR COMES RENAN THE PROP 2 0004970 NDLE COVER UCED VATHOUT THE WA Nm 8 50008893 OVER DISTR BLOCK TOR 6000889178892 SUPPLY GE PANTS OR ASSEMBLIES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS THE SPECIFIC REASON CUT INE INTHE TFANSIAT TAL Wc THER WRITTEN OR VERBAL 4 60008890 OVER DISTR BLOCK FOR GO008966 D 1 Eon STOPPING PLUG M 63 DRAWN e 1 50007229 LC POWER SUPPLY ccs E C DERRICK mon 10007995 SOMPACT FLASH MEMORY CARD 460008563 UG CRIMP AWG 10 STUD TITE 1 60002301 TR ELEMENT DX REPLACEMENT ONLY 1 50002302 JAIR ELEMENT BX REPLACEMENT ONLY 1 80002873 OVER CONTROL TRANSFORMER MFG CONTROL ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY 1 0002874 USE PULLER CONTROL TRANSFORMER T OND NIPPLE REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE DE 7200 EX PROOF 380 400 3 1160009972 ENSOR CABLE 1 ITEM 15 WAS 15197 01 001 PER DRR 2563 ADDED ITEMS 131 132 amp 133 ITEM 60 WAS 50008008 yy ITEM 58 amp 61 WAS 1 ITEM 59
168. P CLASS CC 50007229 PLC POWER SUPPLY G0007230 PLC END BARRIER 50008349 PLC BATTERY REPLACEMENT 50007951 ETHERNET CABLE X 8 1 2 SW PLC 50008122 ETHERNET CABLE 62 SW PNL VIEW 50007952 ETHERNET CABLE 84 SW 60 HP 50008123 ETHERNET CABLE X 104 SW 150 HP 30008121 30007633 LUG CRIMP 1 AWG G0007256 LUG CRIMP 2 AWG 50002966 CABLE GLAND BS2535 3 4 CORD FITTING 8 7 SPECIAL TOOL PURGE PRESSURE MEASURING KIT G0008378 WV 4 ZA N 7971511111113 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE ITEM 15 WAS 15197 01 001 PER DRR 2563 ADDED ITEMS 137 138 AND 139 ITEM 60 WAS G0008008 ITEM 58 amp 61 QTY WAS 1 ITEM 59 QTY WAS 2 4 3 DJK 5 5 2011 THE DESIGNS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING OR COPIES REMAIN THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF DERRICK CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THEIR AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINE IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER WRITTEN OR VERBAL CORPORATION o limpo CCS 4 7 2010 ESTE E A 2 CONTROL E
169. R IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO HAVE A QUALIFIED PERSON ADJUST THE UNIT AND MAKE SURE IT CONFORMS WITH NEC AND LOCAL CODES 3 TURN THE POWER OFF TO RESET THE TIME DELAY CIRCUIT NOTE Allow 30 seconds bleed time between turning the DETAIL C power OFF and ON 4 Locate the time adjustment pot DETAIL C The time is factory set at the lowest setting 5 seconds approximately To increase time rotate the 20 turn pot clockwise as needed 5 seconds per turn approximately 5 Repeat the above steps as necessary to obtain desired time delay Turn tol increase NOTE An external time delay can be used with the remote reset feature of the VS2EXR series to provide a remote reset and override of the trip operation on start up Time delay must automatically disconnect after equipment start up VS 7037N page 4 of 8 UNS TYPICAL MOUNTING LOCATIONS E NOTE These are typical mounting locations for best operation Other mountings are possible a See Installation section on page 3 2 Throw Balance Opposed Compressor 5 Pumping Unit NOTE If installing on cylinders 2 vibration shock switches are recommended 1 for each cylinder Reciprocating Compressor Engine and Vertical Shaft Reset Generator i M Cooling Tower Fan or Sets Turbine Centrifugal Compressor INTERNAL SWITCHES x
170. RB 50008009 15181 01 001 AIR HOSE DISPLAY SCREEN PROTECTIVE COVER G0004364 O RING PROTECTIVE COVER 50008007 1 4 20 SEALING PAN HEAD SCREW 50008005 DOOR 50004444 1 2 CABLE GLAND G000 848 INSERT TERMINAL FEMALE G0007852 INSERT TERMINAL MALE 50007850 ICONNECTOR HOOD 50009238 CABLE GLAND HOOD 7 17MM G0007851 ICONNECTOR COVER HOUSING G0008267 1 2 X 1 4 HOSE BARB 17006 01 INDUSTRIAL MOUSE W CABLE 17006 02 CABLE ASSEMBLY 30008891 BLOCK PWR DISTR 3 POLE 2 0 414 G0008892 30008966 BLOCK PWR DISTR 1 POLE 2 0 414 W ADDER BLOCK PWR DISTR 4 POLE 1 4 500 50008942 POWER DIST BLOCK COVER G0008964 2 1 2 CORD FITTING 50008057 RANSFORMER 350VA 480 PRI 120 SEC G0007222 FUSE 50 AMP CLASS J 50009324 TERMINAL BLOCK GROUND YELLOW GREEN 4P T 50009481 FUSE HOLDER 100A 600V 2 CLASS J 50009480 FUSE 100A 600V CLASS J 50007227 MODULE DIODE DOUBLE 100 16894 01 002 50007631 FUSE HOLDER 400 CLASS 50009353 FUSE 175 AMP CLASS T G0007589 FUSE TIME DELAY 3 0 AMP CLASS CC 50008893 COVER DIST BLOCK FOR G0008891 8892 G0008890 50008792 COVER DIST BLOCK FOR 20008966 FUSE TIME DELAY 3 0 AMP CLASS G0009451 FUSE TIME DELAY 5 0 AM
171. REMOVAL 155 13 16 3958 26 9 16 713 DRILLED WITH TWO BOLT PATTERNS DIN 65 PN10 amp ANSI 2 1 2 150 4 5 8 11 UNC 4 M16X2 0 51 21 SCALE 1 4 L 7 5 16 FEED I L1 9 45 2 vEWB B 8C ANS PIPE DETAIL 9 40 85 6 40 c CORNER LOAD 117 15 16 2996 2 7 16 63 gt r3 3 4 95 CORNER LOAD 2 6 7 8 175 7 10 11 16 170 20 508 LIFTING LUG DETAIL SCALE 1 4 3 3 4 95 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE FEED END 2 13 16 1341 4 913 16 921 APPROX ENCLOSURE WEIGHT 2010 LBS 912 38 965 FRONT CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR PROPER DOOR OPERATION SCALE 1 20 SECTION 1 q o o a
172. RESSURE FAUIRE 28 22 60007976 AC COMP MIR 01 29 POWER Y EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON EWP BUR ur OL 27 27 TTERY 2A 18 AWG SHELDED 60005325 D 19 MAX Treo BOWL 60007229 USB PS2 ASSY 1 RED ME SAT PUMP ENABLE 38 ETHERNET 17006 02 EMER STOP CIRCULAR LEGEND 32 RED y CONTROLLER 60007230 N 60007244 E STOP 32 5 77 E STOP INVERTER 60007573 ps2 a MON I RED AMP VB MON PUMP RESTART 28 1 SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR 17 MEMORY CARD cas gI Ss 60007995 m CUR CONNECT SHIELD GROUNDED END 33 0 VAC FAN COM 25 CLUTCH SPD SENSOR 120 VAC FAN SPEED SENSOR OF ETHERNET CABLE AT SWITCH ETHERNET reo sy A ANALOG 4 20MA 4 g TP SENSOR UQUO MARKED W GREEN TAPE BOW SPD SENSOR 1 zm CABLE 2 o Mx COM 25 60007952 18 AWG SHELDED wax Dur Rust ETHERNET PHS ETHERNET RMS ETHERNET u DANG DAT 180 SWITCH CABLE al se FUSE HOLDER AMP s 60007954 60007231 eniemer 60007951 lt 60007224 2 RAS vii 14 N mm 16 cy ES As R Ave RED mvc 25 TED INTRINSIC INTRINSIC BARRIER 60009286 4
173. RKED W GREEN TAPE es BLK 60012883 GEXOL 125 MARINE CABLE 2 0 AWG 16627 01 001 50008449 60008813 A Tais E END ONLY 60007649 bu 6627 01 00 60008238 EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON 0005325 PUMP ENABLE 1 2 18 COND 18 AWG RESTART PUMP IS ENABLED EMER STOP CIRCULAR LEGEND PUMP WILL STOP 07244 5 g a FEEEFEFEFFRREREE XP ENCLOSURE ASSY 16607 01 JUNCTION BOX Q6618 0D AA JUNCTION BOX tor E pora db EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON 60005325 EMER STOP CIRCULAR LEGEND TRANSFORMER SPEED SPEED SNITCH SWITCH pass SENSOR SENEDE CAUTION WARNING oe ad 60007265 59007901 ORE 60003015 WHEN WIRING THE INPUT POWER WITH PARALLEL WIRE PLUG 0008455 PLUG RECHNEN Dn EMEN UP CABLE YOU MUST ENSURE THAT THE CONDUCTORS ARE GROUPED SUPPLY 380 400 VOLTS 3 PH 50 HZ 2 COPPER CONDUCTORS PER PHASE SIZED FOR 200 AMP WITH THE SAME PHASE AND THAT BOTH POWER SOURCES RECOMMEND 400 AMP SERVICE AT 75C TEMP RISE AND 40C AMBIENT ARE IN PHASE AND ROTATING IN THE SAME CLOCKWISE BASED ON CONNECTED LOAD OF 290 AMP USE XP SEALING GLAND FOR 2 2 50 DIRECTION FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN PERSONNEL OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE OR BOTH MAIN POWER DISCONNECT CUSTOMER N YN AN 240777 E sma VI TII dm Be ANEP DATA EE ATT
174. RMINAL END BLOCK 8M 2 2 2 meom PON R AM AA 11111 Foo exem WRNSCENRER 22 2 08 CONTROL ORCUT TEMA 2 2 2 or exomos Tour PROOF covers 6 6 6 06 coos tmu 1 1 05 6000701 contactor 3501 1 1 04 00007835 ENCLOSURE 16 X 24 X 08 03 16607 03 575 600V CONTROL PANEL 02 16607 02 460 480V CONTROL PANEL 01 16607 01 380 400V CONTROL PANEL gt lt P lt AN QIY _ ITEM PART NUMBER PART NAME LAS E Pa M NEEDS EUIS PTY Nee b DATE mu RE PN CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED OF DERRICK CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THER WTHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHI PO A EXPLOSION PROOF ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY FOR T SUPPLY TO DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE ow 5 Tome 1 25 07 fan 1 10 TAN c Ir EXEC TS 1 75 07 DERRICK G 6 O 7 m O O CORPORATION 90 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A CENT BOM 8 7 6 5 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION X 1 16472 01 002 ASS
175. RT PUMP ENABLE CABLE SHIELDED INTRINSIC 80009238 BASED CONNECTED LOAD 240 SIZED FOR ES REMOTE CONTACT REMOTE CONTACT BBA de COND 18 AWG A MAIN POWER DISCONNECT MOTOR BY OTHERS BY OTHERS 16593 47 100 FT EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER CURRENT 2 1 2 NPT 2 1 2 NPT WHEN CLOSED AND WHEN CLOSED AND 60005325 PROGRAMMED PROGRAMMED l PUMP WILL RESTART PUMP IS ENABLED 00007264 CIRCULAR LEGEND agp ASP dF PUMP VAS TO RUN WHEN DPEN g 3 ua g g B g E 2 al o B 8 pep RUNNING PUMP WILL STDP g 7 i i m d 2 9 5 5 i T q a Ba RECOMMENDED CABLE HOOK UP NOTE e el e Y e e dd P L 4 d d A 2 E ee QTY D COPPER COND PER PHASE SIZED FOR 300 BOWL CABINET IS SHIPPED WITH TERMINALS 3 AND GRD 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 PUMP MOTOR NOT TO MOTOR SOR 150HP MOTOR 4 JUMPERED TO BE REMOVED BY CUSTOMER INCREASED SAFETY CORRER CONDUCTORS PER PHASE SIZED FOR 150 AMP b SIE PUE S ES N ae VAC dem VAC 6160 IF REMOTE PUMP ENABLE IS USED cup S Se LE LE SE SE 5 97 SPB At Em cm SENSI SYSTEM SE S SEA ING EEEN So NET SD ME Sar EN 172 FLA DO NOT PLACE JUMPER BETWEEN TERMINALS GRD Er 4 46618 00 AJA 7e FLA 1 AND 2 AS PUMP MAY START is ri UNINTENTIONALLY e GRD CAUTION WARNING pm E PUMP AND MOTOR 60009521 60009523 AVA amp THESE TERMINALS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR
176. S MOTOR CENTRIFUGE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT CONVEYOR DRIVE REMOVED ITEM P WAS GEAR UNIT ADDED PARTS LIST NUMBERS TO 4 DE 7200 VFD EX PROOF hoy CCSfo we 1 18 07 one 1 10 Von FANI 0 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A LO WE CENT MAN C RM 1 2 5 4 gt 6 7 8 155 13 16 3958 13 16 174 E 51 3 16 1300 FOR FEED PIPE REMOVAL A E AND CLEANING o 62 3 4 I N 1595 1 N fv 50 5 16 45 1 8 Ha 1279 3 4 1146 1108
177. SPEED BR OFF s A ND PONER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK S NON INTRINSIC OFF NN 8941 Us eier OFF PINER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK COVER NO CONNECTION 5 900036207 GREY APL ALL 18 AVG BLUE INTRINSIC VIRING 600089423 isl EAS ri 3 SERE i TERMINAL BLOCK 85 5 rermna BLOCK o zer pock 18 CET IRIA 60008891 G0008892 gt Corral 600 1 60008 E HOUSING BULKHEAD MOUNTED INCOMING GROUND LUG G0008893X4 20008 I CONTROL 4 CLAMP TERMINAL G0007213X2 z d 1 1 2 NPT 8 T sesi 526 od RECEPTACLE C ERM HOUSING P 4 350MCM AWG CU GND ethos H gt o dE i gt red sms EIU RAE ciui os Ae el Eu ce NPT H ADA 2 172 NPT 1 NPT MES soe 50 Mes PLUG GROUND SHIELDS PES PLUG 1 1 2 NPT M40 600084499 60009197 ADAPTER G0008813 N 60008807 PLUG mi XP FITTING PRDVIDED BY BY OTHERS CUSTOMER FUSES 125 AMP 60009530 3 60008455 PLUG FITTING BY OTHERS A w ms 009750 EIERN REVISIDN 4 STARTED USING ON DE 1000 UNIT CF 5067 REVISIDN 8 STARTED USING DE 1000 UNIT CFxxxx CONVEYOR CONTROLLER CENTRIFUGE BOWL INPUT FUSES FUSE HOLDER G0007631X6 gt AA FOR XP FITTING PROVIDED BY py OTHERS FOR 205 MAX H PTER 6 HOOD SIDE ENTRY 2 1 2 NPT CORD FITTING 2 NPT M 2 1 2 NPT M63 4 CONTROL G00084S1 ADAPTER
178. STRAR 30 MINUTOS 30 lt Operaton Home TELA DE TENDENCIA PAUSA Figura 4 11 Tela Tend ncia da Temperatura do VFD REINICIALIZA O DE FALHA VFD A tela de Reinicializa o de Falha Figura 4 12 informa o operador da disponibilidade de cada VFD Com Falha ou Sem Falha e permite reinicializar um VFD com falha A tela pode ser selecionada a partir da tela Limpeza ou da tela Opera o Se o alto torque do transportador provocar uma redu o no fluxo da bomba a mensagem Redu o da Taxa de Fluxo exibida na tela Opera o ou Limpeza para informar ao operador que a bomba est operando a uma taxa de fluxo reduzida Essa mensagem tamb m aparece na tela Reinicializa o de Falhas Ap s a remo o da causa da baixa vaz o RESTAURAR selecionado na tela Reinicializa o de Falha para voltar a bomba para a vaz o normal Depois de qualquer falha certifique se que a centr fuga parou completamente antes de tentar recome ar VERDE ACIONAMENTO OPERACIONAL VERMELHO FALHA DE ACIONAMENTO VERDE ACIONAMENTO FUNCIONANDO CINZA ACIONAMENTO DESLIGADO Derri entrifuge Fault Reset x o9 Bowl Conveyor Pump VFD Faulted No Fault No Faut RESET Pump Automatic Pump Flowrate Reduction OFF REINICIAR ACIONADOR DEPOIS REDU O AUTOMATICA DA TAXA DE DA RESOLU O DA FALHA FUXO DA BOMBA DESLIGADA DEVIDO FALHA DE ACIONAMENTO Figura 4 12 Tela Reinicializa o de Falha 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 15
179. Sel is not set to 57 Prof Input e Cleared if none of the above occur PTC is enabled for Analog In 1 which is configured as a 0 20 mA current source in Anlg In Config Sleep Wake configuration error With Sleep Wake Mode Direct possible causes include drive is stopped and Wake Level lt Sleep Level Stop CF Run Run Forward or Run Reverse is not configured in Digital Inx Sel Speed Ref x Sel or PI Reference Sel is set to Reserved Start At PowerUp is enabled Drive may start at any time within 10 seconds of drive powerup Occurs when e Auto Manual is selected default for Digital In3 Sel parameter 363 and e TB Man Ref Sel parameter 96 has been reprogrammed No other use for the selected analog input may be programmed Example If TB Man Ref Sel is reprogrammed to Analog In 2 all of the factory default uses for Analog In 2 must be reprogramed such as parameters 90 117 128 and 179 See also Auto Manual Examples on page 1 22 To correct e Verify reprogram the parameters that reference an analog input Or e Reprogram Digital In3 to another function or Unused When TorgProve Cnfg is enabled Motor Cntl Sel Feedback Select and Motor Fdbk Type must be properly set refer to page C 7 The bus voltage has dropped below a predetermined value Torq Perf Mode Custom V Hz amp the V Hz slope is negative The Wake timer is counting towa
180. TD lead markings are defined on the nameplate Normally R1 R2 etc 3 3 6 5 RTD Alarm amp Trip Settings Tables 3 6 amp 3 7 are suggested initial RTD alarm and trip settings For motors found to operate significantly below these values the settings may be reduced accordingly Table 3 6 Winding RTD Temperature Limit C 40 C Max Ambient Class B Tem Class F Tem Motor Load Rises 80 C Rise lt 105 C Trip Up to 1 0 SF 165 gt 1 0 to 1 15 SF 165 Table 3 7 Bearing RTD Temperature Limit C 40 C Max Ambient Ambient Up to 40 C gt 40 C Bearings that are Heat Stabilized to 130 135 150 C 3 3 7 GUARDS WARNING ROTATING PARTS HAZARD When devices are assembled to the motor shaft be sure to install protective devices such as belt guards chain guards and shaft covers These devices must protect against accidental contact with extremities hair and clothing Consider the application and provide guarding to protect personnel Remove all unused shaft keys and loose rotating parts to prevent them from flying off and causing bodily injury Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 3 4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS WARNING ELECTRICAL HAZARDS Before proceeding read Section 1 1 on Electrical Safety Failure to follow the instructions in Section
181. TE Figura 4 13 Tela de Configura o TELA DE CONFIGURA O DA BOMBA As caracter sticas de funcionamento da bomba s o visualizadas na tela de Configura o da Bomba Figura 4 14 Informa es digitadas das especifica es de funcionamento da bomba e motor de acionamento s o exibidas para mostrar ao operador as informa es atuais do motor e da bomba 4 16 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS Derrick Centrifuge Pump Setup x DADOS OPERACIONAIS DO VAZ O DA BOMBA EM Motor Data Pump Data MOTOR DE ACIONAMENTO GAL ES POR ROTA O DA BOMBA Gear Box Ratio Auto Flow Rate 54 CLIQUE PARA ALTERAR A VELOCIDADE ENTRE HP amp Update VFD Settings o Dowd LIGUE DESLIGUE PARA ALTERNAR N VEL DE MONITORAMENTO ALTO BAIXO INCREMENTO DE PERCENTAGEM DE REDU O NA TAXA DE FLUXO DURANTE ALTO TORQUE DO TRANSPORTADOR Figura 4 14 Tela de Configura o da Bomba LOGIN A tela de Login Figura 4 15 acessada a partir da tela de Configura o Figura 4 13 Ela permite que o pessoal autorizado digite uma senha necess ria para mostrar telas restritas Essas telas permitem ao pessoal de supervis o reconfigurar caracter sticas operacionais e os par metros que controlam a opera o da centr fuga NOME DO USUARIO DE ACESSO CHAVE DE ACESSO Password 3 ACESSO Figura 4 15 Tela de Login LIMPEZA A tela Limpeza Figura 4 16 usada para definir par metros para operar o r
182. Tom Y CONTROL FEMALE CAGE CLAMP TERMINAL BINE su TS LE2 SES SP7 SPB A voz 2 RECEPTACLE 9007600 SHPP 200 PLUG siP 250 UG AIT _ lt lt SY da e is 17 16 1514 in ZENE TT NE te ence r raat s 21 2 NPT E ARE 6 NPT GORD FITTING i zr l EE TT on GROUND SHIELDS 8 BE am m 09 2883 La CABLE BY OTHERS RECOMMENDED BY OTHERS AT PLUG ecco MAX 32 AMP EXPLOSIONPROOF RECOMMENDED THIS END ONLY amp 8 CORD ASSY 20AWG 2C AT 40 C CABLE SIZED EXPLOSIONPROOF a a E uu E IO FOR 62 AMP CABLE SIZED 8 Gm 17382 014001 yy CUSTOMER AT 40 C CABLE SHIELDED INTRINSIC nem INTRINSIC BARRIER CLR SIED FR 1 i ED oo 00009286 CURRENT REMOTE CONTACT ee XP ADAPTER O REMOTE N D CONTACT EMERGENCY STOP 1 No Hh PROVIDED BY OTHERS PROVIDED BY OTHERS PUSHBUTTON WHEN CLOSED AND WHEN CLOSED AND 5 EMER STOP PROGRAMMED Oe PR GRAMMED CIRCULAR CENTRIFUGE PUMP IS ENABLED PUMP WAS RUNNING TO RUN 4 RH A LEGEND 25 AER NOTE AS cere BOX CABINET IS SHIPPED WITH TERMINALS 3 AND 4 JUMPERED TO BE REMOVED BY xiii o HI CUSTOMER IF REMOTE PUMP ENABLE IS USED P E FE F A INCREASED SAFETY ros THN THIN 14 AWG E 60008999 00 PUMP AND MOTOR CONVEYOR MOTOR DO NDT PLACE JUMPER BETWEEN TERMINALS SENSOR SUNCTIUN BOX y PROVIDED BY OTHERS 60009808 AY 1
183. US 00007976 0007689 A 29 RED 29 PLC Ui 12 C0M RES penus E AC COMP MIR 0L 29 2 RED 27 alb 63007228 POWER SUPPLY THHN THWN 14 AWG TRERTEWN T AWG EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON 17 EVAP BLWR MIR 01 27 e POWER lt 18H MAX jp m EI BOWL 18 ANG SHEIDED amp G0008349 6000773 UsB Ps2 assy 1 RED POWER SUPPLY H 60005325 19h DUT Nd 32 RED as CONTROLLER E ETHERNET 60007230 17006 02 144 voc 5 66007244 CIRCULAR LEGEND 20 77 31 1750515 60007573 5 445 A 60003552 6 PUMP ENABLE 29 19 BLK AMP VB MON 311 en INVERTER o amp PS2 iE NE E ELS so 32 RED SPEED SENSOR 30 PUMP RESTART 28 MEMORY CARD 25 BLK el VIB 31131 BLK TEMP SENSOR SOLID 1 P E o COMPACTFLASH 22 30130 RED 4 20MA 2 18 D SPEED SENSUR 3020 RE RJ45 f Bk E srup so 22 BE 60007995 00 25 O VAC CON 25 25 Vib OC LLK CONNECT SHIFLD GROUNDED END MOUSE POINTER ASSY 93 SPD 21120 VAC FAN SPEED SENSDR 30 20 RED ETHERNET CABLE AT SWITCH ETHERNET 17006 01 NALOG 4 2048 a B Isis eg TEMP SENSOR LIQUID MARKED W GREEN TAPES A CABLE A RED 4 20MA 24 vno gema 2 A EN ur prim 3 I euet mm 60007952 Ad A 18 AWG SHIELDED MAX Too 5 DUT Rus ETHERNET 5 ETHERNET RJ45 ETHERNET Waa Se ls 180 CABLE SWITCH CABLE FUSE HOLDER e 60007954 terner 00007231 ETHERNET 60007951 Ads C 60007224 2 E morro ox Jo RUS VE
184. VAC H24 Space heater for 24 VDC Warranty limited warranty on materials and workmanship is given with this FW Murphy product A copy of the warranty may be viewed or printed by going to www fwmurphy com support warranty htm VS 7037N page 1 of 8 Sensitivity Adjustment Plug 5 7 16 5 1 8 in 1 4 x 1 2 in EA 130 mm 6 mm x 13 mm Mounting Holes Slot 2 places EE C Clamp VS2EX and VS2EXR 5 5 8 in 1 2 NPT O Conduit 4 7 8 SlottedO 124 SensitivityO dd 2 P 133 mm 10 0 76 h Mounting Holes E Ro Holes VS2EXRB 10 5 8 8 5 8 in y 270 mm O ee mm E 1 2 NPTO Conduit 9 1 8 in 114 mm D 232 Mounting Centers 10 316in 1 Mounting Centers 259 mm H D VS94 L 6 29 32 in D 176 mm 1 4 7 9 64 ResetD T 181 m Push button 118 mma 6 1 2 in 1 5 8 in 1 41 mm t 4in D 4 U 1 7 102 TN 5 16x 9 16 in 4in D ne 8x 14 pem 165 places VS 7037N page 2 of 8 bz SPECIFICATIONS VS2 and VS2C Case Weatherproof equal to NEMA 3R suitable for non hazardous areas VS2 Base mount VS2C C clamp mount Includes 45 feet 13 7 meters 2 conductor 16 AWG 30 strands 0 25 m
185. VFD MANUTEN O Mensagens de alarme e de falha Alarme por Perda de Fase de entrada no VFD do Recipiente Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Aterramento monof sico detectado entre o VFD e o motor Verifique a fia o entre o VFD e o motor corrija o s defeito s Verifique o enrolamento do motor para a fase aterrada remova o aterramento se houver ou substitua o motor Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Alarme por Perda de For a do VFD do Recipiente Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Perda na entrada de energia ou fornecimento de baixa tens o Monitore e corrija o s defeito S na entrada de energia Alarme de Sub tens o do VFD do Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Recipiente Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Perda na entrada de energia ou fornecimento de baixa tens o Monitore e corrija o s defeito S na entrada de energia Falha de Comunica o com o Sensor de Velocidade do Recipiente Conex o incorreta ou solta do sensor de velocidade ou sensor de velocidade com defeito Se a leitura na tela do status do VFD do Recipiente de cerca de 4000 RPM verifique a conex o consulte a Se o 3 se a conex o estiver segura substituir o sensor Conex o incorreta no PLC Verifique se todos os conectores est o firmemente assentados conforme descrito nesta se o Transmissor Barreira intr nseco do Sensor de velocidade def
186. VFD Per ntrifuge Diagnostics x Bowl Conveyor 99 Pump 90 TEMPERATURA DO VFD Alarm Q Faut Q Alarm Q Q Alarm VFD 9g F 102 4 98 2 F Pins VERD VFD FUNCIONANDO CINZA VFD N O EST FUNCIONANDO N O UTILIZADOS AJC Blower VERD 24 VDC PRESENTE NO PINO Pump Start NAO UTILIZADOS CORRESPONDENTE DE TODOS 29 98 Pump Enable OS TR S VFDs 30 Speed CIN 24 VDC N O PRESENTE EM UM 31 Vibration 32 CLIQUE PARA OU MAIS vFDs ALTERAR A VELOCIDADE ENTRE O RECIPIENTE amp A EMBREAGEM VERD CONEX ES DE 16 BAIRREIRAS INTR NSECOS 2 PRESENTES VERM SEM CONEX ES VERD 24 VDC NO PINO CORRESPONDENTE VERM 24 VDC N O PRESENTES VERD MIN SINAL FORNECIDO AO VFD N VEL DE SINAL ANAL GICO VERMELHO SEM SINAL OU SINAL BAIXO Figura 4 5 Tela de Diagn sticos 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 11 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS STATUS DO DESEMPENHO Informa es sobre o desempenho atual s o mostradas na tela Status da Centr fuga Figura 4 6 Os par metros exibidos incluem temperaturas de rolamentos velocidades do recipiente e embreagem e condi o do sensor status dos dispositivos de seguran a interruptor de vibra o parada de emerg ncia e excesso de velocidade do recipiente funcionamento do condicionador de ar e horas de funcionamento O status de funcionamento do motor do compressor do ar condicionado motor do ventilador do evaporad
187. a centr fuga b Usando um guincho suspenda o conjunto rotativo da arma o e abaixe para a centr fuga at que os pillow blocks entrem em contato com a base 5 28 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O c Insira os pinos de alinhamento nos pillow blocks e use um martelo de bronze para assentar completamente os pinos na base n o aperte as porcas nos pinos de alinhamento d Aplique composto antiengripante nos parafusos do pillow block e introduza os parafusos com anilhas atrav s dos pillow blocks e para dentro da base Aperte os parafusos de acordo com as Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o 20 Instale correias motrizes no motor e nas polias do recipiente e correias de tens o de acordo com Tens o da Correia Motriz nesta se o 21 Insira um sat lite na metade da embreagem da caixa de engrenagem e posicione a metade da embreagem da caixa de engrenagem de forma que a superf cie traseira se alinhe com face frontal da polia Figura 5 24 ALINHE A FACE TRASEIRA DA MEIA EMBREAGEM COM A FACE DA POLIA MEIA EMBREAGEM POLIA Figura 5 24 Instala o de Embreagem no Eixo da Caixa de Engrenagem 22 Deslize a metade da embreagem do eixo do motor ao engate com a metade da caixa de engrenagem defina a folga entre as metades da embreagem em cerca de 0 1875 0 250 4 8 mm 6 4 mm e em seguida posicione a embreagem axialmente para que o ponto m dio do sat lite esteja alinhado com o sensor de proximida
188. a instala o e opera o do equipamento Derrick Se for devidamente mantido o registro ser til para alterar os intervalos de manuten o e interceptar as tend ncias que podem indicar a necessidade de alterar procedimentos operacionais Cada entrada no registro deve ser datada para futuras refer ncias e monitoramento Se necess rio p ginas adicionais podem ser acrescentadas ao registo copiando se uma p gina em branco ou simplesmente inserindo se papel pautado na parte traseira da se o Notas de Instala o e Manuten o 30 de Outubro de 2009 9 1 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD REGISTRO DE INSTALA O amp MANUTEN O 9 2 30 de Outubro de 2009 REGISTRO DE INSTALA O E MANUTEN O 30 de Outubro de 2009 9 3 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD REGISTRO DE INSTALA O amp MANUTEN O 9 4 30 de Outubro de 2009 REGISTRO DE INSTALA O E MANUTEN O 30 de Outubro de 2009 9 5 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD REGISTRO DE INSTALA O amp MANUTEN O 9 6 30 de Outubro de 2009 Q DERRICK CORPOR
189. a whole ANSI Section 12 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS ANSI Section 13 Waste disposal Dispose in accordance with all applicable regulations Avoid discharge to natural waters REGULATORY INFORMATION ANSI Section 15 As of the date of this MSDS all of the components in this product are listed or are otherwise exempt from listing on the TSCA inventory This product has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the CPR controlled products regulations and the MSDS contains all the information required by the CPR Physical Data ANSI Sections 1 9 and 14 peu Description Wt Gal Rs 5 a Bar ando HMIS DOT proper shipping name 313B0250 do not use use dc313b0250d instead 24 77 334 95 41 44 90 f 244 304 231 paint 3 UN1263 PGIII 313C0910 catha coat 313 organic zinc rich epoxy primer clear converter 7 54 338 66 41 11 110f 243 304 320 paint combustible liquid UN 1263 PGIII Ingredients Product Codes with by Weight ANSI Section 2 Chemical Name Common Name CAS No 313B0250 313C0910 benzene ethyl ethylbenzene 100 41 4 1 1 0 2 heptanone methyl amyl ketone 110 43 0 5 10 20 30 1 2 ethanediamine n n bis 2 aminoethyl triethylenetetramine 112 24 3 1 5 zinc oxide zinc oxide 1314 13 2 1 5 benzene dim
190. ade do recipiente torques do transportador e recipiente temperatura do interior do gabinete e vibra o s o transmitidos ao PLC que ent o responde com sa das correspondentes para reger o funcionamento da centr fuga Informa es sobre o estado cr tico exibida no painel de controle bem como alarmes e mensagens de falha que sinalizam para o operador qualquer mau funcionamento em potencial ou iminente Qualquer varia o excessiva do limite pr definido faz com que o PLC desligue automaticamente a centr fuga e exiba uma mensagem explicativa sobre a causa do desligamento Al m disso o desligamento de emerg ncia pode ser realizado pelo operador a qualquer momento pelo painel frontal A bomba de alimenta o totalmente controlada pelo PLC tanto no funcionamento manual quanto na autom tica O funcionamento autom tico proporciona produtividade m xima visto que a taxa de alimenta o ideal assegurada pelo PLC sob condi es operacionais variadas A alimenta o aumentada automaticamente at o limite pr definido do torque ser atingido tanto pelo motor de acionamento do recipiente quanto do transportador Se propriedades da lama pasta de alimenta o mudar a taxa de alimenta o ajustada automaticamente para manter se dentro do limite do torque 30 de Outubro de 2009 1 7 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRODU O INFORMA ES DE CONTATO INFORMA ES DE CONTATO Corpora o Derrick 716 683 9010 716 683 4991
191. ade especifica Em um tipo de processamento s lidos s o removidos e o l quido devolvido para recircula o Alternativamente os s lidos s o retornados para o sistema ativo e o l quido descartado 30 de Outubro de 2009 1 1 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRODU O Derrick Corporation n o autoriza nenhuma outra utiliza o para este equipamento o uso pretendido do equipamento inclui o cumprimento com a opera o manuten o e procedimentos de seguran a inclu dos neste manual DESCRI O Os principais componentes da centr fuga Figura 1 2 consistem no conjunto rotativo gabinete de controle motor de acionamento do recipiente e do transportador sistema de controle Sistema de Drenagem interruptor de vibra o e involucro base e Estrado Os par grafos seguintes descrevem estes componentes CAIXA DE ENGRENAGEM DE TRANSPORTADOR ACIONAMENTO DO INVOLUCRO amp TAMPA RECIPIENTE comtimuo TRANSPORTADOR CONT NUO _ MOTOR DE A ACIONAMENTO _ q DO RECIPIENTE INTERRUPTOR DE 9 VIBRA O Ls oe TP Mte p ACIONAMENTO DO MONTAGEM DO TUBODEDESCARGA BASE TRANSPORTADOR ISOLADOR DE DE SOLIDO VIBRA O TUBO DE DESCARGA DE L QUIDO Figura 1 2 Componentes Principais da Centr fuga DE 7200 VFD Conjunto Rotativo O Conjunto rotativo consiste em um reservat rio de formato cil ndrico recipiente de a o carbono de alta resist ncia conjunto do transporta
192. agens de alarme e as suas causas e a es corretivas TEMPERATURAS DO ROLAMENTO Tend ncias de temperatura do rolamento podem ser visualizadas em forma gr fica na Tela de Temperatura dos Rolamentos Figura 4 3 As temperaturas s o atualizadas de acordo com um intervalo pr definido e os bot es de deslocamento s o fornecidos para facilitar a an lise das tend ncias ao longo do tempo As temperaturas das extremidades de s lidos e de l quidos s o exibidas no lado direito da tela A tela do Torque do Motor tamb m acess vel a partir da Tela de Temperatura dos Rolamentos O operador pode retornar tela Opera o ou tela Inicial usando os bot es na parte inferior direita da tela Bearing Temperature C 1 Min Thursday August 09 2007 Friday Aug Update TEMPERATURA ATUAL EP eee DO ROLAMENTO DA ROLAR PARA 120 EXTREMIDADE DE ESQUERDA OU 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 L QUIDOS DIREITA TEMPERATURA ATUAL DO ROLAMENTO DA EXTREMIDADE DE S LIDOS _ lt Operabon Home TELA DE VISUALIZA O DO TORQUE DO MOTOR PAUBRA Figura 4 3 Tela de Temperatura dos Rolamentos T NDENCIA DE TORQUE DO MOTOR O torque do recipiente e do transportador pode ser vistos em forma gr ficos na tela de tend ncia de Torque do Motor Figura 4 4 Os torques s o atualizados de acordo com um intervalo pr definido um minuto e bot es de deslocamento s o fornecidos para facilitar a an li
193. al facility is available for the generation of an alarm or indicator System with high pressure sensors will carry the option code HP Pneumatically Operated Outlet Valve The pneumatically operated outlet valve is used to positively open or close the outlet of the purged enclosure by means of a spring return pneumatic cylinder Systems fitted with the Pneumatically Operated Outlet Valve will carry the option OV 14 DESCRIPTIVE DOCUMENTS 14 1 Drawing Rev Sheet Date Title 507281 3 1104 02Jul02 MiniPurge ATEX Certification Labelling 507282 2 102 21 01 MiniPurge ATEX Certification Type Numbering Scheme EP 99 2 17 1 lofi 215 00 MiniPurge Continuous Flow with HP Sensor Schematic diagram EP99 7 7 1 tofi 21Sep00 RLY outlet orifice EP99 7 9 1 lofi 215 00 Outlet Valve Control Circuit Diagram 14 2 Repoft No R53A7169A 15 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SAFE USE 15 1 When the MiniPurge Control Unit is incorporated into equipment the following considerations shall be included in the assessment of the equipment Where applicable the implications of the operation of the manual override MO option and application of appropriate warning labels Where applicable the requirement for an intrinsically safe supply to the switches incorporated in the IS option Where applicable the implications of the operation of the optional alarm indicators and or signals and application of appropriate warning and identification labels Date 3 July 2002
194. amento Figura 5 14 e em seguida insira e assente o rolamento no alojamento 2 Instale um novo retentor do eixo na tampa de retentor e monte a tampa no alojamento do rolamento Prenda as pe as com parafusos hexagonais 3 Instale o alojamento de rolamento montado no transportador e prenda com parafusos CUIDADO O ESPA O LIVRE ENTRE AS PISTAS DO TRANSPORTADOR E O REVESTIMENTO DO RECIPIENTE DE APENAS 1 5 MM NA ETAPA SEGUINTE TENHA MUITO CUIDADO QUANDO ABAIXAR O TRANSPORTADOR AT O CONJUNTO DO RECIPIENTE PARA EVITAR ENCOSTA LO NO REVESTIMENTO DO RECIPIENTE POIS ASSIM PODE HAVER DANO AS CORREIAS DO TRANSPORTADOR 4 Suspenda o transportador em uma posi o vertical Figura 5 13 e insira no conjunto do recipiente vertical 5 Suspenda a parte superior do recipiente de l quidos e abaixe at o transportador tomando cuidado para evitar danificar o rolamento visto que o rolamento do rolamento do transportador entra na pista interna do rolamento Prenda o a parte superior do recipiente de l quidos ao conjunto do recipiente com parafusos 6 Suspenda o conjunto rotativo montado e posicione horizontalmente em uma arma o adequado para suportar o seu peso 7 Instale e preecha a caixa de engrenagens em conformidade com os procedimentos de instala o da caixa de engrenagem em Manuten o da Caixa de Engrenagemnesta se o 8 Feche a tampa da correia e prenda com parafusos apertando do centro da tampa para fora em ambas as
195. and 4X IP66 CSA types 4 and 12 Conduit Fitting 3 4 NPT conduit fitting connection Normal Operating Ambient Temperature 0 to 140 F 18 to 60 C Snap switches 2 SPDT snap acting switches SA 480 VAC 2 resistive 1A inductive up to 30 VDC Range adjustment 0 7 G s 0 100 Hz 0 100 in displacement Heater optional Option Operating Current His 023 A 115 VAC H24 12A Q 24 VDC Remote Reset optional Option Operating Current R15 17 A 115 VAC R24 36 A 24 VDC Time Delay optional Option Operating Current Standby Current T15 360A 115 VAC 01 A 115 VAC 24 115A 24 VDC 01 A 24 VDC Time Delay Remote Reset Adjustable 20 turn potentiometer from 5 seconds to 100 seconds 5 seconds per turn approximately CSA and UL listed with 480 VAC rating INSTALLATION WARNING STOP THE MACHINE AND DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL POWER BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION The VS2 and VS94 series shock switches are sensitive to shock and vibration in all three planes of motion up down front back and side side Front back is the most sensitive The reset pushbutton is located on the front of the unit For maximum sensitivity mount the unit so that the front faces into the direction of rotation of the machine See Dimensions on page 2 for sensitivity adjustment location The VS2 and VS94 Series must be firmly attached mounted to the machine so that all mounting surfaces are in rigid contact with the mou
196. and feedback parameter settings and VFD permissives 6 Repeat autotune for vector drives procedure 7 Consult VFD supplier Motor has been running then slow down stalls or fails to restart gt O Driven load exceeds motor capacity VFD programmed incorrectly 1 Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker Allow motor to cool down before resetting manual protector on motor Warnings See section 1 1 for automatic and manual reset protector warnings 2 Verify that rated and balanced supply voltage has been restored before restarting motor Measure voltage during restart Ensure that steady state supply voltage at motor terminals is within limits see section 3 4 1 3 Motor i loaded 1 Verify that motor amp load turn freely Repair binding components as needed 2 Motor bearings are seized Reduce driven load to match motor capacity or increase motor size to match load requirements Load Is jammed 1 Check fault codes on VFD and follow VFD troubleshooting procedures 2 VFD will not restart motor after tripping Verify that VFD input voltage is balanced and within limits 3 Remove excessive mechanical load if present Capacitor failure on single phase motor if equipped Warning Potential Shock Hazard Contact service shop to check capacitor Supply voltage has drooped or has become severely unbalanced ER U gt or takes too long to accelerate gt
197. ansportador apoiado pela caixa de engrenagem de acionamento do transportador Caixa de Engrenagem de Acionamento do Transportador Cont nuo O caixa de engrenagem de acionamento do transportador uma caixa de engrenagem planet ria de tr s fases que roda o transportador a uma velocidade maior do que a do conjunto do recipiente A caixa de engrenagens montada sobre e consequentemente conduzida pelo conjunto do recipiente eixos de entrada e de sa da da caixa de engrenagem s o suportados por rolamentos internos O motor de acionamento do transportador acoplado ao eixo de entrada da caixa de engrenagem por um acoplamento flex vel que permita a ades o com leves varia es de alinhamento A caixa de engrenagem cont m um sistema de engrenagens que transfere a rota o do motor e do recipiente para o eixo de sa da do transportador Durante uma condi o de sobrecarga excesso de s lidos no transportador pode sobrecarregar o motor causando aumento no torque do motor resultando em um alarme de sobrecarga Se o limite pr definido do toque do transportador atingido o sistema de controle reduz automaticamente a taxa de alimenta o para permitir que o transportador limpe os excessos de s lidos Quando a centr fuga est operando na taxa de alimenta o reduzida a tela Operacional exibe uma mensagem para informar ao operador o status modificado Se a condi o de excesso de torque n o for removida a centr fuga ser desligada au
198. anufacturer or a facility that is Listed under UL s category Motors and Generators Rebuilt for use in Hazardous Locations Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Electrical connections are to be made by qualified electrical personnel in accordance with all applicable codes ordinances and sound practices Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage Only qualified personnel who are familiar with the applicable national codes local codes and sound practices should install or repair electric motors and their accessories WARNING ELECTRICAL LIVE CIRCUIT HAZARD Do not touch electrically live parts Disconnect lockout and tag input power supply before installing or servicing motor includes accessory devices 4 1 GENERAL INSPECTION Inspect the motor approximately every 500 hours of operation or every three months whichever occurs first Keep the motor clean and the ventilation and fin openings clear The following steps should be performed at each inspection 4 1 1 VENTILATION Check that the ventilation openings and or exterior of the motor is free of dirt oil grease water etc which can accumulate and block motor ventilation If the motor is not properly ventilated overheating can occur and cause early motor failure 4 1 2 INSULATION Use a Megger periodicall
199. aph instrument Expo systems with this facility have option code TW 1 2 Quality and installation of the Pressurizing air or inert gas supply 4 The source of the compressed air must be in a non classified area Inert gas may be used as an alternative to compressed air Page 2 of 8 ML384 Issue 01 12 10 05 2 Unless a supply shut off valve has been specially fitted within the Expo system a valve with the same or larger thread size as the Control Unit inlet fitting shall be fitted externally and for Y and Z Pressurization Systems be provided with a suitable nameplate see clause 4 8 2 Enclosures that can be isolated from the gas supply 4 11 4 Warning Protective gas supply valve 3 The tubing and fittings used must conform to 1 1 3 above 4 The following clauses from NFPA 496 2003 shall be observed 4 4 1 The quality and contamination of the protective gas 4 4 1 2 Type of protective gas 4 4 2 Piping for the protective gas 44 3 Air compressor intake in a non classified location 4 44 Compressor intake line requirements 4 4 5 Compressor power supply requirements 1 3 Provision and installation of Alarm devices 1 Expo Technologies systems have a Minimum Pressure Sensor set to a pressure of at least 01 w c 0 25mb When the PE pressure is above this set point the Sensor produces a positive Pressurized signal This is displayed on a Red Green indicator fitted on the Control Unit and can also be used to o
200. ar os indicadores apenas o pessoal treinado e qualificado deve ser autorizado a realizar esses procedimentos Tenha o m ximo cuidado em certificar se de que a atmosfera ambiente esteja livre de vapores perigosos antes de abrir a porta do gabinete e ignorar o sistema de drenagem ATEN O TENS O PERIGOSAMENTE ALTA EST PRESENTE APENAS PESSOAL TREINADO E QUALIFICADO DEVE TER PERMISS O PARA ABRIR A PORTA DO GABINETE DE CONTROLE ENQUANTO A ENERGIA ESTIVER LIGADA ATEN O GASES PERIGOSOS PODEM CAUSAR EXPLOS O CERTIFIQUE SE DE QUE A ATMOSFERA AMBIENTE ESTEJA LIMPA DE TODOS OS POTENCIAIS GASES EXPLOSIVOS ANTES DE ABRIR A PORTA DO GABINETE DE CONTROLE 5 46 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O N O HABILITADO FALHA DE EXCESSO DE VELOCIDADE DO RECIPIENTE BOT O DE PARADA DE CONFIRMA O DE PARADA OPERA O NORMAL EMERGENCIA PRESSIONADO INTERRUPTOR DE VI O ACIONADO FUNCIONANDO sCON NORMAL DE FUNCIONAMENTO MAS CENTRIFUGA PAROU VERDE ACIONAMENTO LIGADO DESLIGADO ACIONAMENTO DESLIGADO VERDE CONTANTE ACIONAMENTO FUNCIONANDO VERDE PISCANDO ACIONAMENTO PRONTO MAS N O EM FUNCIONAMENTO SEM FALHAS PRESENTES AMARELO PISCANDO OU CONTANTE ALARME PRESENTE OU ACIONAMENTO N O HABILITADO 2003 VERMELHO PISCANDO OU CONSTANTEJ FALHA __ VERM FALHA PRESENTE VERDE CONTANTE ACIONAMENTO FUNCIONAL VERDE PISCANDO ACIONAMENTO FUNCIONAL Figura 5 25 Indicadores VFD 30 de Outu
201. arantir que o conjunto permane a na horizontal durante o levantamento e lentamente suspenda o conjunto rotativo at deixar a base 5 10 30 de Outubro de 2009 14 15 17 18 20 21 22 MANUTEN O Abaixe o conjunto rotativo at uma arma o que seja capaz de suportar seu peso Enquanto apoia a metade inferior do pillow block remova parafusos que prendem as metades superior e inferior For e entre as partes para separar e remover as metades do pillow block Folgue os parafusos de montagem que prendem a metade da embreagem ao eixo da caixa de engrenagem e remova a metade da embreagem Remova os parafusos que prendem a polia ao flange do recipiente e remova a polia Remova os parafusos que prendem o flange de entrada ao alojamento da caixa de engrenagem e levante e remova o flange Remova o anel em O do flange de entrada e descarte o anel em O Folgue o parafuso de fixa o que prendem a carca a Figura 5 10 ao eixo da caixa de engrenagem do acionador do transportador e retire a carca a ajustador de graxa e anel espa ador do eixo da caixa de engrenagem Usando um extrator apropriado remova o rolamento da extremidade de s lidos do eixo da caixa de engrenagem Remova os parafusos que prendem o anel de fixa o Figura 5 11 parte superior do recipiente de l quidos folgue os parafusos de fixa o que prendem o anel de seguran a e remova o anel de fixa o Remova o anel de feltro retentor
202. as placas de bloqueio da descarga de s lidos na parte superior do recipiente de l quidos em busca de rachaduras fraturas ou outros danos e substitua se claramente danificados Inspecione a manga do acionador e o anel em V na extremidade da caixa de engrenagem do transportador em busca de ranhuras distor o ou sinais evidentes de desgaste Substitua pe a s se necess rio Usando um micr metro me a as dimens es cr ticas do rolamento do rolamento do transportador da parte superior do recipiente de l quidos e do furo do alojamento de rolamentos Se o mancal da extremidade de l quidos estiver subdimensionadas substitua a 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 19 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O parte superior do recipiente de l quidos Substitua o alojamento de rolamento se o buraco estiver folgado 12 Substitua qualquer componente que n o possa ser facilmente reparado Substitua todos os retentores de eixo e rolamentos 13 Coloque todos os componentes limpos em sacos pl sticos para evitar contamina o Instala o Este procedimento descreve a instala o do rolamento do transportador da extremidade de l quidos Se o rolamento de caixa de engrenagem estiver folgado a caixa de engrenagem deve ser substitu da ou reconstru da tamb m consulte Manuten o da Caixa de Engrenagem nesta se o Para instalar o rolamento da extremidade de l quidos fa a o seguinte 1 Instale um novo retentor do eixo no alojamento do rol
203. as superf cies de montagem da metade inferior do pillow block e da base e em seguida aplique uma fina camada de graxa ou inibidor de corros o em ambas as superf cies 6 Certifique se que os buracos de pinos de alinhamento na base est o limpos e desobstru dos pela inser o de um c nico atrav s dos furos 7 Insira quatro pinos de alinhamento nos orif cios correspondentes 3 8 30 de Julho de 2010 INSTALA O DESCIDA E FIXA O DO CONJUNTO ROTATIVO CONT 8 Girar os parafusos Jack igualmente em sentido anti hor rio para lentamente abaixar os pillow blocks na base ao fazer isso use os pinos de alinhamento para posicionar corretamente os pillow blocks antes que entrem em contato com a base Retire os parafusos Jack ap s os pillow blocks estiverem completamente em contato com a base e os buracos de montagem estiverem alinhados 9 Insira dois parafusos retentores de pillow block Figura 3 4 atrav s da metade superior de cada pillow block e aperte os parafusos uniformemente de acordo com a especifica o de tor que aplic vel na Se o 5 10 Utilize um martelo de bronze para assentar os pinos de alinhamento totalmente nos rolamentos de pillow blocks e bases em seguida introduza os parafusos de montagem com anilhas e arruelas de press o atrav s dos orif cios Aperte os parafusos lentamente at atingir o torque especificado na Se o 5 N o aperte as porcas dos pinos de alinhamento 11 Instale e apert
204. at voltage at the motor terminals is within limits see section 3 4 1 3 EN Motor internal switch failure overheats start capacitor Contact service shop Defective start switch inside motor motor manufacturer Run capacitor fails a High ambient temperature Verify that the ambient does not exceed motor s nameplate value Input voltage exceeds limit Verify that voltage to the motor terminals is within limits see section 3 4 1 3 Power surge to motor caused by lightning strike or other If a common problem install surge protector high transient voltage ZEHNSON CONTR LS Johnson Controls Inc Systems Products Division 507 East Michigan Street P O Box 423 Milwaukee WI 53201 installation and Operation instructions Series A19 Form 997 349 7 Series A19 Temperature Controis Single Pole Single Throw and Single Pole Double Throw Modeis with NEMA 1 Enclosure Application These controls are designed to cover a broad range of general purpose operating temperature control applications in the refrigeration air conditioning and heating field with a minimum number of models Typical applications are frozen food cases display cases beverage coolers milk coolers etc Various control ranges are available Controls are supplied with an adjustable range except models with factory sealed settings and adjustable or nonadjustable differential All Series A19 temperature controls are des
205. ated The drive was commanded to write default values to EEPROM A phase to ground fault has been detected between the drive and motor in this phase Excessive current has been detected between these two output terminals DPI port stopped communicating A SCANport device was connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k baud The communications card has a fault DC bus voltage remained below 85 of nominal for longer than Power Loss Time Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 on page 3 42 Troubleshooting 4 7 Action Remove excessive load or overhauling conditions or increase Overspeed Limit Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time or install dynamic brake option 1 Restore defaults 2 Reload User Set if used 1 Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive 2 Program the drive parameters as needed Checkthe wiring between the drive and motor 2 Check motor for grounded phase 3 Replace drive Check the motor and drive output terminal wiring for a shorted condition 2 Replace drive If adapter was not intentionally disconnected check wiring to the port Replace wiring port expander adapters Main Control Board or complete drive as required 2 Check HIM connection 3 If an adapter was intentionally disconnected and the Logic Mask bit f
206. ated Check the air supply pressure at the inlet to the Control Unit while purging is taking place It must be above the minimum specified Super Mini Purge systems have a built in gauge on the filter for this purpose If the supply pressure is correct and the Purging indicator does not tum Yellow there is too much leakage from the Pressurized Enclosure Find and fix the leaks Purging does not start until the indicator tums Yellow 7 On LC and CFHP Z Purge systems the purge timing function is performed by the user When the Purging indicator turns Yellow the Purge Flow is above the minimum required and the purge time can start The user must ensure that the time delay between the indicator turning Yellow and the application of power to the PE is not less than the minimum time required to purge the PE as shown on the PE or Expo system nameplate Never turn on the power without purging first unless you have proved that the interior of the PE is gas free and checked that the Pressurized indicator is green 8 After the purge time is completed the Purging Valve should be turned The High Purge Flow will cease and the air flow into the enclosure will then be controlled once again by the Leakage Compensation Valve LCV it should now be re adjusted if necessary The RLV should be closed and the enclosure pressure around 50 of the RLV opening pressure If this is not so there are three possible situations a Air contin
207. ation Apparatus for Class Division 1 Groups A B C and D ws iwStalled per document M496CF aYCFbc Mini Y Purge Type CF Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 71S Associated Type Z Pressurization Apparatus for Class Division 2 Groups A B C and D when installed per document M496LC aZLCbc Mini Z Purge Type LC Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 1S aZCFHPbe Mini Z Purge Type CFHP Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 457 Associated Type Z Pressurization Apparatus for Class Division 2 Groups A B C and D when installed per document M496CF aZCFbc Mini Z Purge CF Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 5 Associated Type X Pressurization Apparatus for Class l Division 1 Groups E amp G when installed per document M496DP aXDPbc Mini X Purge DP Control System EP80 2 11 for Option AS Associated Type Y Pressurization Apparatus for Class Il Division 1 Groups E F amp G when installed per document M496DP aYDPbc Mini Y Purge Type DP Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 115 Associated Type Z Pressurization Apparatus for Class II Division 2 Groups F amp G when installed per document M496DP aZDPbc Mini Z Purge Type DP Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 1S wherg a Model size 1 2 3 4 5 or 6 b Enclosure material cs ss bp or nm Option code AA AC AO AS CT DS DT FM IS MO MT NO OA OS PC 55 TW and or
208. ature 1 0 65535 0 33 MTO Norm Mtr Amp 0 1 Amps 0 65535 0 34 DTO Cmd Frequency 1 0 420 0 35 DTO Cmd Cur Lim 0 1 0 0 36 DTO Cmd DC Hold 1 0 32767 0 37 Control Bd Temp 0 1 0 0 60 0 0 0 1 Enter in Testpoint x Sel 2 Use the equation below to calculate total Lifetime MegaWatt Hours Value of Code 9 Value of Code 10 x 01 Value of Code 5 Total Lifetime MegaWatt Hours InstallationAWiring 1 13 Bypass Contactor Precaution result in component damage or reduction in product life The most common causes are e Wiring AC line to drive output or control terminals e Improper bypass or output circuits not approved by Allen Bradley e Output circuits which do not connect directly to the motor ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed bypass system can Contact Allen Bradley for assistance with application or wiring Disconnecting MOVs and Common Mode Capacitors PowerFlex 700 drives contain protective MOVs and common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground To guard against drive damage these devices must be disconnected if the drive is installed on a resistive grounded distribution system or an ungrounded distribution system where the line to ground voltages on any phase could exceed 125 of the nominal line to line voltage To disconnect these devices remove the jumper s listed in Table 1 D Jumpers can be removed by carefully pulling the jumper straight out See Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for PWM
209. baixe para a base com pillow blocks em alinhamento estreito com os orif cios de montagem Utilize um martelo de bronze para assentar completamente os pinos de alinhamento em rolamentos pillow block e base n o aperte as porcas dos pinos de alinhamento Insira os parafusos de montagem com anilhas atrav s dos orif cios Aperte os parafusos de acordo com as Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o Instale e tensione correias motrizes entre o motor e as polias do recipiente de acordo com Tens o da Correia Motriz nesta se o Insira sat lite na metade da embreagem da caixa de engrenagem e deslize a metade da embreagem do motor de volta at engatar com a metage da caixa de engrenagem Defina o espa o livre entre as metades da embreagem em cerca de 0 1875 a 0 250 4 8mm para 6 4mm e aperte os parafusos de montagem na metade da embreagem do motor at 184 libra p s 250Nm Instale e prenda prote o de correias sobre o motor e as polias do conjunto do recipiente Engraxe os rolamentos principais de acordo com a tabela de lubrifica o em Manuten o Preventiva e os seguintes passos a Aplique energia el trica inicie a centr fuga e ajuste a velocidade do recipiente para 500RPM b Enquanto observa a temperatura dos rolamentos injete graxa nova no pillow block at que os a graxa flua da porta de sa da na metade inferior do pillow block ao lado da correia Feche a tampa da correia e prenda com parafusos apertan
210. ble This pressure may be around 2 wc 5mb and will be the normal working pressure c If at the end of purging the PE pressure falls below the Minimum Pressure Sensor setting the LCV is not open far enough The LCV should be opened until the PE pressure is around the normal working pressure 9 CFHP systems are intended to have a Continuous Flow through the enclosure The Continuous Flow may emerge through the RLV in which case the RLV will have a CF in its model number Other CFHP systems will have a separate Outlet Orifice Spark Arrestor and air can be felt emerging through this aperture whenever the enclosure is pressurized 10 Y and Z purge systems do not control the enclosure power and it is the responsibility of the user to switch off the power whenever the enclosure pressure falls below the minimum permitted ie when the Pressurized indicator turns Red 2 4 Normal operation 4 X Purge systems Tum the air supply valve On or Off to start or stop the system After this the Pressurizing and Purging sequence is entirely automatic 2 Y and Z Purge systems are started and stopped in the same way as purge system but the user must close the Power Switch only after the enclosure has been pressurized and purged sufficiently to ensure that the interior of the enclosure is gas free The power should be shut off as soon as possible after pressure failure This is also the user s responsibility
211. ble from the elements rodents etc as otherwise required by applicable electrical codes If conduit is not attached directly to the VS2 and VS94 Series switch use a strain relief bushing and a weatherproof cap on the exposed end of the conduit A drip loop should be provided in the cable to prevent moisture from draining down the cable into the conduit should the weathercap fail WARNING REMOVE ALL POWER BEFORE OPENING Sensitivity Adjustment THE ENCLOSURE IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO HAVE A QUALIFIED PERSON PERFORM ADJUSTMENTS AND MAKE SURE IT CONFORMS WITH NEC AND LOCAL CODES DO NOT ADJUST SENSITIVITY WHILE THE MACHINE IS RUNNING STAND CLEAR OF THE MACHINE AT ALL TIMES WHEN IT IS OPERATING All models of the VS2 and VS94 Series cover a wide range of sensitivity Each model is adjusted to the specific piece of machinery on which it is installed After the switch has been installed in a satisfactory location see page 5 the sensitivity adjustment will be increased or decreased so that the switch does not trip during start up or under normal operating conditions This is typically done as follows 1 REPLACE ALL COVERS LIDS AND ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES 2 Press the reset push button to engage the magnetic latch To be sure the magnetic latch has engaged observe latch through the window on the VS2 and VS2C see DETAIL A On the VS2EX VS94 series the reset button will remain depressed meaning the magnetic
212. bro de 2009 5 47 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O INDICADORES DE CONTROLE DE COMPONENTE CONT VERDE CONSTATE PLC SE COMUNICANDO COM TODOS OS DISPOSITIVOS VERDE PISCANDO UM OU MAIS DISPOSITIVOS N O RESPONDEM VERMELHO PISCANDO PLC N O EST SE COMUNICANDO COM NENHUM DISPOSITIVO OU EST DEFEITUOSO DESLIGAR MEM RIA DO CONTROLADOR VAZIA VERDE CONSTANTE PLC VERDE PISCANDO PLC ARMAZENANDO OU CARREGANDO PROGRAMA OBSERVA O 1 VERMELHO PISCANDO FALHA RECUPER AVEL GRAVE OBSERVA O 2 VERMELHO CONSTANTE FALHA N O RECUPERAVEL OBSERVA O 3 DESLIGAR SEM ENERGIA APLICADA VERDE CONSTANTE MODO FUNCIONANDO DESLIGAR MODO DE PROGRAMA O DESLIGAR FUNCIONAMENTO NORMAL e DESLIGAR BATERIA BOA VERMELHO 95 DA BATERIA DESCARREGADA OU N O INSTALADA j DESLIGAR SEM ENERGIA PARA O PLC OBSERVA O y VERDE CONSTANTE FUNCIONAMENTO NORMAL VERMELHO CONSTANTE EXECUTANDO AUTO TESTE OU FALHA INRECUPERAVEL OBSERVA O 5 VERDE CONSTANTE FUNCIONAMENTO NORMAL VERDE PISCANDO PLC LENDO GRAVANDO NO CART O VERMELHO PISCANDO SISTEMA DE ARQUIVO INVALIDO NO CART O VERDE CONSTANTE OU ISCANDO FUNCIONAMENTO DESLIGAR FUNCIONAMENTO NORMAL NORMAL DESLIGAR FUNCIONAMENTO NORMAL VERDE CONSTANTE FUNCIONAMENTO NORMAL VERDE PISCANDO SEM CONEX ES OBSERVA O 6 VERMELHO CONSTANTE PORTA J EM USO OBSERVA O 7 VERMELHO VERDE PISCANDO EXECUTAND
213. bula o de alimenta o ao flange do componente de alimenta o 30 Aplique energia el trica inicialize a centrifuga consulte a Se o 4 Acompanhe atentamente o desempenho e verifique se h algum ru do incomum ESPECIFICA ES DE TORQUE DAS FERRAGENS Use apenas o hardware que aprovado pela Derrick Corporation O uso de hardware n o aprovado pela Derrick e possivelmente inferior pode resultar em les es graves aos funcion rios e ou danos ao equipamento Al m disso qualquer garantia em vigor seja escrita ou impl cita pode ser anulada por uso de hardware n o aprovado Entre em contato com a Derrick Corporation com perguntas relativas ao tipo de equipamento e o uso associado a centr fugas Derrick APROVADO PELA DERRICK E POSSIVELMENTE PODE RESULTAR EM LESOES GRAVES AOS FUNCIONARIOS E OU DANOS AO EQUIPAMENTO N ATEN O O USO DE FERRAGENS DE QUALIDADE INFERIOR N O Especifica es recomendadas de torque de assentamento para os v rios tipos e tamanhos de equipamentos usados na centr fuga s o mostradas nas pr ximas p ginas Use o procedimento a seguir quando apertar equipamentos 1 Use apenas um torqu metro calibrado 2 Ao apertar mais de um parafuso alterne entre os parafusos 3 Sempre aborde o torque final em v rias fases TORQUE DAS FERRAGENS M16 Metades superior e inferior do pillow block do 144 1726 195 rolamento principal M16 Luva do eixo da caixa de engrenagem de 136 1628 1
214. carga por diminui o o recipiente da velocidade diferencial do transportador e ou da taxa de alimenta o da bomba Verifique as temperaturas do VFD consulte a Se o 4 substitua o VFD caso esteja com defeito Falha e Desligamento por Alta temperatura no Gabinete El trico PLC desligou a centr fuga devido a alta temperatura dentro do gabinete de controle Verifique se o ar condicionado estiver em funcionando repare ou substitua o ar condicionador em caso de defeito Reduzir a carga por diminui o o recipiente da velocidade diferencial do transportador e ou da taxa de alimenta o da bomba Verifique as temperaturas do VFD consulte a Se o 4 substitua o VFD caso esteja com defeito A temperatura interior do gabinete de controle est muito elevada causando o desligamento Verifique se o ar condicionado est funcionando repare ou substitua como indicado Inspecione o interior do gabinete e remover a causa da alta temperatura se houver Reinicie a centr fuga ap s a remo o da causa da alta temperatura Interruptor de Parada de Emerg ncia Ativado Desligamento PARAGEM DE EMERG NCIA pressionado Remova o motivo da parada de emerg ncia e depois reinicie a centrifugar Falha de Alta vibra o e Desligamento Restaurar Corrigir o Problema e Pressionar o bot o Vibra o excessiva causou acionamento do interruptor de vibra o resultando na int
215. ces Prior to component reassembly wipe clean all machined surfaces 3 Machined Surface Gap Hazardous Locations Terminal Boxes The gap between mating surfaces with the machined terminal box MUST BE LESS THAN 0 002 inches This gap must be checked with a feeler gage along the entire perimeter If there is visible damage to the mating surfaces or if the gap between these surfaces exceeds 0 002 inches DO NOT complete the installation and contact the motor manufacturer Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 3 4 3 LEAD CONNECTIONS Electrical connections to be made per nameplate connection diagram or separate connection plate In making connections follow the applicable electrical code as well as local codes and practices WARNING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION HAZARD Failure to correctly connect the motor leads and grounding conductor can result in injury or death Motor lead connections can short and cause damage or injury if not well secured and insulated 3 4 3 1 Wire Size Single Phase Requirements The minimum wire size for Single Phase 115 amp 230 Volt Circuits must meet table 3 8 for a given distance between motor and either Fuse or Meter Box Table 3 8 Minimum Wire Gage Size Single Phase 115 amp 230 Volt Circuits Distance Feet Motor to Fuse or Meter Box o 1 2 3 LE 3 4 3 2 Extension Cords Single Pha
216. cliente utilizado para liga es de sensores Uma extremidade do cabo ligada aos terminais na caixa de conex es de sensores como mostrado na Figura 3 10 e o extremo oposto est ligado ao plugue fornecido com a centr fuga Figura 3 11 Conecte os fios 30 de Julho de 2010 3 13 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INSTALA O aos terminais numerados correspondentes de 1 a 16 no plugue Depois de completar as liga es ligue o cabo no recept culo na parte superior esquerda do gabinete de controle CONEX O DE AR COMPRIMIDO DO SISTEMA DE DRENAGEM Para Gabinetes de Controle prova de explos es forne a ar comprimido press o e vaz o necess ria para a unidade de controle de limpeza Ligue o suprimento de ar comprimido de acordo com a documenta o do MiniDreno da Expo Technologies Se o 10 INICIALIZA O DE M QUINA Consulte a Se o 4 para a primeira inicializa o e procedimentos de opera o para a centr fuga TRANSPORTE INSTALADOS N ATEN O N O TENTE OPERAR A M QUINA COM COMPONENTES DE SENSOR DE LOCIDADE SENSOR DE TEMP DA EXTEMIDADE DE 110 6 5 P6 O O SET 5 7815 CSS AA OT SE SF bom B TB13 feat SI o SEZ oL Mera ES op INTERRUP TORDE VIBRA O SENSOR DE TEMP DA BRANCO EXTREMIDADE DE SOLIDOS SENSOR DE ABRO o ao DEA PARA O PLUG DO SISTEMA DE SENSOR Fi
217. d indicator should be green and the purging indicator should be yellow If the yellow indicator remains black the flow through the relief valve is below the minimum for which the flow sensor has been calibrated Check the air supply pressure at the inlet to the control unit while purging is taking place It must be above the minimum specified The purge timer will start as soon as the purging indicator turns yellow Check that the time delay between the purging indicator turning yellow and the application of power to the pressurized enclosure is not less than the minimum time required purging the pressurized enclosure Times in excess of the minimum are permitted and a tolerance of 20 is normally acceptable If the time is too short it must be increased accordingly After the power has been applied via the control unit the purging valve will close and the air flow into the enclosure will be controlled by the leakage compensation valve LCV The initial setting of fully open will normally be too high It should now be adjusted to set the pressurized enclosure pressure and leakage There are three possible situations Air continues to come out through the RLV Spark Arrestor after power has been applied in considerable quantity The LCV is much too far open and the air flow is holding the RLV open continuously Close the LCV slowly The pressurized enclosure pressure will start to fall as the flow decreases but eventually the RLV will
218. d noise Replace I O board or Main Control Board Replace Main Control Board Check incoming power for a missing phase blown fuse Re enter motor nameplate data Check for proper motor sizing Check for correct programming of Motor NP Volts parameter 41 3 Additional output impedance may be required 1 Verify connections between motor and load 2 Verify level and time requirements An excessive motor load exists Reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current set by Motor NP FLA Verify that thermistor is connected 2 Motor is overheated Reduce load 1 Cycle power and repeat function 2 Replace Main Control Board 1 Cycle power and repeat function 2 Replace Main Control Board Check the drive and motor wiring Check for phase to phase continuity at the motor terminals Check for disconnected motor leads m Fault OverSpeed Limit OverVoltage Parameter Chksum Params Defaulted Phase U to Grnd Phase V to Grnd Phase W to Grnd Phase UV Short Phase VW Short Phase UW Short Port 1 5 DPI Loss Port 1 5 Adapter Power Loss No q 100 71 75 eo Description Functions such as Slip Compensation or Bus Regulation have attempted to add an output frequency adjustment greater than that programmed in Overspeed Limit DC bus voltage exceeded maximum value The checksum read from the board does not match the checksum calcul
219. d only when ordered CD Ignition d To good 2 engine ground O Resistor 100 3 Watt CD Ignition 1 O VS2 VS2C VS2EX VS2EXR VS2EXRB and VS94 Typical Wiring Diagram for Electric Motors Contacts shown NOTE Terminal N O is Switch Terminals in the RESET position terminal NO1 on models te N C VS2 and VS2C ER 11 12 13 Push button Station _ _ 1 I Prien I 3 Qu T sO gt wm EJ gt 1 1 1 1 Hand Off l Tr d Selector VS2EX Typical Wiring Diagram for Single or Dual CD Ignitions SPDT Switch Optional 2 SPDT DPDTI Contacts shown in the RESET position To good Es engine ground Resistor 100 2 3 Watt Y To good engine ground VS94 Typical Wiring Diagram for Single or Dual CD Ignitions Time Delay or i hos DPDT Remote Reset witches an Optional Contacts shown in the Remote 115 or 24 VDC RESET position Reset only r To good engine Maintained un Contact for Time Delay 115 VAC or 24 VDC Heater Board i Voltage is specified Optional when ordered CD Ignition im 1 Resistor 100 3 Watt VS2 VS2C VS2EX VS2EXR VS2EXRB and VS94 Typical Wiring Diagram for Distributor Ignition or Diesel Contacts shown NOTE Terminal NO is Switch Terminals a inthe RESET position terminal NO1 on models NOS NCS Sco VS2 and VS2C
220. d when safe to do so Installation The MiniPurge Interface Unit shall be installed in accordance with relevant standards such as EN 60 079 14 and any local codes of practice that are in force Cable glands or other cable entry devices shall be appropriately certified and suitable for the cable and the conditions of use and be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions EN 60 079 14 contains guidance on the selection of appropriate cable glands The MiniPurge Interface Unit shall be connected to the MiniPurge Purge and Pressurization system in accordance with the instructions given in the handbook supplied with the pressurization system The external earth connection of the MiniPurge Interface unit shall be connected to earth using a minimum 4mm conductor Contact Terminals For 1827 maximum x20 WDU2 5 or WPE2 5 earth terminals certified to KEMA98ATEX1683 For Type 1813 maximum x10 WDU2 5 or WPE2 5 earth terminals certified to KEMA98ATEX1683 Commissioning Putting into use The installation of the cable glands electrical and earth connections shall be inspected for correct installation before the unit is put into service The lid shall be correctly fitted Maintenance The condition of enclosure and associated cable glands shall be inspected for damage periodically The terminals inspected for tightness and gaskets inspected for damage Fault Finding If a wiring or signal fault occurs check each terminated wire
221. da bomba de alimenta o Se o controle autom tico for desejado pelo PLC selecione Torque O GPM da bomba ser automaticamente alternado se baseado no percentual de torque do recipiente e do transportador Selecione Fluxo para o operador determinar o GPM da bomba Note que mesmo com o fluxo selecionado o PLC vai variar o GPM da bomba ou at mesmo desligar a bomba se torque excessivo for detectado 9 Selecione INICIAR para ativar a centr fuga Note que a velocidade do recipiente e do transportador vai aumentar gradualmente at atingir suas configura es e a de Torque para o recipiente e o transportador aumentar 10 Quando a velocidade do recipiente atingir a velocidade determinada selecione INICIAR Bomba para inicializar a bomba de alimenta o e lentamente introduzir alimenta o centrifugar Note A bomba n o inicializar at que a velocidade real do recipiente seja determinada em aproximadamente 120 RPM 4 4 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS 11 Ajuste a taxa de alimenta o a velocidade do recipiente e ou a velocidade do transportador como necess rio para melhorar a opera o da centr fuga Selecione a tela de Dados em qualquer momento para revisar e monitorar as caracter sticas operacionais da centr fuga incluindo o status do ar condicionado tempo de funcionamento decorrido e os dados do VFD Note Dependendo da configura o de velocidade diferencial do transportador em uma vel
222. de 23 Gire a embreagem do eixo do motor at o parafuso de ajuste est alinhado com a chave do eixo e aperte o parafuso de ajuste Aperte os parafusos de montagem em ambas as metades de embreagem at 184 libra p 250 Nm 24 Desenrole e reconecte os fios do sensor ao bloco do terminal na caixa de conex es e ent o reinstale a tampa da caixa de conex es 25 Engraxe os rolamentos principais de acordo com a Figura 5 1 e siga os seguintes passos a Aplique energia el trica inicie a centr fuga e ajuste a velocidade do recipiente para 500 rpm 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 29 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O b Enquanto observa a temperatura dos rolamentos injete graxa nova no pillow block at que os a graxa flua da porta de sa da na metade inferior do pillow block ao lado da correia 26 Encha a caixa de engrenagem com leo recomendado consulte a Troca de leo da Caixa de Engrenagem nesta se o Execute o transportador de 10 a 15 minutos para permitir o aquecimento do leo da caixa de engrenagem e depois volte a verificar o n vel de leo Note Para evitar vazamentos substitua a junta de bronze em plugues de enchimento de caixa de embreagem a cada vez que plugues forem removidos 27 Feche a tampa da correia e prenda com parafusos apertando do centro da tampa para fora em ambas as dire es 28 Instale e prenda prote o de correias sobre o motor e as polias do conjunto do recipiente 29 Conecte a tu
223. de que sua opera o possa ser supervisionada pela centr fuga CONEX ES DE FOR A EL TRICA N ATEN O TENS O PERIGOSA PRESENTE SE A FOR A DE ENTRADA FOR DIVIDIDA CERTIFIQUE SE DE QUE A SINCRONIZA O DE FASE VERTICAL ESTA CORRETA ANTES DE APLICAR FOR A CENTRIFUGA Op es de Conex o Conecte a fonte de energia trif sica das instala es ao gabinete de controle de acordo com a vis o adequada na Figura 3 7 As conex es do gabinete de controle de reas n o perigosas s o feitas dentro do gabinete de controle enquanto conex es de reas perigosas s o feitas no painel el trico preso ao lado direito do gabinete Note que a for a pode ser conectada com um cabo nico de bitola pesada ou dividida entre dois cabos menores mais leves Os cabos de bitola menor usado para as conex es de entrada dividida geralmente s o mais f ceis de manusear Os componentes de cabos de entrada necess rios para as duas op es s o os seguintes Op o 1 Um cabo AWG 4 0 por fase e uma Preme graxeta NPT de 3 Op o 2 Dois cabos AWG 2 por fase e duas Preme graxeta NPT de 2 Se a entrada dividida Figura 3 8 tal como descrito na Op o 2 certifique se de agrupar condutores da mesma fase cor Consulte o diagrama esquem tico el trico na Se o 8 para obter ajuda e informa es adicionais sobre as conex es el tricas e taxas 3 10 30 de Julho de 2010 INSTALA O CONEX ES DE ATERRAMENTO CONEXOES DE ENTR
224. de rolamento e em seguida retire o segundo retentor do eixo do alojamento 14 Descarte os rolamentos e retentores do eixo 5 18 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O Limpeza Inspe o e Reparo 1 10 11 Limpe todos os componentes com um limpador adequado desengraxante e seque com ar comprimido filtrado Remova qualquer corros o para facilitar a inspe o Inspecione todas as partes em busca de arranh es amassados rebarbas ou deforma es que possam afetar aptid o para retornar ao servi o Uniformize quaisquer menores defeitos de superf cie Substitua os componentes que est o claramente deformados ou t m falhas graves que impossibilitam reparos Inspecione o transportador em busca de correias distorcidas ou arrancadas rebarbas ou outros danos vis veis Uniformize quaisquer menores defeitos de superf cie Substitua o transportador se estiver claramente deformado ou tiver defeitos graves que estejam al m de consertos PARAFUSO ALOJAMENTO E PARAFUSO DO ROLAMENTO a RETENTOR DO EIXO TAMPA DE RETEN O ROLAMENTO RETENTOR DO EIXO PARAFUSO DEFINIDO lt Figura 5 14 Detalhe do Rolamento do Transportador Inspecione as inser es desgastaveis do transportador em busca de desgaste evidente Substitua as inser es se estiverem muito danificados Para ajudar a preservar o equil brio din mico sempre substitua as inser es em pares que sejam opostos Inspecione as inser es desgast veis e
225. desgaste e substitua pe as desgastadas Verifique o retentor do eixo da bomba e corrija eventuais defeitos Selecione RESTAURAR na tela de Restaura o de Falha para reiniciar a taxa de fluxo Modo de Falha 2 Baixa Qualidade de L quidos Bolo Aceit vel Velocidade do recipiente baixa Aumente a velocidade do recipiente demais Reduza a taxa de alimenta o Excessiva quantidade de Reduza a quantidade de s lidos na alimenta o ou adicionar s lidos na alimenta o fluxo de dilui o se poss vel Mudan a nas caracter sticas Reduza a quantidade de s lidos na alimenta o ou as de alimenta o configura es de m quinas em geral otimizar ou seja ajustar a velocidade da bacia velocidade diferencial e abrindo a ude Aumento da umidade dos Re otimize as configura es da m quina solidos Reduza a taxa de alimenta o Aumente a abertura do vertedouro consulte a Se o 4 Reduza a velocidade diferencial Correias do transportador Retire e desmonte o recipiente e inspecione as correias do excessivamente gasta transportador consulte Substitui o do Rolamento do Inspecione as correias atrav s Transportador para remover o transportador Reparar ou dos orif cios de descarga de substituir o transportador se necess rio s lidos Modo de Falha 3 Vibra o Excessiva O conjunto do recipiente Retire e desmonte o recipiente e inspecione as correias do desequilibrado devido ao transportador c
226. designed and built to control the functions required for purge and pressurization For all systems this includes air filtration pressure and purge flow measurement purge timing and local visual indication of pressurized Alarm and flow sensed It also provides the outputs for power and remote alarm control corresponding to the output type selected Relief Valve RLV The relief valve unit is fitted to the Pressurized Enclosure to provide a means of limiting the maximum pressure experienced by the Pressurized Enclosure during operation The RLV model number has a suffix giving the diameter of the valve aperture in millimetres e g RLV25 25mm bore It also incorporates a Spark Arrestor to prevent sparks being ejected from the Pressurized Enclosure PE into the classified area The Relief Valve design is patented Figure 8 Relief valve Calibrated Outlet Orifice Spark Arrestor SAU To measure the flow through a pressurized enclosure the differential pressure across a restriction or orifice is measured In leakage compensation systems the flow measurement is incorporated in the relief valve The continuous flow systems use the SAU25 which has a range of interchangeable calibrated orifice plates for the purge flow measurement Figure 9 Spark arrestor type SAU25 ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 10 of 28 Expo Installation of the system There are up to three components for the MiniPurge system dependant upon the system type Table
227. do Transportador Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Motor do transportador tem acesso para aterramento Verifique se h aterramento no motor do transportador e conex es para a sa da do acionador e corrija o defeito Alarme por Perda de Fase de entrada no VFD do Transportador Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Aterramento monof sico detectado entre o VFD e o motor Verifique a fia o entre o VFD e o motor corrija o s defeito s Verifique o enrolamento do motor para a fase aterrada remova o aterramento se houver Alarme por Perda de For a do VFD do Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Transportador Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Perda na entrada de energia ou fornecimento de baixa tens o Monitore e corrija o s defeito S na entrada de energia 5 42 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O Mensagens de alarme e de falha Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Alarme de Sub tens o do VFD do Transportador Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Perda na entrada de energia ou fornecimento de baixa tens o Monitore e corrija o s defeito S na entrada de energia Alarme de Temperatura Alta no Gabinete El trico PLC detectou alta temperatura dentro do gabinete de controle Verifique se o ar condicionado estiver em funcionando repare ou substitua o ar condicionador em caso de defeito Reduzir a
228. do do centro da tampa para fora em ambas as dire es Conecte a tubula o de alimenta o ao flange do componente de alimenta o Aplique energia el trica e inicialize a centr fuga consulte a Se o 4 Acompanhe atentamente o desempenho e verifique se h algum ru do incomum 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 9 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O SUBSTITUI O DO ROLAMENTO PRINCIPAL As extremidades do conjunto rotativo s o apoiadas por rolamentos montados dentro dos pillow blocks Os rolamentos principais devem ser substitu dos como um conjunto Consequentemente se um rolamento estiver com defeito troque sempre os dois rolamentos Remo o O conjunto rotativo deve ser removido para permitir a remo o de rolamentos Para remover o conjunto rotativo e os rolamentos principais fa a o seguinte O EQUIPAMENTO EST FECHADO TRANCADO DESENERGISADO E TENHA PARADO DE GIRAR ANTES DE EXECUTAR AJUSTES E OU MANUTEN AO i ATEN O PARA EVITAR S RIAS LES ES FISICAS CERTIFIQUI SE DE QUE Remo o 1 Pare a alimenta o e desligue bloqueie LO e etiquete TO energia el trica para a centr fuga Permita ao conjunto rotativo parar completamente 2 Retire os parafusos que prendem a correia de seguran a base e levante e remova o protetor Remova os parafusos que prendem a tampa do inv lucro ao inv lucro e abra a tampa Usando uma mangueira de gua lave res duos do processo de dentro do inv lucro e
229. dor Se o rolamento da extremidade de l quido apresentar defeito n o se esque a de verificar se h frouxid o no eixo da caixa de engrenagem O rolamento do eixo da caixa de engrenagem tamb m deve ser substitu do se frouxid o do eixo for encontrada Para remover os rolamentos do transportador fa a o seguinte ATEN O PARA EVITAR S RIAS LES ES FISICAS CERTIFIQUI SE DE QUE A O EQUIPAMENTO EST FECHADO TRANCADO DESENERGISADO E TENHA PARADO DE GIRAR ANTES DE EXECUTAR AJUSTES E OU MANUTEN AO 1 Desligue bloqueie LO e etiquete TO energia el trica para a centr fuga Permita ao conjunto rotativo parar completamente Desconecte a tubula o de alimenta o do componente de alimenta o Retire os parafusos que prendem a correia de seguran a base e levante e remova o protetor Remova os parafusos que prendem a tampa do inv lucro ao inv lucro e abra a tampa Remova a caixa de engrenagens do acionador do transportador em conformidade com os procedimentos de remo o da caixa de engrenagem nesta se o 6 Suspenda a extremidade de l quidos do conjunto rotativo at que o conjunto rotativo esteja na posi o vertical Figura 5 13 e em seguida coloque a extremidade s lida sobre uma superf cie est vel e plana Mantenha um apoio adequado do conjunto rotativo na posi o vertical em todo restante do procedimento de remo o do transportador 7 Remova os parafusos que prendem a parte superior do recip
230. dor cont nuo caixa de engrenagens e componentes relacionados O Recipiente consiste em um cilindro de metal resistente com uma parte c nica na extremidade de descarga de s lidos e uma parte superior plana no reservat rio de l quido na extremidade oposta Aberturas s o fornecidas em ambas as extremidades para permitir as descargas de l quidos e de s lidos As extremidades do Recipiente s o apoiadas por rolamentos de esfera tendo graxeiras para facilitar a lubrifica o peri dica Conjunto do Recipiente A parte superior do Recipiente de L quido na extremidade de descarga de l quidos cont m placas de bloqueio m veis que permitem o ajuste manual do n vel de l quido restante no recipiente durante a rota o Placas de apar ncia dentada adjacentes s placas de bloqueio facilitam o ajuste preciso O N vel de liquido ou profundidade do po o juntamente com outros fatores ajuda a determinar o teor de l quidos nos s lidos descarregados O recipiente c nico na extremidade de descarga de s lidos forma uma praia inclinada para cima onde os s lidos s o coletados e continuamente descarregados atrav s de portas de descarga de s lidos Pastilhas substitu veis cobrem as portas de descarga de s lidos para minimizar a taxa de desgaste devido a o abrasiva 1 2 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRODU O Transportador Cont nuo O conjunto do transportador cont nuo uma cavidade cil ndrica oca que recebe os dejetos de entrada em se
231. dware 16 Frame 5 Frames 3 8 4 Installation Operation and Maintenance Instructions for AC Induction Motors 56 6800 Frames NEMA 63 280 Frames O Q C REGAL BELOIT COMPANY MARATHON ELECTRIC Contact Motor Customer Service at Phone 715 675 3311 www marathonelectric com Form 5554E INSTALLER PLEASE LEAVE THIS MANUAL FOR THE OWNER S USE OWNER READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS d This is the safety alert symbol It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death dk WARNING Before installing using or servicing this product carefully read and fully understand the instructions including all warnings cautions amp safety notice statements To reduce risk of personal injury death and or property damage follow all instructions for proper motor installation operation and maintenance These instructions are not intended as a complete listing of all details for installation operation and maintenance If you have any questions concerning any of the procedures STOP and call the appropriate Regal Beloit motor company Table of Contents 1 0 INSTALLER OWNER OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY 1 1 Electrical Safety 1 2 Mechanical Safety 1 3 Environmental Safety 2 0 RECEIVING amp INSPECTION 2 1 Initial Inspection 2 1 1 Packing List amp In
232. dy Indicates when precharge board power supply is operational Alarm Yellow Flashing Number in indicates flashes and associated alarm 1 Low line voltage lt 90 Very low line voltage lt 50 Low phase one phase lt 80 of line voltage Frequency out of range or asymmetry line sync failed Low DC bus voltage triggers ride through operation Input frequency momentarily out of range 40 65 Hz DC bus short circuit detection active gt Fault Red Flashing Number in 4 indicates flashes and associated fault 2 DC bus short Udc lt 2 after 20 ms 4 Line sync failed or low line Uac lt 50 Unom 1 An alarm condition automatically resets when the condition no longer exists 2 A fault indicates a malfunction that must be corrected and can only be reset after cycling power HIM Indication The LCD HIM also provides visual notification of a fault or alarm condition Condition Display Drive is indicating a fault The LCD HIM immediately reports the fault condition F gt Faulted auto by displaying the following e Faulted appears in the status line Fault F e Fault number OverVoltage e Fault name e Time that has passed since fault occurred Time Since Fault 0000 23 52 Press Esc to regain HIM control Drive is indicating an alarm The LCD HIM immediately reports the alarm condition by di
233. e l quidos b Aplique graxa ao rolamento de acordo com a Figura 5 1 e instale o rolamento de assentamento no eixo da parte superior do recipiente de l quidos Figura 5 10 c Instale a arruela de reten o o anel em O o retentor tipo gaxeta e o anel de feltro no eixo da parte superior do recipiente de l quidos d Instale o anel de fixa o parte superior do recipiente de l quidos e prenda com parafusos Aperte os parafusos de ajuste do anel de fixa o com torque especificado em Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o 3 Monte as metades superior e inferior do pillow block em cada rolamento principal e prenda com parafusos apertando progressivamente at atingir o torque especificado em Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o 4 Opere o guincho para suspender o conjunto rotativo da arma o e abaixe para a centr fuga at que os pillow blocks entrem em contato com a base 5 Usando um martelo de bronze assente completamente os pinos de alinhamento nos rolamentos pillow block e na base ent o insira parafusos de montagem e arruelas de travamento atrav s dos orif cios Aperte os parafusos progressivamente at atingir o torque especificado em Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o N o aperte as porcas dos pinos de alinhamento 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 15 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O 6 10 11 12 13 Instale correias motrizes no motor e nas polias do
234. e Borracha N o 4 G0007888 Tubula o de Alimenta o G0008994 Embreagem de Sobrecarga No 1 G0008986 leo de Engrenagem N da Pe a Descric o Validade G0008185 Cartucho de Graxa 20 Tubos G0008169 Anel de Reten o No 2 UD Do No 1 G0007861 Sensor de Velocidade No 1 0007098 eoa mo _ Fuse ssa 3 0007225 0A Me 2 0007202 225A no o Fuse 25a Me 2 Gee Fuse za e 1 00099 Fuel 6A S e 3 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 33 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O 2 Anos Qtd G0008005 Trinco da Porta N o 4 G0008349 Bateria PLC Sim G0007232 Barreira de Seguran a Intr nseca Interruptor de Vibra o G0007233 Barreira de Seguran a Intr nseca Sensor RTD G0007234 Barreira de Seguran a Intr nseca 1 Sensor de Velocidade G0003504 Supressor de Oscila o r No 1 N da Pe a Descri ao Validade G0007231 Comutador Ethernet 6 portas o fs G0008825 Interface do Operador Painel de Controle G0002881 Unidade de Ar Condicionado 12 000 MAA BTU G0003552 Fonte de Alimenta o G0002909 Fus vel de Tempo de Atraso 1 25A No 1 G0004195 Fus vel de Tempo de Atraso 0 5A No 2 G0003789 Barreira de Seguran a Intr nseca No 1 5 34 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O SOLU O DE PROBLEMAS
235. e EE WRITTEN OR VERBAL e TE EHER i 5 90 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 USA CENT BOM MAN pi oem 05 eoor BEBXI UTUQD BO HEA 08 600817 7 EYEBOLT REMOVE CONVEYOR FROM BOWL o 06 00008708 JACK BOLT REMOVE BOWL DRIVE SHEAVE CONV BEARING HUB 1 04 16954 01 CONVEYOR SUPPORT CONVEYOR HORIZONTAL REMOVAL 2 03 600055590 M16 X20 NUT REMOVE CEARBOX JACK BOLT REMOVE LIQUID END BOWL HEAD ASSEMBLY COMPLETE QTY ITEM DESCRIPTION REF 16590 00 YN TOOL KIT REPAR YN DE 7200 CENTRIFUGE LOS a no ta IRA ne CORPORATION BUFFALO NEW YORK U S A AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF DERRICK SHEET SIZE C co o DERRICK CORPORATION THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THIS DRAWING SHALL ONLY BE USED BY CUSTOMERS OR PROSPECTS OR THEIR DRAWING NO AGENCIES IN THE ARRANGEMENT OR INSTALLATION OF DERRICK EQUIPMENT OR BY VENDORS IN QUOTING ON OR IN THE SUPPLY CORPORATION OF PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES TO DERRICK OR BY OTHERS FOR THE SPECIFIC REASON OUTLINED IN THE TRANSMITTAL WHETHER 1 e 7 C O E O WRITTEN OR VERBAL 590 DUKE ROAD BUFFALO NY 14225 U S A CENT TYP 11 4 3 8XSM amp XSA MOUNT WIRE TIE BASE ON SIDE WALL OF ENCLOSURE THREE PLACES 10 32 TYP 3 2 7 32 DRILL THRU 27 11 1 2 CALDA 4 2101590 DRILL THRU 10 32 UNF 2B THD 9 250 DRILL THRU WELD 1
236. e Methods of pressurizing CF Continuous Flow ENCLOSURE PRESSURE PURGE OUTLET TO PRESSURIZED ENCLOSURE ABOVE CIRCUIT SHOWS ALARM amp TRIP A continuous flow of protective gas is passed through the pressurized enclosure Initially this flow is verified and performs the purging phase of the operation When the purging phase is completed i e the purge time has elapsed the same flow of protective gas maintains the pressurization of the enclosure This flow may be required to provide cooling of equipment in the pressurized enclosure or to dilute an internal source of release Figure 2 Continuous flow circuit ref XBR 7TDO 006 ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 6 of 28 Expo LC Leakage compensation Initially a high flow of protective gas is passed through the enclosure This flow is verified and performs the purging phase of the operation When the purging phase is completed i e the purge time has elapsed the flow of protective gas is provided via an adjustable valve so that it just compensates for any leakage from the pressurized enclosure in addition to maintaining its pressurization If leakage is less than 5 l min then the leakage compensation valve will be awkward to set You will find that the Relief Valve spring will cycle open and closed If this happens contact our service department for advice REF DRG MLA ZDSP 000 Figure 3 Leakage compensation circuit ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 Page 7 of 28
237. e do transportador definir a taxa de fluxo da bomba de alimenta o e visualizar as temperaturas dos rolamentos Ajustes na velocidade do transportador e do recipiente podem ser realizados utilizando as setas para cima e para baixo ou digitando os n meros reais sobre o teclado num rico Al m disso op es para parar a centr fuga s o fornecidas exibindo as telas de opera o do VFD e selecionando as telas de Status Limpar Falhas Alarmes e Pagina Inicial 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 5 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS VERDE ACIONAMENTO VERMELHO FALHA DE ACIONAMENTO VERDE ACIONAMENTO FUNCIONANDO AJUSTE DA VELOCIDADE CINZA ACIONAMENTO DESLIGADO DIFERENCIAL DO TRANSPORTADOR AJUSTE DA SA DA DA BOMBA DE ALIMENTA O SAIDA DA BOMBA CLIQUE NO N MERO PARA MOSTRAR A TELA DE FUNCIONAMENTO AUTOMATICO DA BOMBA RPM amp TORQUE PRESENTES DO RECIPIENTE amp TRANSPORTADOR AJUSTE MANUAL DA TAXA DE FLUXO DA BOMBA CONTROLE AUTOMATICO DA TAXA DE FLUXO DA BOMBA FUNCIONAMENTO DA CENTRIFIGA INICIALIZADO 7 BOT ES DE SELE O DE Bow VFD TEMPERATURA DO ROLAMENTO TELA 8 DA EXTREMIDADE DE LlQUIDOS IN CIO DE DESLIGAMENTO CONTROLADO VELOCIDADE DIFERENCIAL MANTIDA AT O TEMPERATURA DO ROLAMENTO RECIPIENTE DIMINUIR PARA A VELOCIDADE DA EXTREMIDADE DE S LIDOS DE DESLIGAMENTO PR DEFINIDA O TRANSPORTADOR ENT O DIMINUI AT Figura 4 1 Tela de Opera o Folha 1 D
238. e o componente de alimenta o e ligue as linhas de alimenta o flex veis para entrada de material de alimenta o e dos flanges de l quido de descarga 9 Selecione e instale a bomba de alimenta o 3 2 30 de Julho de 2010 INSTALA O 10 Conecte a fonte no equipamento e conecte o motor do recipiente o motor do transportador e o motor da bomba de alimenta o aos blocos terminais dentro do gabinete de controle 11 Conecte o cabo do sensor caixa de conex es de sensores e plugue 12 Para gabinetes prova de explos o conecte uma fonte de ar comprimido para limpar a unidade 13 Consulte a Se o 4 para procedimentos de inicializa o e funcionamento REQUISITOS DE PREPARA O DO LOCAL E DE ESPA O LIVRE Espa o suficiente deve ser fornecido ao redor do equipamento para facilitar o acesso para manuten o inspe o e ajustes Opera o t pica e fun es de manuten o incluem as seguintes atividades Acesse e opere o painel de controle de sistema Abrir e fechar a porta do gabinete de controle Figura 3 1 Abrir e fechar a tampa superior Engraxe os rolamentos do conjunto rotativo Verifique e abaste a a caixa de engrenagens Conectar e desconectar as linhas de alimenta o e de descarga de liquido DNB OO c Remova e instale o tubo de alimenta o ver Figura 3 2 Eq MIN 406 4MM 38 MIN 965 2MM Figura 3 1 Afastamentos Necess rios para Abertura da Porta do Gabine
239. e todos os parafusos ao longo dos dois lados da tampa do inv lucro 12 Ajuste a tens o das correias motrizes de acordo com a Manuten o Preventiva na Se o 5 CONEX ES DE ALIMENTA O E DESCARGA Para evitar danos centr fuga e ao sistema de tubula o em caso de desequil brio da centr fuga o isolamento de vibra o necess rio Conseq entemente liga es flex veis devem ser utilizados para todas as conex es de alimenta o e descarga Uma fonte de gua pot vel deve ser ligada ao encaixe de descarga no componente de alimenta o para a limpeza da centr fuga antes do desligamento Uma v lvula de fechamento deve ser instalada na tubula o de descarga O componente de alimenta o Figura 3 6 fornecido com a centr fuga tem conex es f meas para aceitar os encaixes de tubula o de alimenta o e descarga do cliente e uma liga o flex vel integral para o isolamento de vibra o A calha de descarga de l quidos que fornecida pelo cliente tamb m exige um isolador de vibra o Se uma calha de descarga de s lidos utilizada deve ser ligada calha de descarga de s lidos atrav s de uma conex o flex vel Consulte o desenho de organiza o geral na se o 8 para as dimens es de flange de conex o de calhas de descarga de l quidos e s lidos e os padr es de parafuso ARTICULA O FLEX VEL TUBO EMT CONEX O DE ALIMENTA O CONEX O DE DESCARGAR Figura 3 6 Componente de Alimenta
240. ecipiente e ou transportador para remover o material processado acumulado que est impedindo a rota o Com esta tela em exibi o o operador seleciona o RPM desejado para o processo de limpeza do recipiente e transportador Durante a limpeza os percentuais reais de RPMs e torque s o exibidos abaixo dos pontos definidos Provis es s o inclu das para selecionar as op es de limpeza autom tica ou manual Quando o processo de limpeza expirar ou for interrompido pelo operador a tela Opera o ou a tela Falhas podem ser exibidas 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 17 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS AJUSTE DA VELOCIDADE DIFERENCIAL AJUSTE DA VELOCIDADE TRANSPORTADOR DO RECIPIENTE Mode Emm VERDE MODO SELECIONADO MANUAL CINZA MODO N O SELECIONADO 301 9 8 Automatic Torque Torque Clean Out FUNCIONANDO EXECUTANDO COME AR SENDO LIMPO FUNCIONANDO EXECUTANDO LIMPEZA AUTO LIMPEZA 12 9 CONCLUIDO LIMPEZA BEM SUCEDIDA RECIPIENTE amp Faults TRANSPORTADOR VOLTANDO PARA A VELOCIDADE Operation DETERMINADA RUNNING Conveyor Jog Conv yor Motor VELOCIDADE DE MOVIMENTA O DO MOTOR DO TRANSPORTADOR SO PARA LIMPEZA MANUAL NO MODO MANUAL SELECIONE A DIRE O DE MOVIMENTA O DO TRANSPORTADOR TERMINAR LIMPEZA Figura 4 16 Tela de Limpeza Se a redu o autom tica da velocidade da bomba incapaz de limpar s lidos provenientes do transportador o torque vai contin
241. ecipiente e s o transportadas pelo transportador cont nuo para a extremidade estreita do recipiente praia Como os s lidos em toda a viagem praia o filme livre do l quido perdido devido compress o centr fuga e drenagem Quando eles s o descartados em alta velocidade atrav s das portas de descarga de s lidos no recipiente eles cont m apenas a umidade adsorvida 1 6 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRODU O DESCARGA DE L QUIDO DESCARGA DE S LIDO Figura 1 4 Opera o da Centr fuga SISTEMA DE CONTROLE A opera o da centrifuga o supervisionada por um Controlador L gico Program vel PLC que interage com os Controladores de Frequ ncia Vari vel VFDs fornecendo energia para o motor de acionamento do recipiente transportador e bomba de alimenta o Monitoramento e controle da centr fuga podem ser executados localmente ou at a milhares de quil metros de dist ncia O PLC fortemente ambientado tamb m oferece armazenamento de dados de curto prazo e um alto grau de flexibilidade operacional A interface gr fica montada na gabinete de controle facilita a comunica o com os VFDs e oferece acesso em tempo real s caracter sticas do sistema operacional Atrav s do painel de controle o operador pode inicializar a centr fuga entrar e ajustar as velocidades do recipiente e transportador definir taxa de alimenta o e desligar a m quina V rios fatores incluindo temperaturas do rolamento principal velocid
242. eck the RLV and all Spark Arrestors Remove all debris amp corrosion or replace with a spare Check the condition of the air supply filter element Clean or replace it as necessary At least every two years check the following additional items Apparatus is suitable for the Hazardous location There are no unauthorized modifications The air supply must be to the correct quality refer to section Air Quality The interlocks and alarms function correctly Approval labels are legible and undamaged Adequate spares are carried The action on pressure failure is correct Pressure sensor calibration If it is decided that the minimum pressure purge flow sensor needs recalibrating it must be returned to Expo for this service Filter cleaning If the filter element needs cleaning the filter bowl can be unscrewed and removed The filter element also unscrews and can then be cleaned in soapy water Do not use solvents on any part of the filter assembly ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 19 of 28 Expo Fault Finding If the system does not behave in the manner described above there is a fault Some of the more likely faults are dealt with below If a cure cannot be affected by following the procedure shown below please call Expo 24 hour answering or your supplier for further assistance The system has been designed for ease of fault finding and the many of the components fitted are plug in or manifold mounted Check components by substitution only af
243. ect or narcosis difficulty of breathing allergic response fever and chills tremors abnormal blood pressure severe lung irritation or damage liver damage kidney damage pulmonary edema pneumoconiosis loss of consciousness respiratory failure asphyxiation death Possible sensitization to respiratory tract Skin contact Irritation of skin Prolonged or repeated contact can cause dermatitis defatting blistering allergic response severe skin irritation severe skin irritation or burns Possible sensitization to skin Eye contact Irritation of eyes Prolonged or repeated contact can cause conjunctivitis blurred vision tearing of eyes redness of eyes severe eye irritation severe eye irritation or burns corneal injury Ingestion Ingestion may cause lung inflammation and damage due to aspiration of material into lungs mouth and throat irritation drowsiness dizziness and or lightheadedness headache uncoordination nausea vomiting diarrhea gastro intestinal disturbances abdominal pain visual disturbances apathy central nervous system depression anesthetic effect or narcosis burns of the mouth throat stomach liver damage kidney damage pulmonary edema loss of consciousness respiratory failure death Medical conditions aggravated by exposure Eye skin respiratory disorders lung disorders asthma like conditions respiratory disorders FIRST AID MEASURES ANSI Section 4 Inhalation Remove to fresh air Resto
244. ect sunlight corrosives harmful gases or liquids dust metallic particles and vibration A motor with the proper enclosure for the expected operating condition should be selected Provide accessible clearance for cleaning repair service and inspections See section 3 1 3 for construction clearances The location should be considered for possible future motor removal handling The free flow of air around the motor should not be obstructed 3 1 2 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE LIMITS The ambient temperatures of the air inlet to the motor should not exceed 40 C 104 F or be less than 30 C 22 F unless the motor nameplate specifically states an ambient temperature outside of these limits The ambient inside an enclosure built around the motor shall not exceed the nameplate ambient For ambient temperatures outside of these limits consult the motor manufacturer CAUTION INSULATION DEGRADATION WARNING Insulation at high temperatures ages at an accelerated rate Each 10 C increase in temperature reduces the insulation life by one half WARNING HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS AMBIENT LIMIT Division 1 Hazardous Locations motors shall NOT be operated below 25 C 13 F ambient Low temperatures reduce the component mechanical properties 3 1 3 CONSTRUCTION SELECTION per LOCATION 3 1 3 1 DRIPPROOF OPEN MOTORS are intended for use indoors where the atmosphere is relatively clean dry and non corrosive Recommended a minimum clearance of
245. ed in accordance with National Electrical Code NEC articles 500 thru 506 hazardous locations where applicable Additionally Derrick Corporation certifies that the above listed equipment for the referenced order conformed to the requirements of the specified order at the time of its original shipment by Derrick Corporation in that all construction materials and components were new and unused manufactured for this equipment and that the goods were free of any known defects as to their design material and workmanship This certificate is governed by the applicable purchase order terms in effect at the time of Derrick Corporation s original http dme sps qc Certificates Conformance UL European Typc PIz S doc
246. edimento de limpeza para remover o ac mulo de s lidos e reinicie a centrifugar com a taxa de alimenta o reduzida 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 41 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O Mensagens de alarme e de falha do Usu rio Alarme do VFD do Transportador Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Manual Cabo de sinal do sensor de temperatura desconectado Verifique e corrija a conex o consulte a Se o 3e o diagrama esquem tico el ctrico na Se o 8 Temperatura do VFD muito alta Verifique a tela de status do VFD do Transportador para temperatura e alarme desligue bloquei LO e etiquete TO a centr fuga para determinar e corrigir a causa do superaquecimento Carga do VFD muito alta Reduza a taxa de alimenta o da bomba Erro de Comunica o do VFD do Transportador O VFD do transportador n o est se comunicando com o PLC Confirme que o LED verde ao lado do cabo Ethernet est aceso indicando que o hub est funcionando Verifique as conex es entre o VFD e o PLC do transportador e corrija eventuais defeitos Substitua o VFD do transportador se nenhum outro defeito for encontrado Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Desligamento ou Falga do VFD do Transportador Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Detec o de falha do VFD causando desligamento Verifique e substitua o VFD do transportador Alarme de Aviso de Aterramento do VFD
247. ee page Faults and Alarms 41 Drive Status 4 2 Manually Clearing Faults 4 4 Fault Descriptions 4 4 Clearing Alarms 4 9 Alarm Descriptions 410 Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions 4 13 Testpoint Codes and Functions 4 16 Faults and Alarms A fault is a condition that stops the drive There are three fault types Type Fault Description 0 Auto Reset Run When this type of fault occurs and Auto Rstrt Tries see page 3 30 is set to a value greater than 0 a user configurable timer Auto Rstrt Delay see page 3 30 begins When the timer reaches zero the drive attempts to automatically reset the fault If the condition that caused the fault is no longer present the fault will be reset and the drive will be restarted Non Resettable This type of fault normally requires drive or motor repair The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared The fault will be reset on power up after repair 8 User Configurable These faults can be enabled disabled to annunciate or ignore a fault condition An alarm is a condition that if left untreated may stop the drive There are two alarm types Type Alarm Description User Configurable These alarms can be enabled or disabled through Alarm Config 1 on page 3 44 Non Configurable These alarms are always enabled 4 2 Troubleshooting Drive Status The condition or state of your drive is constantly monitored A
248. eituosa Verifique e substitua a barreiras transmissor intr nseco em caso de defeito VFD da Bomba com Defeito Verifique e substitua o VFD em caso de defeito Falha de Comunica o com o Sensor de Temperatura da Extremidade de L quido Conex o incorreta ou solta no sensor de temperatura Se a leitura for constantemente entre os 392 F 200 C verifique e corrija a conex o consulte a Se o 3 e o diagrama esquem tico el ctrico na Se o 8 Conex o incorreta no PLC Verifique se todos os conectores do PLC est o firmemente assentados conforme descrito na Se o 3 Sensor de temperatura com defeito Se a leitura for constantemente entre os 392 F 200 C o sensor est com defeito substitua o sensor 5 40 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O Mensagens de alarme e de falha Transmissor Barreiras intr nseco da extremidade de l quido defeituosa ou m conectada Verifique a conex o e ou substitua o transmissor em caso de defeito VFD do Recipiente com Defeito Verifique e substitua o VFD em caso de defeito Falha de Comunica o com o Sensor de Temperatura da Extremidade de S lido Conector do sensor de temperatura inseguro ou desconectado Se a leitura for constantemente entre os 392 F 200 C verifique e corrija a conex o consulte a Se o 3 e o diagrama esquem tico el ctrico na Se o 8 Conex o incorreta no PLC Verifique se todos
249. eixar as correias em V do acionador principal relaxadas 3 A cada 3 meses gire manualmente o conjunto do recipiente pelo menos 20 vezes enquanto restringe a rota o do motor do transportador ent o re engraxe os rolamentos principais e do transportador 4 Gire manualmente os eixos do motor do recipiente e do transportador de 5 a 10 revolu es a cada 3 meses de armazenamento Se armazenado por mais de um ano re engraxe os rolamentos do motor antes da primeira inicializa o 5 Se os motores forem equipados com aquecedores internos energia deve ser conectada e os aquecedores energizados SEQU NCIA DE INSTALA O A seguir a sequ ncia de passos para a instala o da centr fuga A sequ ncia de apresentadas pode variar dependendo das instala es do utilizador e da experi ncia anterior com esse tipo de equipamento 1 Ler e compreender TODAS as informa es de seguran a na se o 2 antes de instalar e operar este equipamento 2 Ler e compreender os processos de manipula o do equipamento desta se o antes de suspender e posicionar o equipamento 3 Posicione e nivele o equipamento no local da instala o gt Remover os componentes de transporte e baixar e fixar o rolamento pillow block do conjunto rotativo na base Ajustar a correia motriz consulte a Sec o 5 Ligue a linha de descarga de l quido Se o duto de descarga deve ser utilizado conecte o calha de descarga de s lidos o No a Instal
250. el o MSDS de cada produto deve ser obtido no momento da compra Note que os produtos equivalentes para os materiais listados s o aprovados por Derrick para as aplica es correspondentes DESCRI O DO MATERIAL QUANDO UTILIZADO N do MSDS Data Devoe Devthane 359 Top Coat 359 05 06 08 Devoe Epoxy Primer Undercoat 313K 08 02 04 Rolamentos Principais amp do transportador Shell Albida EP2 Caixa de Engrenagem de Acionamento do Transportador Mobil SHC629 Motor de Acionamento do Recipiente amp transportador A Chevron SRI 2 Lubrificantes Antigripante Loctite 243 Fixador 76764 09 27 04 MSDS n o inclu da contate o fabricante para a ltima revis o 30 de Outubro de 2009 2 3 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD 34073 HIGH PERFORMANCE HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION ANSI Section 3 Primary route s of exposure Inhalation skin contact eye contact ingestion Effects of overexposure Inhalation Irritation of respiratory tract Prolonged inhalation may lead to Inhalation of spray mist may cause irritation of respiratory tract Mucous membrane irritation fatigue drowsiness dizziness and or lightheadedness headache uncoordination nausea vomiting abdominal pain chest pain coughing apathy central nervous system depression intoxication anesthetic effect or narcosis difficulty of breathing allergic response tremors severe lung irritation or damage pulmonary edema p
251. emp 78 DE VELOCIDADE EM CONDI ES ATUAIS CLIQUE PARA VISUALIZAR TELA DE TENDENCIA DE TEMPERATURA FIG 4098 14 HORAS TOTAIS DE OPERA O DO ACIONADOR DESACELERANDO CINZ SEM DESACELERA O VERM TOLERANCIA DE Torgue 17 4 SOBRE VELOCIDADE Motor EXCEDIDA TORQUE EXPRESSO COMO UM PERCENTUAL DO TOTAL 4000 MAL FUNCIONAMENTO DO SENSOR DE VISUALIZA O DA TELA CORRESPONDENTE Figura 4 8 Tela do VFD do Recipiente 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 13 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS VERD FUNCIONANDO VER SEM ALARME FALHA VERD MOTOR FUNCIONANDO CINZA N O EST CIN ALARME FALHA CINZA MOTOR NAO ESTA FUNCIONANDO FUNCIONANDO VERD OPERACIONAL CINZ ALARME PRESENTE VERD FUNCIONANDO NA VELOCIDADE DEFINIDA CINZ N O NA VELOCIDADE VERD COMUNICA O DO PLC DEFINIDA VERM SEM COMUNICACAO DO PLC VERD MOTOR ACELERANDO CINZ SEM ACELERACAO VERD MOTOR DESACELENDO CINZ SEM DESACELERACAO VERD VELOCIDADE DIFERENCIAL ALCANCADA VERM VELOCIDADE DIFERENCIAL N O PODE SER ENCONTARDA NA VELOCIDADE ATUAL DO RECIPIENTE TORQUE DO MOTOR DISPONIVEL gt CONDI ES ATUAIS CLIQUE O N MERO PARA VISUALIZAR TELA DE TENDENCIA DE TEMPERATURA FIG 4098 14 HORAS TOTAIS DE OPERA O DO VFD VELOCIDADE ATUAL DE ROTA O DA EMBREAGEM TORQUE DA CAIXA DE ENGRENAGENS DISPONIVEL CALCULADO TORQUE DO MOTOR VISUALIZA O DA TELA ATUALMENTE UTILIZADO CORRESPOND
252. ensor de velocidade Conecte um guindaste capaz de levantar pelo menos 4000 libras 1800 kg ao conjunto rotativo Equil bre adequadamente as correias de eleva o para garantir que o conjunto permane a na horizontal durante o levantamento e lentamente suspenda o conjunto rotativo at deixar a base Abaixe o conjunto rotativo at uma arma o que seja capaz de suportar seu peso Remova os parafusos que prendem as metades superior e inferior do pillow block da extremidade de s lidos Ap ie a metade de baixo enquanto for a abrir as duas metades e separe e retire as metades do pillow block do rolamento principal Marque a localiza o da metade da embreagem no eixo da caixa de engrenagem e folgue os parafusos de montagem que prendem a metade da embreagem ao eixo da caixa de engrenagem e remova a metade da embreagem Remova os parafusos que prendem a polia ao flange de entrada e remova a polia Remova os parafusos que prendem o flange de entrada ao alojamento da caixa de engrenagem Figura 5 18 e levante e remova o flange 5 22 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O SENSOR DE LOCIDADE SENSOR DE TEMP DA EXTEMIDADE DE 110 e ps SE i r o SES SL 51510 pele 49 LE oF SEL Gi IB IB13 Gi BIS O LET do SET 9 5 B IB12 16 t ETSI U S Epi OL BTB7 8184 56 52 E 6 VS T 6 GRD O Y ar Hr D G INTERRUP SENSORDE TEMP DA BRANCO
253. ent manufacturer OYELLOW RED TO YELLOW CLOSES ON INCREASE h RED TO BLUE OPENS ON TEMP INCREASE RED Fig 5 Terminal arrangement of SPDT modeis If high or low cutout stop adjustment is required proceed as follows 1 Set dial to temperature at which stop is desired 2 Remove cover of the control 3 Loosen the cutout stop screw slide the screw to the front of the temperature control against the plastic step behind the dial and tighten the screw See Fig 8 Sometimes an exact stop setting is not possible and stop must be set to the closest step corresponding to dial setting required 4 Replace cover CAUTION Disconnect power supply before wiring connections are made to avoid possible electrical shock or damage to equipment All wiring should conform to the National Electrical Code and local codes Single pole double throw models should be wired as shown in terminal drawing Use copper conductor only See Fig 5 CAUTION Use terminal screws furnished 8 32 x 1 4 binder head Substitution of other screws may cause problems in making proper connections Checkout Procedure Before applying power make sure installation and wiring connections are according to job specifications After the necessary mechanical adjustment and electrical connections have been made an operational checkout is recommended Adjust the control set point to put the system i
254. ente Acionamento da Embreagem do Transportador Um sensor detecta a velocidade de rota o do torque da caixa de engrenagens limitando a meia embreagem no eixo da caixa de engrenagens O sensor fornece uma entrada ao PLC que continuamente exibe a velocidade real da embreagem na tela de Status e do VFD do transportador Se o diferencial de velocidade entre o motor de acionamento do transportador e o lan amento da embreagem chegar a 50 RPM o sensor de velocidade da embreagem fornece uma entrada para o PLC resultando em uma mensagem de alarme do acionamento da embreagem exibida no painel de controle Uma mensagem de falha exibida e a centr fuga desligada imediatamente Para reiniciar a centr fuga permita que o recipiente pare completamente e corrija qualquer defeito s conforme descrito na Se o 5 Depois de corrigir o s defeito s reiniciar a m quina usando o procedimento normal de inicializa o acima e verificar a velocidade da embreagem novamente como mostrado na tela do VFD do transportador DESLIGAMENTO DE EMERG NCIA Para parar a centr fuga em caso de emerg ncia pressione a tecla PARADA DE EMERG NCIA no gabinete de controle ou na centr fuga selecione PARAR na tela Opera o ou desconecte a energia el trica para o aparelho Pressionar PARADA DE EMERG NCIA imediatamente remove a energia do recipiente transportador motores e bombas permitindo ao recipiente parar Isso pode levar mais de 15 minutos dependendo ve
255. entos ou banho de leo quente aque a a pista interna do rolamento principal at cerca de 230 F 110 C Usando luvas protetoras deslize a pista at o mancal b Aplique graxa ao rolamento de acordo com a Figura 5 1 e instale o rolamento na pista interna Figura 5 10 c Oriente o anel espa ador com um passo maior em dire o ao rolamento Figura 5 12 e instale o anel espa ador e ajustador de graxa no eixo da caixa de engrenagem d Deslize a carca a e o came do sensor de velocidade no eixo da caixa de engrenagem Defina o came do sensor de velocidade como 1 1 4 da extremidade da carca a como mostrado e aperte os parafusos de ajuste para prender a came e Instale o anel em O no flange de entrada Figura 5 10 e posicione o flange de entrada sobre o alojamento da caixa de engrenagem Intale e aperte os parafusos de acordo com as Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o para prender o flange f Deslize a polia no eixo e contra o flange de entrada Fixe a polia ao flange de entrada com parafusos apertados com o torque especificado em Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o g Deslize a metade fixa da metade da embreagem no eixo da caixa de engrenagem mas deixe os parafusos de montagem soltos 2 Instale o rolamento principal da extremidade de l quidos e reinstale o conjunto rotativo da seguinte forma a Instale o anel em O Figura 5 11 e defletor no mancal da parte superior do recipiente d
256. entrifugar parada transportador Primeira troca de leo ap s 500 horas Troque o Caixa de leo com a centr fuga engrenagem de parada verifique o n vel acionamento do 5 qts 4 91 2500 Hrs Mobil SHC629 quando quente veja transportador cont nuo Verificando o N vel de leo da Caixa de Engrenagens nesta se o 30 de Outubro de 2009 Desligue bloqueie e etiquete LOTO a centr fuga Figura 5 1 Pontos de Lubrifica o do Rolamento VERIFICA O DO N VEL DE LEO DA CAIXA DE ENGRENAGEM Verifique o n vel do leo a cada 500 horas de funcionamento com a caixa de engrenagem quente Para verificar o n vel fa a o seguinte 5 3 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O Remova os parafusos que prendem a tampa superior e abra a tampa Gire a caixa de engrenagens at o entalhe do alojamento est no ponto morto superior Figura 5 2 Remova o dispositivo de recarga e verificar que o n vel do leo est na abertura Se o n vel estiver baixo reabaste a com o leo recomendado Reinstale o dispositivo de recarga e aperte bem Feche e proteja a tampa superior MARCA O ANGULO X PORTAS DE E PREENCHIMENTO E M VENTILA O 2X180 DE LEO FECHADAS COM PLUGS Figura 5 2 verifica o do n vel de leo da caixa de engrenagem TROCA DE LEO DE CAIXA DE ENGRENAGEM Troque o leo da caixa de engrenagem nos intervalos listados na Figura 5 1 Para trocar o leo
257. epair leak Replace motor Capacitor or entire Assembly Clean or replace Filter Clean Device Lower setting until unit starts Replace Thermostat or Relay Replaced Compressor Contact Pfannenberg Inc Replace Evaporator Fan Motor or Assembly Clean Device Condensate draining continuously Condensate fails to drain off Excessive vibration Compressor Inoperative Refrigerant or Oil leaks 10 99 085 408 022 Enclosure not properly sealed Excessive opening of Enclosure Thermostat improperly set Malfunction on condensate overflow Defective Fan Compressor Loose Low line Voltage Loss of Compressor Oil Loss of Refrigerant Failed Compressor Capacitor Thermal Overload Power interruptions Crack or pin hole in tubing or brazed joints Check and seal all openings Eliminate the frequency of door opening Setting on 35 C 95 F Clean overflow and or check that hose is connected without kinks Replace Fan Tighten Mounting Bolts Check Nameplate Voltage Replace Compressor Locate and repair leak Replace Capacitor Contact Pfannenberg Inc Allow Compressor time to reset Replace tubing or rebraze joint 11 Technical Data Series DTS 12000 Cooling data Rated capacity at ambient 35 C 95 F internal 35 C 95 F Adjustable safty thermostat setting 1 TAS 29 5 C 85 F factory set Permissible min max ambient air temperature 8 C 46 F to 52 C
258. erem muito danificadas usando o kit G0009149 Para ajudar a preservar o equil brio din mico inser es s o sempre substitu das em pares que sejam opostos 5 8 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 MANUTEN O Inspecione a manga do acionador e o anel em V na extremidade da caixa de engrenagem do transportador em busca de ranhuras distor o ou sinais evidentes de desgaste Substitua pe a s se necess rio Inspecione as inser es desgast veis e as placas de bloqueio da descarga de s lidos na parede da parte superior do conjunto do recipiente em busca de rachaduras fraturas ou outros danos e substitua se claramente danificados usando o Kit G0009149 Inspecione o interior e o exterior do recipiente em busca de ranhuras arranh es ou outros danos que possam afetar o desempenho Uniformize os defeitos menores substitua o recipiente se o dano n o puder ser reparado Verifique nos rolamentos principais e nos rolamentos do transportador se h soltura ru do ou atrito Substitua todos os rolamentos defeituosos de acordo com os procedimentos de substitui o nesta se o Inspecione os pillow blocks em busca de corros o distor o amassados rachaduras rebarbas fraturas ou outros defeitos Conserte qualquer defeito menor ou substitua se graves defeitos ou rachaduras forem encontradas Instala o 1 Usando um guincho apropriado capaz de levantar um m nimo de 3500 libras 1600 kg suspenda o conjunto rotativo da arma o e a
259. errick Centrifuge Operation Bowl 99 Conveyor 00 Pump 00 DEFINI O DA TAXA A ros REM Alal Input REM Mara GPM ce zu TELA DE VISUALIZA O DE DDL Basia DOM n mos Actual REM Acus RP Acus FUNCIONAMENTO AUTOMATI 2200 40 0 DA BOMBA EC _ Toque _ 17 3 18 2 A CENTR FUGA ESTA FUNCIONANDO Diner DE FLUXO DA BOMBA GPM Saus Clean Bova VFD ConvAFO TAXA DE FLUXO DA BOMBA GPM BASEADA NA PERCENTAGEM DE TORQUE DO TRANSPORTADOR Alarms Fauts Pump Home Figura 4 1 Tela de Opera o Folha 2 Os seguintes par metros afetam a opera o da centr fuga e Taxa de alimenta o e Profundidade do po o e Velocidade do reservat rio e Velocidade do transportador cont nuo 4 6 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS O ajuste de um par metro pode produzir a clareza do efluente l quido ou a aridez dos s lidos desejada Ou o desempenho desejado pode ser atingido com novo ajuste E importante compreender a interdepend ncia dos par metros operacionais Mudar uma caracter stica resulta em outros efeitos que podem exigir ajustes adicionais Exceto pela profundidade do po o estes par metros podem ser ajustados quando a centr fuga est operando O operador poder ent o visualizar os resultados de uma mudan a antes de fazer ajustes adicionais Os par grafos seguintes descrevem o efeito da mudan a de cada par
260. errup o da alimenta o e desligamento de centr fuga Conjunto rotativo sobrecarregado ou obstru do produzindo uma condi o de desequil brio Remova o motivo da vibra o em excesso e reinicie a centrifugar 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 43 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O Mensagens de alarme e de falha Alarme de Alta Temperatura do Rolamento Principal da Extremidade de L quido Conector do sensor de temperatura inseguro ou desconectado Se a leitura for constantemente entre os 392 F 200 C verifique e corrija a conex o consulte a Sec o 3 e o diagrama esquem tico el ctrico na Se o 8 Lubrifica o do rolamento insuficiente Lubrificar os rolamentos consulte a Manutenc o Preventiva nesta sec o Graxa em excesso Remova a graxeira e direcione o jato de ar comprimido filtrado para remover a graxa Graxa incorreta Lubrificar com graxa recomendada consulte a Manuten o Preventiva nesta se o Rolamento com defeito Substitua ambos os rolamentos defeituosos consulte Substitui o de Rolamentos Principais nesta se o L quido Falha e Desligamento por Alta Temperatura do Rolamento Principal da Extremidade de Lubrifica o do rolamento insuficiente Lubrificar os rolamentos consulte a Manuten o Preventiva nesta se o Graxa em excesso Remova a graxeira e direcione o jato de ar comprimido filtrado para remover a graxa
261. ethyl xylene 1330 20 7 1 5 oxirane 2 2 1 methylethylidene bis 4 1 phenyleneoxymethylene bis diglycidyl ether of bisphenol a 1675 54 3 1 5 phenol 4 4 1 methylethylidene bis polymer with 2 2 1 methylethylidene bis 4 1 phenyleneoxymethylene bis oxirane epoxy resin 25036 25 3 1 5 fatty acids c18 unsatd dimers reaction products with polyethylenepolyamines polyamide resin 68410 23 1 40 50 1 butanol n butanol 71 36 83 10 20 zinc zinc 7440 66 6 70 80 sulfuric acid barium salt barium sulfate 7727 43 7 1 5 amine adduct amine adduct Sup Conf 10 20 Chemical Hazard Data ANSI Sections 2 8 11 and 15 ACGIH TLV OSHA PEL S R s2 s3 CC Common Name CAS No 8 Hour TWA STEL 5 8 Hour TWA STEL 5 Std HIMIN lI O ethylbenzene 100 41 4 100 ppm 125 ppm not est not est 100 ppm not est not est not est not est n lylylyilni n y n methyl amyl ketone 110 43 0 50 ppm not est not est not est 100 ppm not est not est not est not est triethylenetetramine 112 24 3 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est zinc oxide 1314 13 2 2 mg m3 10 mg m3 not est 5 mg m3 not est not est not est not est xylene 1330 20 7 100 ppm 150 ppm not est not est 100 ppm not est not est not est not est diglycidyl ether of bisphenol 1675 54 83 not est not est not est not
262. eur Sicherung fuse fusible TIGA F8 Thermoschutz Verdichter thermal motor protection compressor thermique protection du compresseur K10 Relais St rmeldung Relay fault signal Relais signalement d un incident Drehfeld rechts K15 Relais Thermoschutz Ver dichter Relay thermal motor protection compressor Fofary field right Relais thermique protection du compresseur rotation droite K20 Sch tz Verdichter contactor compressor contacteur du compresseur K30 Netzsch tz power contactor secteur contacteur Verdichter compressor compresseur M2 Ver fl ssiger Ventilator condenser fan ventilateur du condenseur M3 Verdampfer Ventilator evaporator fan ventilateur de l vaporateur n Steuer transformator control transformer transformateur de contr le X1 X3 Klemmleiste terminal board bornier de raccordement Schaltschr ank Kuhlgerat cooling unit climatiseur Expo Technologies Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual for Expo Technologies Leakage Compensation LC and Continuous Flow with High Purge Model CFHP Manifolded logic Pressurizing Systems for Class conforming to NFPA 496 2003 edition MiniPurge is a registered Trade Mark This document is protected by Copyright IMPORTANT NOTE It is essential to ensure conformity with the standard that the user of the Expo Technologies observe the following instructions Please refer to the standard for detailed requirements and defin
263. f the protector is automatic it will reset itself If the protector is manual disconnect motor from power supply After protector cools five minutes or more press the reset button and reapply power to the motor In some cases a motor is marked Auto and the connection diagram on the motor will identify T Stat leads see 2 below See warnings on Manual and Automatic reset protectors section 1 1 2 WITH OVERHEAT PROTECTIVE DEVICE This motor is provided with an overheat protective device that does not directly open the motor circuit Motors nameplated with this phrase have either thermostats thermisters or RTD s The leads to these devices are routed into the motor conduit box or into an auxiliary box The lead markings are defined on the nameplate normally P1 P2 The circuit controlled by the overheat protection device must be limited to a maximum of 600 volts and 360 volt amps See connection decal provided inside the terminal box cover Failure to connect these over temperature devices when provided will void the warranty WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD For Hazardous Locations motors provided with thermostats UL and the NEC require connection of thermostat leads into the control portion of a manual reset start circuit Failure to follow this instruction could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage Resistance Temperature Detectors RTD When winding and or bearing RTDs are provided the R
264. fuga protegem funcion rios e equipamento atrav s do desligamento do 30 de Outubro de 2009 1 5 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRODU O motor de acionamento em caso de press o excessiva do transportador alta temperatura do motor vibra o ou outro mau funcionamento For as G produzidas pela rota o de alta velocidade de um recipiente cil ndrico separam s lidos da lama pasta inicial O desempenho da centr fuga baseado em tr s fatores vari veis e For a G exercida sobre o fluido For a Gravitacional puxando l quido contra a parede externa da centr fuga e Tempo de reten o na centr fuga Quanto mais tempo a lama permanece na centr fuga menor a part cula que possam ser separada e Velocidade diferencial do transportador Quanto mais r pido o transportador girar mais midos os s lidos ficaram e os mais s lidos ser o descartados Todos os tr s fatores podem ser manipulados para alterar a descarga de l quidos e s lidos Ao alterar o di metro da polia do motor o RPM do recipiente alterado O Tempo de reten o controlado pelo ajuste das portas de descarga de l quidos na parte superior do recipiente de l quidos para mudar a profundidade do po o n vel de l quido e a velocidade diferencial do transportador pode ser alterada mudando a propor o da caixa de engrenagem O transportador opera a uma velocidade inferior do recipiente sua velocidade derivada da propor o de caixa de engrenagem A vel
265. ge Interface Units MIU Figure 6 Intrinsically safe option Drg ref XBR 7TDO 006 INTRINSICALLY SAFE OUTPUT INTRINSICALLY SAFE POWER SWITCH RELA INTRINSICALLY SAFE OUTPUT INTRINSICALLY SAFE PRESSURE ALARM RELAY OPTION 15 PA Power and Alarm By integral EEx d flameproof switches terminated in EEx e junction box in accordance with European standards POWER LIVE 1 SUPPLY NEUTRAL 2 250Vac 4 Amp AC14 uve 3 POWER TO PRESSURIZED ENCLOSURE NEUTRAL 4 EARTH e e e e I Figure 7 EEx de power and alarm option ref XBR 7TDO 006 POWER ACTUATOR AND SWITCH ALARM PRESSURIZED ACTUATOR AND SWITCH PRESSURE ALARM CONTACTS 250Vac 4 Amp 14 EEx e ll 76 JUNCTION BOX OPTION PA ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 Page 9 of 28 Expo Certification Expo MiniPurge systems are certified to ATEX European standards FM and cULus approved to ANSI NFPA 496 North American standard and also to SA Australian standards Details of the applicable certification are included in the certification section of this manual Equipment components The Expo MiniPurge system comprises of a number of component units The units required depend on the type of system selected These are summarised in Table 1 The general description and function of each is as follows Control Unit CU The control unit is at the heart of the system It contains a pneumatic logic circuit specially
266. girem antes do recipiente parar completamente reinicie a centr fuga Abra a tampa superior e insira a mangueira dentro da abertura de descarga de l quidos e s lidos e lave com descarga de gua o interior do recipiente de prefer ncia gua quente Se a lavagem for malsucedida em limpar o bloqueio remova o conjunto rotativo e remova o transportador para facilitar uma limpeza meticulosa consulte Substitui o do Rolamento do Transportador Modo de Falha 5 Alto consumo de energia M quina obstru da S lidos acumulados dentro do inv lucro Abra a tampa superior e atrav s dela limpe o interior do inv lucro exterior do recipiente e a calha de descarga de s lidos Modo de Falha 6 M quina Entupida ao Iniciar Ap s um Desligamento Breve Execute o procedimento de limpeza consulte Manuten o Preventiva Excessivo volume de s lidos na alimenta o devido sedimenta o na linha de fornaeimento Evitar futuras repetic es limpando a linha de alimentac o logo ap s o desligamento da m quina Modo de Falha 7 Desligamento da M quina Devido ao Consumo Excessivo de Energia Durante a Inicializac o Calha de descarga entupida Limpar a calha de descarga de todos os s lidos acumulados 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 37 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O RESOLU O DE PROBLEMAS DA CENTR FUGA DE 7200 Modo de Falha 8 Temperatura do Rolamento Principal Excessivamente Alta Lubrifica
267. gura 3 10 Conex es da Caixa de Conex es do Sistema de Sensores 3 14 30 de Julho de 2010 INSTALA O PARA A CAIXA DE JUN O DO SISTEMA DE SENSOR VISUALIZA O DO PLUG PELO LADO DA TERMINA O SP5 5 6 7 50 07 L spec LEI T 149 06 PARA A CAIXA DE LE1 130 65 JUN O DO SISTEMA LE2 Le E vas SE3 que vst 5 1 10 02 521 SE2 a 90 01 E52 o 9 o Figura 3 11 Conex es de Plugues do Sistema de Sensores 30 de Julho de 2010 DE SENSOR 3 15 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD DERRICK CORPORATION SE O 4 INSTRU ES OPERACIONAIS GERAL Os procedimentos desta se o s o para uso apenas por pessoal treinado qualificado para operar equipamento de alta velocidade de rota o Procedimentos de inicializa o inicial e normal opera o desligamento e desligamento de emerg ncia est o inclu dos Ap s a inicializa o e os procedimentos de opera o informa es detalhadas s o fornecidas nas telas de controle para auxiliar o operador e t cnico na compreens o da opera o da centr fuga e a utilizar plenamente sua capacidade A centr fuga projetada para ser utilizada apenas para os fins previstos no momento da compra A opera o em qualquer outra aplica o requer a consulta da engenharia Derrick SEGURAN A OPERACIONAL ATEN O TODO PESSOAL DE OPERA O E DE MANUTEN O DEVE LER E ENTENDER TODAS AS INFORMA ES DE SEGURAN A DESTE MANUA
268. he system Commissioning Maintenance of the System Fault finding Glossary Drawings Certificates of Certification Company Address and contact numbers ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 1 of 28 Expo Specification sheet SPECIFICATION SHEET Sub Minipurge Systems Model No Example 001XLC SS PO WM Note Not all codes are valid _ ES Purge System Type Options as required 00 Minipurge AO Alarm Only CF Option only MO Manual Override MK MIU MOUNTING KIT PO systems only WM Wall Mounting Bars Size x 1 Sub Minipurge Approval Certification X Europe EN50016 1995 Power amp Alarm Signals Sira 01 ATEX1295X PO Pneumatic output USA Canada NFPA 496 Power On Purge complete 30 psi 0 2MPa 2 bar Signal cUL E190061 FM 1X8A4AE Alarm Loss of Pressure No signal Class Div 1 Grp A B C amp D Pressurized 30 psi 0 2MPa 2 bar Signal Australia AS 2380 pt 4 PA Power and Alarm Terminal Box EEx e IIC T6 SA WorkCover Ex 3199U Power 250 Vac 4 Amp AC14 2PNO EEx d IIC T6 Class Zone 1 amp 2 IIC Alarm 250 Vac 4 Amp AC14 SPCO EEx d IICT6 Option available on request European Systems Only IS Intrinsically Safe Exi amp EEx i circuit Power used with others Ex i equipment Alarm Relay Barrier Purging Method CF Continuous Flow LC Leakage Compensation MiniPurge Housing SS 3161 Stainless Steel NROB finish Neoprene
269. his equipment 12 The marking of the equipment shall include the following IL 2 2 G EEx p I T6 Ta 20 C to 55 C Project Number 51V8628 M D Shearman Date 3 July 2002 Certification Manager C Index 12 This certificate and its schedules may only be reproduced in its entirety and without change Sira Certification Service Rake Lane Eccleston Chester CH4 9JN England Tel 44 0 1244 670900 Fax 44 0 1244 681330 Page 1 of 5 Email exhazard 8 siratc co uk ST amp C Chester Form 9176 Issue 6 Sira Certification Service is a service of Sira Test amp Certification Ltd sira Certification Service SCHEDULE EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE Sira 01 1295 13 DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT There are seven models of Purge Controllers intended to provide a given flow rate of purging das for a predetermined time to unspecified EEx p protected electrical equipment The MiniPurge Control Units provide one of the following four methods of purge operation LC Leakage compensation only after initial high purge CF Continuous flow sarne flow rate during and after purging CF2 Two flow CF system with initial high purge rate only at one orifice CFHP Continuous lower flow after initial high purge MiniPurge Model Number Designation Typical Model No 1 X LC cs DS SS AA MO FM OA Key a b cc mm additional options a Model No 1 Sub MiniPurge 2 MiniPurge 3 Super MiniPurge 4 Super MiniPurge 1800 5 Super MiniPurge
270. his finding to humans is not known Mutagenicity No mutagenic effects are anticipated Teratogenicity No teratogenic effects are anticipated ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION No ecological testing has been done by ICI paints on this product as a whole ANSI Section 12 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS ANSI Section 13 Waste disposal Dispose in accordance with all applicable regulations Avoid discharge to natural waters REGULATORY INFORMATION ANSI Section 15 As of the date of this MSDS all of the components in this product are listed or are otherwise exempt from listing on the TSCA inventory This product has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the CPR controlled products regulations and the MSDS contains all the information required by the CPR Physical Data ANSI Sections 1 9 and 14 jon Description Wt Gal Bos b Mv Pen renee HMIS DOT proper shipping name 359F65DGF devthane 359h no organic haps derrick green 9 02 291 43 34 96 80 f 208 595 330 UN1263 paint 3 PGIII 379C0910 devthane 379 hs converter 9 40 112 85 13 00 135f 293 293 321 01866 resin solution combustible liquid PGIII Ingredients Product Codes with by Weight ANSI Section 2 Chemical Name Common Name CAS No 359F65DGF 379C0910 4 heptanone 2 6 dimethyl diisobutyl ketone 108 83 8 1 5 ethane 1 1 1 methylidenetris oxy tris
271. his rating is greater than the 3 second current rating and less than the hardware overcurrent fault level It is typically 200 250 of the drive continuous rating Difference between Commanded Speed and Encoder Speed has exceeded the level set in Spd Dev Band for a time period greater than Spd Band Integrat Output transistors have exceeded their maximum operating temperature Action 1 Check for damaged output transistors 2 Replace drive 1 Check wiring 2 Replace pulse generator Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive Cycle power to the drive 2 If problem persists replace drive Restore defaults 2 Reprogram parameters Read the Attention on page C 5 relating to the use of TorgProve with no encoder Check load requirements and Current Lmt Val setting Replace Main Control Board Replace Main Control Board Check for excess load improper DC boost setting DC brake volts set too high Check wiring between drive and motor 2 Check release of mechanical brake Verify that maximum ambient temperature has not been exceeded 2 Check fan 3 Check for excess load Fault UnderVoltage UserSet1 Chksum UserSet2 Chksum UserSet3 Chksum 1 See page 4 1 for a descri No 101 102 103 Description DC bus voltage fell below the minimum value of 407V DC at 400 480V input or 204V DC at 200 2
272. i ncia de opera o do equipamento em suas instala es Um registo de manuten o deve ser mantido para ajudar a estabelecer um cronograma de manuten o preventiva bem como monitorar e ajustar cronograma conforme necess rio durante a vida til do equipamento Considere os seguintes fatores ao estabelecer um cronograma de manuten o preventiva e Ciclo de servi o e Temperatura ambiente e Ambiente Operacional O cronograma de manuten o preventiva recomendado apresentado na tabela abaixo Consulte a tabela de lubrifica o na p gina seguinte para lubrificantes aplic veis e as quantidades 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 1 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O MANUTEN O PREVENTIVA CONT PROGRAMA O DE MANUTEN O PREVENTIVA Inspecione a conex o de alimenta o procurando por vazamentos e aperte A turno a conex o do flange fortemente conforme for necess rio Inspecione se h vazamentos nas conex es de descarga de l quidos A cada turno Aperte a conex o para evitar vazamentos Engraxe os rolamentos principais Figura 5 1 A cada 40 Horas Engraxe os rolamentos do transportador Figura 5 1 ae Verifique o leo da caixa de engrenagens de acionamento do transportador iid sob Troque o leo da caixa de engrenagens de acionamento do transportador A cada 2500 Figura 5 1 Horas Remova o conjunto de componentes de alimenta o limpe o interior do A cada 40 ca
273. idade diferencial do transportador de 5 RPM 3 Confirme o sentido de rota o para o recipiente transportador bomba de alimenta o e motores do condensador de ar condicionado do seguinte modo a Recipiente Em sentido anti hor rio visto da extremidade do ventilador b Transportador Em sentido anti hor rio visto da extremidade do ventilador c Bomba de alimenta o Dados do fabricante d Condensador do ar condicionado Em sentido hor rio visto da extremidade do ventilador 4 Corrigir rota o inversa desligando a energia e mudando dois dos tr s terminais de energia no s bloco s terminal dentro do gabinete veja a Figura 3 9 e diagrama el trico esquem tico na Se o 8 ATEN O A CENTR FUGA DEVE SER OPERADA NA VOLTAGEM DE ABASTECIMENTO DESIGNADA ATEN O ALTA TENS O PODE ESTAR PRESENTE TENHA CERTEZA QUE O FUS VEL QUE DISCONECTA O FORNECIMENTO DE ENERGIA EL TRICA DESTE EQUIPAMENTO EST ABERTO BLOQUEI E ETIQUETE LOTO O SUPRIMENTO DE ENERGIA PARA PREVENIR APLICA O ACIDENTAL DE ENERGIA ENQUANTO CONEX ES ELETRICAS S O FEITAS ATEN O CONEX ES EL TRICAS DEVEM SER FEITAS DE ACORDO COM O C DIGO EL TRICO NACIONAL NEC E TODOS OS C DIGOS LOCAIS APLIC VEIS FALHA NO CUMPRIMENTO PODE RESULTAR NUMA CONDI O PERIGOSA QUE PODERIA MACHUCAR ALGUEM OU DANIFICA O EQUIPAMENTO ASSEGURAR SE QUE TODAS AS CONEX ES EL TRICAS E DE CONDUITES EST O SEGURAS CONEX ES DO SENSOR Um cabo fornecido pelo
274. idos mais ridos 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 7 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS Tanto a defini o da velocidade do transportador quanto velocidade real do transportador s o mostradas no painel de controle Al m disso a percentagem de torque do transportador mostrada para ajudar o incremento da velocidade do transportador para produzir a aridez dos s lidos e velocidade de processamento desejado Como a velocidade diferencial do transportador controlada pelo PLC referente defini o de velocidade do recipiente a polaridade da fia o dos componentes el ctricos fundamental A polaridade el trica determina a velocidade real do motor e dire o do motor do transportador para qualquer defini o de velocidade do recipiente Por exemplo com uma velocidade do recipiente determinada em 2000 RPM e uma velocidade diferencial do transportador ajustada para 60 o motor do transportador ir rotacionar em invers o de 1120 RPM A rela o da velocidade do recipiente transportador correta depende da polaridade correta da fia o Se a polaridade for invertida a mesma defini o de velocidade do recipiente de 2000 RPM descrita acima resultaria em uma velocidade diferencial real do transportador de cerca de 17 ao inv s da defini o de 60 PROFUNDIDADE DO PO O Seis portas de bloqueio ajust veis Figura 4 2 s o fornecidas na parte superior do recipiente de l quidos para facilitar o ajuste da profundidade d
275. iente de l quidos do conjunto do recipiente e instale parafusos em quatro locais em torno da periferia da parte superior do recipiente 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 17 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O 8 Conecte um guincho apropriado parte superior do recipiente de l quidos e gire os parafusos no sentido hor rio em est gios uniformemente para separar a parte superior do recipiente do conjunto do recipiente e opere o guincho para suspender e remover a parte superior do recipiente do conjunto do recipiente CUIDADO O ESPA O LIVRE ENTRE AS PISTAS DO TRANSPORTADOR E O A REVESTIMENTO DO RECIPIENTE E DE APENAS 1 5 MM NA ETAPA SEGUINTE N O CONTINUE A SUSPENDER SE RESIST NCIA FOR SENTIDA ASSIM PODE HAVER DANO AS PISTAS DO TRANSPORTADOR 9 Conecte um guincho apropriado ao transportador e lentamente levante o transportador para longe do conjunto do recipiente 10 Abaixe o transportador horizontalmente sobre uma arma o adequada para suportar o seu peso 11 Remova os parafusos Figura 5 14 que prendem o alojamento do rolamento ao transportador e instale dois parafusos em lados opostos do alojamento Aperte os parafusos igualmente para extrair e remover o alojamento do rolamento Figura 5 13 Removendo o Transportador do Conjunto do Recipiente 12 Remova os parafusos que prendem a tampa do retentor ao alojamento do rolamento e abra o retentor do eixo 13 Usando um extrator apropriado remova o rolamento do alojamento
276. ify motor data and rerun motor tests Ground current has exceeded the level set in Gnd Warn Level Configurable alarm set in parameter 259 bit 17 When set to 1 this alarm is displayed when any of the following occur e parameter 88 is set to 7 Pos Spd Prof e on power up and parameter 88 7 e recall user sets and parameter 88 7 Alarm is cleared when e setting parameter 88 to a value other than 7 e reset defaults parameter 259 bit 17 is cleared a digital input is configured as Set Home and input is True parameter 705 bit 9 is Enabled parameter 700 bit 13 At Home is Enabled position regulator will set this bit if device is home The DC bus ripple has exceeded the level in Phase Loss Level The drive has temporarily disabled the DB regulator because the resistor temperature has exceeded a predetermined value The drive auto tuning default is Calculate and the value calculated for IR Drop Volts is not in the range of acceptable values This alarm should clear when all motor nameplate data is properly entered Motor leakage inductance is out of range Output torque current is below Load Loss Level for a time period greater than Load Loss time The sum of Maximum Speed and Overspeed Limit exceeds Maximum Freq Raise Maximum Freq or lower Maximum Speed and or Overspeed Limit so that the sum is less than or equal to Maximum Fred The value at the thermis
277. igned for use only as operating controls Where an operating control failure would result in personal injury and or loss of property it is the responsibility of the installer to add devices safety limit controls or systems alarm supervisory systems that protect against or warn of control failure installation Follow equipment man facturer s instructions if provided If instructions are not provided proceed as follows Mounting Controls are normally mounted to a surface through holes in back of case CAUTION On rough mounting surfaces use the top two mounting holes only When these controls are mounted on an uneven surface using screws in all four holes the case can be twisted enough to affect the control s calibration and operation Copyright 1988 Johnson Controls inc riahts reserved For closed tank applications without well assembly Part No FTG13A 600R packing nut assembly may be supplied See Fig 3 for sequence of installation Put parts over support tube section of element placing bulb into tank Tighten 1 2 NPT adapter Screw packing nut into adapter with the retaining washers and packing in place as shown To install models supplied with bulb well first install bulb well into tank Remove bushing from bulb well and slide bushing over capillary Replace bushing into bulb well Push bulb into position in bottom of well Tighten set screw in end of adapter to hold bulb in positi
278. ignificant leakage must be corrected Check for leaks down the cables or conduit Ensure leakage does not exceed 60 Nl min 25 cfm Is there excessive leakage from the PE The standard requires that the PE is tested to 1 5 times the Relief Valve opening pressure e g 15 mbarg for many systems Has this been done Is the PE strong enough The basic operation of the Pressure Sensor can be checked by unscrewing the 60mm diameter diaphragm housing and by using a rubber pad e g an eraser block the 12mm Yes threaded hole in the top of the valve module The valve should operate and the indicator turn green If this is correct the sensor diaphragm needs recalibrating or replacing Is the Pressure Flow Sensor out of calibration or faulty Call Expo Issue 8 Page 21 of 28 01 07 04 Expo System fails to switch power on after the purge time has elapsed Is Power available Is Power isolator closed Are the fuses or No circuit breaker Yes Check the small indicator button on the timer Has the purge valve When the time completed No valve has timed out it should return out when depressed its course For PO option only Is there pressure at the Check i he power switch output externa ower bulkhead and at the No Switch contacts power switch Is the close at 1 4 Barg power switch OK Ensure fitting n
279. in the allotted time during autotune Requires differential encoder One of the 2 encoder channel signals is missing Both encoder channels changed state within one clock cycle 1 Uncouple load from motor 2 Repeat Autotune 1 Check Wiring 2 Replace encoder Check for externally induced noise 2 Replace encoder No fault displayed Used as a marker in the Fault Queue indicating that the fault clear function was performed No fault displayed Used as a marker in the Fault Queue indicating that the clear queue function was performed The value for flux amps determined by the Autotune procedure exceeds the programmed Motor NP FLA A current path to earth ground greater than 25 of drive rating Hardware enable is disabled jumpered high but logic pin is still low Gate array load error Dual port failure Motor PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient Overtemp Heatsink temperature exceeds 100 of Drive Temp 1 Reprogram Motor NP FLA with the correct motor nameplate value 2 Repeat Autotune Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded condition 1 Check jumper Replace Main Control Board m Cycle power Replace Main Control Board Cycle power Replace Main Control Board NN Verify that maximum ambient temperature has not been exceeded 2 Check fan 3 Check for excess load 4 6 Troubleshooting
280. in Control Board detected excessive heat Resistance of the internal DB resistor is out of range Key s Action 1 Check parameters 2 Check for broken loose connections at inputs Replace drive Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear Restart procedure Check remote wiring 1 Check Main Control Board fan 2 Check surrounding air temperature 3 Verify proper mounting cooling Replace resistor Fault Decel Inhibit Drive OverLoad Drive Powerup Excessive Load Encoder Loss Encoder Quad Err Faults Cleared Fit QueueCleared FluxAmpsRef Rang Ground Fault Hardware Fault Hardware Fault Hardware Fault Hardware PTC Heatsink OvrTemp No Type 130 181 Description The drive is not following a commanded deceleration because it is attempting to limit bus voltage Drive rating of 110 for 1 minute or 150 for 3 seconds has been exceeded Troubleshooting 4 5 Action 1 Verify input voltage is within drive specified limits 2 Verify system ground impedance follows proper grounding techniques 3 Disable bus regulation and or add dynamic brake resistor and or extend deceleration time Refer to the Attention statement on page P 4 for further info Reduce load or extend Accel Time No fault displayed Used as a Power Up Marker in the Fault Queue indicating that the drive power has been cycled Motor did not come up to speed
281. ing the setting of the Flow Control Valve FCV to raise the pressure in the PE Possible cause 2 Enclosure fault 15 the ACTUAL PE pressure below the setting of the Minimum Pressure Sensor Check it with a manometer or gauge 15 there debris stuck on the face of the Relief Valve disk perhaps held there because of the magnetic material Has the PE door been closed and all conduit cable glands sealed 15 the PE leaking too much Has the pressure sensing tube been damaged Possible cause 3 System fault If checks in a above reveal that the PE is correct the fault probably lies in the Control Unit The basic operation of the Minimum Pressure Sensor can be checked by unscrewing the 2 4 60mm diameter diaphragm and by using a finger block the threaded hole in the top of the valve module The valve should operate and the indicator tum Green If this works correctly and the enclosure pressure is above the setting of the Minimum Pressure Sensor it is likely that the Pressure Sensor diaphragm needs recalibrating or replacing See below 4 3 Relief Valve open continuously or intermittently Possible cause 1 The PE pressure is too high The Leakage Compensation Valve LCV is too far open Adjust the LCV as described in Section 2 above Possible cause 2 Debris on the RLV disk allowing air to leak from the valve Remove the RLV cover and clean the valve disk The disk and spring may be removed from the RLV without
282. ini X Purge systems Multiply by 3 for Super Mini Page 4 of 8 ML384 Issue 01 12 10 05 Scale No 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Minutes 08 15 2 35 6 12 20 b The alternative system uses a pneumatic incremental timer which is adjusted by fully opening or closing one or more of five screwdriver operated valves arranged in a block on the control logic manifold see GA Drawing The opening of each valve incrementally provides a fixed number of minutes of purging time as in the following table Valve 1 2 3 4 5 Minutes 2 4 8 8 16 Thus for a 12 minute purge time valves 2 and 3 would be open and the others closed For twenty four minutes 4 and 5 would be open and the others closed At least one valve must always be open and the screws must be at the appropriate limit of travel 7 After the power has been turned on by the Control Unit the Purging Valve will close and the air flow into the enclosure will be controlled by the Leakage Compensation Valve LCV The initial setting of 50 open may be too high or too low It should now be adjusted to set the PE pressure and leakage There are three possible situations a Air continues to come out through the RLV Spark Arrestor after power has been turned on in considerable quantity The LCV is too far open and the air flow is holding the RLV open continuously Note Some CFHP Systems have a deliberate but modest Continuous air flow through the RLV in normal operation do not confuse this flow rate w
283. ional types as follows Metal Foam Tortuous path with at least 4 x 90 or 2 x 180 bends Multi layer stainless steel mesh Date 3 July 2002 This certificate and its schedules may only be reproduced in its entirety and without change Sira Certification Service Rake Lane Eccleston Chester CH4 9JN England Page 3of5 Tel 44 0 1244 670900 Fax 44 0 1244 681330 Email exhazard O siratc co uk ST amp C Chester Form 9176 Issue 6 Sira Certification Service is a service of Sira Test amp Certification Ltd sira Certification Service SCHEDULE EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE Sira 01 1295 Outlet Orifice Three types of orifice are used Threaded Orifices e g or 2 BSP with a built in spark arrester These are selected to maintain a desired back pressure within the EEx p protected apparatus when used with the Continuous Flow options The designation of each outlet orifice indicates the nominal inlet diameter The designations are as follows SA3 SA6 SAY SA12 SA19 SA25 SA32 SA38 and SA50 Plain holes in the Relief Valve disk sized according to the flow rate required Replaceable orifice type SAU High Pressure Sensor The system relief valve may be replaced with a High Pressure Sensor If the pressure in the purged enclosure rises above the setting of the high pressure sensor the controller resets cutting the power to the purge protected enclosure s On detecting the overpressure the option
284. ions are based on a 1 4 service factor 5 to 1 speed ratio and various Power Transmission Manufacturers catalogs 5 These selections are for Narrow V belt sections only Consult manufacturer for details on conventional V belt sections A B C D and E or other belt types 6 Average Deflected Force is per section 3 3 4 4 of this document and is the force required to deflect the center of a belt 1 64 of the belt span distance Tolerance on this force is 1 Ibf for forces lt 10 165 and 2 165 for forces gt 10 Ibs as measured utilizing a belt tension gage 7 When more than one belt is required the belts must be a matched set matched for length 8 f possible the lower side of the belt should be the driving side to increase the length of wrap on the sheave 9 For belted loads do not exceed 125 of 60 Hz operating RPM 3 3 5 VFD Variable Frequency Drives OPERATION dk WARNING VFD Motors with Reset Thermal Protectors UL Recognition UL Listing or CSA certification does not apply to motors that are equipped with a manual or automatic reset thermal protector when the motor is operated on VFD power 3 3 5 1 Overspeed Capability Belted loads Do not exceed 12596 of 60 Hz operating RPM Table 3 4 Maximum Safe Continuous Speed RPM For Coupled and Direct Connected Loads ra NEMA IEC 4 6 or 8 WARNING Power Factor Correction Capacitors 2 Pole 4 Pole Power factor correction ca
285. ith that caused by excessive setting of the LCV Close the LCV slowly observing the manometer or gauge see item 2 3 above The PE pressure will start to fall as the flow decreases but eventually the RLV will close and the pressure rise again At this point the Relief Valve may start to open intermittently as the PE pressure rises to the point where the RLV recloses and the enclosure pressure starts to rise again This is entirely normal for this type of RLV Proceed now to b below b If the Relief Valve is opening intermittently the LCV is slightly too far open Observe the manometer or gauge When the RLV opens the enclosure pressure falls quickly to the point where the RLV recloses and the enclosure pressure starts to rise again This is entirely normal for this type of RLV and shows that it is working correctly Then continue to close the LCV until the cycling stops and the enclosure pressure starts to fall Carefully adjust the LCV until the PE pressure is approximately 5096 of the RLV opening pressure and stable This pressure may be around 2 wc 5mb and will be the normal working pressure We recommend that the setting of the Minimum Pressure Sensor is checked at this time Note the position of the LCV knob A pencil mark placed on the knob at 12 o clock can be used Slowly lower the PE pressure by closing the LCV further counting the number of turns from the normal working pressure position Note the pressure at which
286. itions References fo clauses in the standard are in italics Contents Section 0 Description and principle of operation Section 1 Installation of the system Section 2 Operation of the system Section 3 Maintenance of the system Section 4 Fault Finding Section 5 Annex if applicable Section 0 Description and principle of operation All Expo Technologies pressurization systems provide 8 a method of pressurizing a Pressurized Enclosure PE while at the same time compensating for any leakage together with b a method of Purging the enclosure before power is turned on to remove any flammable gas that may have entered the enclosure while it was unpressurized All systems have the following two major items Control Unit CU containing as a minimum for Y and 2 Pressurization a Flow Control Valve FCV Minimum Pressure and Purge Flow sensing devices a Pressurized Alarm indicator and an output signal showing whether the PE pressure is satisfactory or not Type X Pressurization Control Units in addition have a fully automatic Purging controller with a Purge timer and electrical power switch interlock A Relief Valve RLV fitted to the Pressurized Enclosure PE to provide a means of limiting the maximum pressure experienced by the PE during operation The RLV model number has a suffix giving the diameter of the valve aperture in millimetres e g RLV lcs Carbon Steel or ss Stainless Steel A
287. jury death and or property damage WARNING MANUAL RESET PROTECTOR HAZARD If a tripped manual reset thermal protector is exposed to a temperature less than 7 20 F it may reset and restart the motor automatically If an application requires a motor with a manual reset thermal protector that will be operated at temperatures less than 7 C 20 F contact the manufacturer to review the application motor requirements Failure to follow this instruction could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 1 2 MECHANICAL SAFETY WARNING LOOSE PARTS HAZARD Before starting the motor remove all unused shaft keys and loose rotating parts to prevent them from flying off Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage WARNING ROTATING PARTS HAZARD Keep extremities hair jewelry and clothing away from moving parts Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 1 3 ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY f WARNING HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS 1 The NEC and the local authority having jurisdiction must be consulted concerning the installation and suitability of motors for use in Hazardous Locations The local authority having jurisdiction must make the final determination of what type of motor is required The application and operation is beyond the control of the motor manufacturer 2 Division 1 Hazardous Locations
288. k CAUTION HOT SURFACE Normal motor surface temperatures may exceed 90 194 F Touching the motor frame may cause discomfort or injury Surface temperatures should only be measured with suitable instruments and not estimated by hand touch 3 4 5 1 Start Up No Load Procedure 1 Check Instructions Before startup carefully read and fully understand these instructions including all warnings cautions and safety notice statements 2 Motor out of storage after more than three months Check winding insulation integrity with a Megger If winding resistance to ground is less than 1 5 Meg ohms consult the local authorized service shop before energizing the motor 3 Check Installation Mechanical Check tightness of all bolts and nuts Manually rotate the motor shaft to ensure motor shaft rotates freely Note Shaft amp bearing seals will add drag Electrical Inspect all electrical connections for proper terminations clearance mechanical tightness and electrical continuity Be sure to verify connections are made per the nameplate connection diagram or separate connection plate Replace all panels and covers that were removed during installation before energizing the motor 4 Energize Motor Check Rotation If practical check motor rotation before coupling to the load Unlock the electrical system Momentarily provide power to motor to verify direction of rotation If opposite rotation is required lock out power before reconnecting
289. l SHC 100 Nameplate Ambient Temperature below 30 C 22 F Special low temperature grease is recommended such as Aeroshell 7 or Beacon 325 for ball bearings and Mobil SHC 100 for roller bearings Nameplate Ambient Temperature above 65 C 150 F Dow Corning DC44 or equivalent a special high temperature grease is For RTD settings see Table 3 7 required Note that Dow Corning DC44 grease does not mix with other grease types 4 2 2 BEARING OPERATING TEMPERATURE CAUTION HOT SURFACE The external surface temperature of the end shield bracket bearing hub may reach 100 C 212 F during normal operation Touching this surface may cause discomfort or injury Surface temperatures should only be measured with suitable instruments and not estimated by hand touch 4 2 3 LUBRICATION INTERVALS For motors with regreasing provisions Eq 4 2 Lubrication Interval Table 4 1 hrs x Interval Multiplier Table 4 2 x Construction Multiplier Table 4 3 Table 4 1 Lubrication Intervals Hours These values are based on average use Operating Speed RPM See Table 3 4 for Maximum Operating Speed NEMA IEC Frame Size 7200 5400 4500 3600 1800 1200 56 180 80 110 2500 Hrs 4000 Hrs 5000 Hrs 6000 Hrs 17000 Hrs 20000 Hrs 210 250 130 160 2500 Hrs 4000 Hrs 5000 Hrs 12000 Hrs 16000 Hrs 280 180 2000 Hrs 3000 Hrs 4000 Hrs 10000 Hrs 14000 Hrs 320 200 2000 Hrs 3000 Hrs 9000 Hrs 12000 Hrs 360 225 1500 Hrs
290. l motor driving an exhaust fan in an ambient temperature of 43 C and the atmosphere is moderately corrosive 1 Table 4 1 list 10 000 hours for standard conditions 2 Table 4 2 classifies severity of service as Severe with a multiplier of 0 5 3 Table 4 3 lists a multiplier value of 0 5 for Vertical 4 4 2 Interval 10 000 hrs x 0 5 x 0 5 2500 hrs Table 4 4 shows that 1 5 i in of grease is to be added 3 Relubricate every 2 500 hrs of service with 1 5 in of recommended grease 4 3 TROUBLE SHOOTING dk WARNING READ INSTRUCTIONS Before trouble shooting a motor carefully read and fully understand the warnings cautions amp safety notice statements in this manual WARNING Hazardous Locations Motor Repair Motors nameplated for use in Division 1 Hazardous Locations can only be disassembled modified or repaired by the plant of manufacturer or a facility that is Listed under UL s category Motors and Generators Rebuilt for use in Hazardous Locations Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage CAUTION DISASSEMBLY APPROVAL REQUIRED Motor disassembly must be performed by a party approved by the motor manufacturer To disassemble the motor without approval voids the warranty 4 3 1 GENERAL TROUBLE SHOOTING WARNINGS 1 DISCONNECT POWER TO THE MOTOR BEFORE PERFORMING SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE 2 Discharge all capacitors before servicing motor 3
291. l or fatal Contains iron oxide repeated or prolonged exposure to iron oxide dust may cause siderosis a benign pneumoconiosis Other effects of overexposure may include toxicity to liver kidney central nervous system blood Carcinogenicity Contains formaldehyde a potential cancer hazard Rats exposed to formaldehyde via inhalation developed cancer of the nasal cavity Evidence in humans is limited nasal and nasopharyngeal cancer Formaldehyde is listed as a carcinogen by OSHA probable human carcinogen group 2a by IARC and anticipated human carcinogen by NTP Overexposure can cause eye skin and respiratory tract irritation and skin and respiratory sensitization In a lifetime inhalation study exposure to 250 mg m3 titanium dioxide resulted in the development of lung tumors in rats These tumors occurred only at dust levels that overwhelmed the animals lung clearance mechanisms and were different from common human lung tumors in both type and location The relevance of these findings to humans is unknown but questionable The international agency for research on cancer IARC has classified titanium dioxide as possibly carcinogenic to humans group 2b based on inadequate evidence of carcinogenicity in humans and sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in experimental animals Reproductive effects High exposures to xylene in some animal studies often at maternally toxic levels have affected embryo fetal development The significance of t
292. latch has engaged 3 Start the machine DETAIL A Reset Push button 4 If the instrument trips on start up Sensitivity Adjustment allow the machine to stop Turn the sensitivity adjustment 1 4 tum clockwise adjustment for VS94 and VS2EXRB models is located within the box see DETAIL OPENING THE EXPLOSION PROOF EX ENCLOSURES WARNING MAKE THE AREA NON HAZARDOUS BEFORE Depress the reset button and restart the machine Repeat this process until DETAIL B the unit does not trip on start up 5 If the instrument does NOT trip on start up stop the machine Turn the sensitivity adjustment 1 4 turn counter clockwise Repeat the start up stop process until the instrument trips on start up Turn the sensitivity adjustment 1 4 turn clockwise less sensitive Restart the machine to verify that the instrument will not trip on Start up Less SensitivityD Sensitive adjustment More Sensitive 6 Verify that the unit will trip when abnormal shock vibration exists VS94 Time Delay Adjustment 1 Apply power to the time delay circuit see page 7 for time delay circuit The time delay function will be initiated 2 Time the length of the delay with a watch Let time delay expire After it expires the override circuit will de energize the solenoid allowing the latch arm to trip clicking noise is heard WARNING REMOVE ALL POWER BEFORE OPENING ACCESS DOO
293. lected Force to achieve that deflection After tensioning the belt rotate the sheaves for several rotations or operate the system for a few minutes to seat belts into the grooves then re tension the belts New belts will stretch during use and should be retensioned after the first eight hours of use Table 3 3 Recommended Minimum Sheave Diameters Belt Type Number of Belts and Deflected Force 1800 rpm 3600 rpm Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Sheave Deflected Sheave Deflected Sheave Deflected Dia in Belt of Force Dia in Belt of Force Dia in Belt of Type Belts Ibs Type Belts Ibs Type Ibs ESA CEC ECTS DAA EA A dp exe cipe ESSE 52 3x 6 60 44 x 6 48 60 svx 7 56 68 sx 4 16 60 x 7 60 68 8 59 60 86 5vx 4 143 100 6 60 86 sx 6 13 Contact Motor 105 5v 6 131 Manufacturer 200 150 sv 8 160 132 5v 8 131 when Beltin 150 av 6 276 140 5v 9 138 9 3600 rpm Motors 175 3 8 291 Greater than 25 HP 18 ev 8 316 18 5 8v 9 37 600 J T T nose A _ Notes 1 Horsepower is the nameplate motor horsepower and RPM is the motor driver speed 2 Minimum sheave diameters are from NEMA standards where applicable 3 For variable speed applications or values outside these recommendations consult motor manufacturer 4 Select
294. ll RLV s incorporate a metal foam Spark Arrestor to prevent sparks being ejected from the PE through the RLV aperture The Relief Valve design is patented CFHP systems with a Continuous Flow of air after purging have a calibrated Outlet Orifice which can be either be within the Relief Valve suffix cf or a separate item type SA or SAU Model LC and CFHP Expo Technologies systems are covered by this manual They are described on the following paragraphs 0 1 Leakage Compensation systems Model LC A Leakage Compensation system Model LC is intended to have minimal flow after the initial purge time The Pressurised Enclosure PE is built as leak tight as possible and the LC system merely tops up for any enclosure leakage The system provides an initial high flow of purging air which leaves the PE through the Relief Valve After the initial purging has been completed the Control Unit changes over to Leakage Compensation mode and the Relief Valve closes The only flow thereafter is the flow through the Leakage Compensation Valve LCV which is adjusted so that the flow is just enough to compensate for any leakage from the Pressurized Enclosure PE Hence the term Leakage Compensation In consequence the system is much more economical to operate than a Continuous Flow system The Purging Flow rate is monitored by a separate Purge Flow Sensor located in the Control Unit which detects the back pressure caused by the pu
295. locidade do recipiente e quantidade de material dentro do recipiente Para parar o recipiente mais r pido pressione o bot o PARAR na tela Opera o ou exiba a tela do VFD do Recipiente e pressione o bot o RECIPIENTE ESTA PARANDO No entanto antes de pressionar este bot o todos os alarmes falhas devem ser apurados 4 20 30 de Outubro de 2009 DERRICK CORPORATION SE O 5 MANUTEN O GERAL Esta se o descreve os procedimentos preventivos e de manuten o corretiva da centr fuga DE 7200 VFD Procedimentos bvios foram omitidos Antes de inicializar qualquer manuten o da centr fuga desligar bloquear LO e etiquetar TO o equipamento ATEN O ALTA TENS O PODE ESTAR PRESENTE SEMPRE ABRA O FUS VEL QUE DESCONECTA O FORNECIMENTO DE ELETRICIDADE AO EQUIPAMENTO E FECHE E DESLIGUE O SUPRIMENTO DE ENERGIA ANTES DE EXECUTAR QUALQUER PROCEDIMENTO DE MANUTEN O ATEN O A FALHA NO USO DE CULOS DE SEGURAN A PODE RESULTAR EM LES O SERIA NO OLHO OU PERDA PERMANENTE DA VIS O OS CULOS DE SEGURAN A DEVEM SER USADOS SEMPRE QUE QUALQUER PROCEDIMENTO DE MANUTEN O FOR EXECUTADO MANUTEN O PREVENTIVA A manuten o preventiva consiste em inspe o limpeza e lubrifica o Estes procedimentos de rotina v o garantir m xima vida til e opera o livre de problemas Enquanto a programa o de manuten o apresentada nesta se o deve ser flex vel as modifica es devem ser baseadas na exper
296. m strand dia 1 5 mm cable and five cable hold down clamps Contacts SPDT double make leaf contacts 5A 480 VAC Range adjustment 0 7 G s O 100 Hz 0 100 in displacement VS2EX Case Explosion proof and weatherproof aluminum alloy housing meets NEMA 7 IP50 specifications Class I Division 1 Groups C amp D UL and CSA listed VS2EX base mount Snap switches 2 SPDT snap switches SA 480 VAC 2A resistive 1A inductive up to 30 VDC Range adjustment O 7 G s 0 100 Hz 0 100 in displacement Normal Operating Temperature 40 to 140 F 40 to 60 VS2bXR Case Same as VS2EX Snap switch 1 SPDT snap switch and reset coil 5 E 480 VAC 2A resistive 1A inductive up to 30 VDC Remote Reset optional Option Operating Current R15 350 mA 115 VAC R24 350 mA 24 VDC e Range adjustment 0 7 G s 0 100 Hz 0 100 in displacement Normal Operating Temperature 40 to 140 F 40 to 60 VS2EXRB Case Explosion proof aluminum alloy housing rated Class I Division 1 Group B hazardous areas Snap switch 1 SPDT snap switch with reset coil option available for additional SPDT switch 5A 480 VAC 2A resistive 1A inductive up to 30 VDC Remote Reset Option Operating Current 15 350 15 R24 350 mA 24 VDC Range adjustment 0 7 0 100 Hz 0 100 in displacement VS94 Case Polyester fiberglass reinforced NEMA type 4
297. me is set by opening closing the pinch valve so that the sum of the open valve times equals or exceeds the required purge time At least one valve must always be open and the screws must be at the appropriate limit of travel Do not over tighten Figure 10 Mini purge timer block 01 07 04 O Page 14 of 28 Expo Purge flow rate for CF continuous flow systems The purge flow rate is selected by placing the appropriate orifice plate in the SAU spark arrestor unit The purge flow rates given in the Table 2 below are based on standard setting of the flow sensor of 2 5mbar 1 in wc 250Pa For leakage compensation systems the purge flow rate is set by the selection of the relief valve and is not user adjustable e Continuous flow rate with en 2 5 mbarg 1 in wc 250 Pa flow sensor set point Table 2 Purge Flow Rates Action on loss of pressurization The action on loss of pressurization is the responsibility of the user The action on loss of pressurization can be set to ALARMS ONLY AO or ALARM AND AUTOMATIC DISCONNECT OF POWER A amp T Leakage Compensation 1 The action on loss of pressurization is set by moving the jumper tube see Figure 15 Action on loss of pressurization jumper tube The standard setting is alarm and trip where the link is from C to A amp T with a plug in AO Changing to alarm only is user adjustable by moving the link from C to AO and plugging A amp T Figure 11 Action on loss of pressuri
298. mediately source is mechanical 2 Redesign system to operate below the frequency resonant point 3 On VFD driven loads program skip frequencies to bypass resonant points 4 Increase carrier frequency to obtain 396 THD current 5 On variable torque loads reduce volts hertz below base speed O 1 Adjust VFD to obtain lt 3 THD current rated motor current 2 Adjust VFD stability for smooth operation Vector drives may be unstable at light load Motor miswired at terminal box Match motor lead wiring to nameplate connection diagram Uneven weak or loose mounting support Shim strengthen or tighten where required m VFD torque pulsations Test motor by itself If bearings are bad you will hear noise or feel roughness Roller bearings are normally noisy when operated without load If sleeve bearing Motor bearings defective add oil per nameplate instructions For motors with regreasing provisions add grease per relubricating instructions see section 4 2 3 If noise persists contact warranty service Disconnect from load Set motor on rubber pads on solid floor Secure a height key in shaft keyway and energize from balanced power supply rated voltage Record vibration levels and compare with appropriate standards If excessive vibration persists contact motor manufacturer Motor out of balance Bearings repeatedly fail 1 If belt drive check system per section 3 3 4 2 Other than belting check Load to mot
299. metro AJUSTE DA TAXA DE ALIMENTA O Quando o modo Manual est selecionado na tela de opera o o operador manualmente digita a taxa desejada na tela de opera o Se a lama for de baixa viscosidade e densidade aumentar a taxa de alimenta o pode permitir uma maior taxa de processamento No entanto como a taxa de alimenta o aumentada o tempo de perman ncia no recipiente reduzido resultando em mais s lidos na descarga de l quido Al m disso o torque do transportador pode subir indicando que o transportador est ficando sobrecarregado por mover um maior volume de s lidos na sua velocidade atual Para reduzir o torque do transportador a velocidade do recipiente pode ser reduzida a taxa de alimenta o pode ser reduzida ou a velocidade do transportador pode ser aumentada para mover os s lidos para fora mais r pido A defini o de taxa de alimenta o e da taxa real de alimenta o mostrada no painel de controle para auxiliar o operador a fazer ajustes VELOCIDADE DO RECIPIENTE Quanto mais r pida a velocidade do recipiente mais r pido os s lidos s o sedimentados atrav s do po o at a parede externa do recipiente e transportados para fora da centr fuga mas processamentos mais r pidos resultam em descargas de s lidos mais midos Para reduzir a umidade a lama pasta deve permanecer no recipiente por mais tempo submetendo a ao processo determinado por um maior per odo antes de ser transportada para fora
300. motor If motor has a rotational arrow only operate the motor in the rotation identified Reapply power to ensure proper operation 5 Record No Load Amps Watts amp Voltage Recommend To establish a baseline value check and record the no load amps watts and voltage 3 4 5 2 Start Up Load Connected Procedure 1 Check Instructions Before startup carefully read and fully understand these instructions including all warnings cautions amp safety notice statements 2 Coupling Installation Check that the connected equipment is properly aligned and not binding Check that all guards and protective devices are properly installed 3 Energize Motor When all personnel are clear of the machine apply power and verify that the load is not transmitting excessive vibration back to the motor though the shaft or the foundation Verify that motor amps are within nameplate rating For repeated starts see 3 4 5 3 The equipment can now be fully loaded and operated within specified limits as stated on the nameplate 3 4 5 3 Jogging and or Repeated Starts Do not start more than twice in succession under full load Repeated starts and or jogs of induction motors can cause overheating and immediate failure Contact the motor manufacturer if itis necessary to repeatedly start or jog the motor 4 0 MAINTENANCE dh WARNING Hazardous Locations Motor Repair HAZARD Division 1 Hazardous Locations motors can only be modified or repaired by the m
301. motors can only be modified or reworked by the manufacturer or a facility that is Listed under UL s category Motors and Generators Rebuilt for use in Hazardous Locations Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 3 Do not use a Hazardous Locations motor with a Variable Frequency Drive VFD unless the motor nameplate specifically states that the 4 2 3 Lubrication Interval 4 2 4 Lubrication Procedure 4 2 5 Lubrication Example 4 3 Trouble Shooting 4 3 1 General Trouble Shooting Warnings 4 3 2 Trouble Shooting Cause f Corrective Action motor is suitable for use on Pulse Width Modulated PWM type VFD power In addition the nameplate must be marked with the inverter rating for example 2 1 CT 2 to 1 Constant Torque etc 2 0 RECEIVING AND INSPECTION 2 1 INITIAL INSPECTIONS 2 1 1 CHECK PACKING LIST AND INSPECT the packaging to make certain no damage has occurred in shipment If there is visible damage to the packaging unpack and inspect the motor immediately Claims for any damage done in shipment must be made by the purchaser against the transportation company 2 1 2 TURN MOTOR SHAFT by hand to be certain that it rotates freely Note Shaft seals and bearing seals may add drag 2 1 3 CHECK NAMEPLATE for conformance with purchase order requirements and compliance with power supply and control equipment requirements 2 2 HANDLING WARNING FAL
302. mpre que a m quina for movida para evitar danos aos rolamentos do conjunto rotativo e da base durante o tr nsito Ap s o posicionamento final e nivelamento da centr fuga tiras de borracha macia inserida entre os rolamentos pillow block e a base bem como tiras de borracha r gida entre a tampa do inv lucro e a base devem ser removidas As tiras evitam danos aos rolamentos do conjunto rotativo durante o tr nsito Para remover as tiras de borracha siga o procedimento 1 Remova todos os parafusos fixando a tampa superior ao longo de ambos os lados mas n o remova os parafusos em ambas s extremidades da tampa 2 Remova os parafusos fixando os rolamentos pillow block base e parafusos fixando a metade superior dos pillow blocks s metades inferiores Figura 3 4 3 Instale dois parafusos Jack Figura 3 5 na metade superior de cada pillow block e parafusos de rosca por todas as metades inferiores 30 de Julho de 2010 3 7 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INSTALA O PARAFUSOS DE MONTAGEM PARAFUSO DE RETEN O DO PILLOW BLOCK DO PILLOW BLOCK PARAFUSO DE RETEN O GA PINO DE ALINHAMENTO PARAFUDO DA DOBRADI A DA TAMPA PARAFUSO JACK TIRA DE BORRACHA MACIA Figura 3 5 Localiza o dos Componentes de Transporte 4 Gire os parafusos Jack no sentido hor rio para levantar os pillow blocks o suficiente para permitir a remo o de todas as tiras de borracha macias e r gidas e remova as tiras 5 Limpe
303. n is provided by means of an encapsulated connecting cable open ended line Technical data Rated insulation voltage up to 500 V Type 07 2511 and type 07 2581 Rated operating voltage U 400 V 250 V Rated current 1 max 2A 0 15 A Related to utilization category AC 15 DC 13 07 2521 1 to 07 25221 4 Rated operating voltage Ue 250 Y 250 V Rated current 5 04 Related to utilization category AC 15 DC 13 Type 07 2521 6 Rated operating voltage U 250V 250V Rated current le max 2A 0 4 A Related to utilization category AC 15 DC 13 Type 07 2521 7 Rated operating voltage U 400 V 250 V Rated current le max 2A 0 4 A Related to utilization category AC 15 DC 13 Type 07 2521 8 Rated operating voltage Us 500V 250V Rated current le max 2A 0 4A Related to utilization category AC 15 DC 13 depending on connecting cable used Provided the making and breaking capacity complies with the relevant conditions rated values other ihan those specified above are accepted and will be defined by the manufacturer on the basis of the operating
304. n operation and observe at least three complete operating cycles to be sure that all components are functioning correctly Fig 6 The A19 with remote buib and convertible adjustment has a snap in plug in the cover a knob for field installation and a bulb mounting clip If the system fails to operate recheck the wiring and components Repairs and Replacement Field repairs must not be made For a replacement control contact the nearest Johnson Controls wholesaler Fig 7 An A19 with solid cover and concealed adjustment CUTOUT STOP BRACKET WITH SLOT AND SCREW cutout stop The stop screw must be loosened and moved to the stop setting desired Tighten screw after setting is made 12 Trouble Shooting Operating and Installation Instructions DTS Air Conditioner If the Air Conditioner should require service we have compiled a trouble shooting chart to assist your service personnel If additional assistance is required please contact Pfannenberg Inc Problem Possible Cause s Solution Unit not cooling Ice on Evaporator Coil No Power Loss of Refrigerant Evaporator or Condenser Fan not operating Filter clogged Dirty Evaporator or Condenser Thermostat improperly set Thermostat defective Failed Compressor Insufficient Heat Load or Unit Oversized for Application Failed Evaporator Fan Dirty Evaporator Check Power Source and Electrical Connections Locate and r
305. n pressure or flow failure with power being removed manually by turning off the air supply to the MiniPurge system if the failure persists for an unacceptable time ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 16 of 28 Expo Commissioning Start by check that the system has been installed in accordance with this manual Disconnect the supply pipe from the inlet to the MiniPurge system and blow it through for at least 10 seconds per metre 3ft of length to remove any debris or condensation Connect a temporary pressure gauge or water manometer to the pressurized enclosure or MiniPurge system pressure test point Remove the red plug on the low pressure sensor and connect 4mm OD nylon tube Figure 12 PE or MiniPurge system pressure test point Unless a supply shut off valve has been specially fitted inside the MiniPurge system it may be advisable to install an external shutoff valve with the same or larger thread size as the MiniPurge control unit inlet fitting upstream of the connection Continuous Flow CF Systems Open the flow control valve FCV until the alarm pressurized indicator just turns from red to green Clockwise will reduce the flow and anti clockwise will increase the airflow If the flow control valve FCV is opened fully and the indicator has still not turned green check the air supply pressure at the inlet to the control unit while flow is taking place It must be above the minimum 4 bar 60 psig 400Kpa specified Figure
306. nclosure at the bottom when the control unit is top mounted on the enclosure thus achieving top to bottom purging The purge air may be piped within the pressurized enclosure to ensure purging of potential dead air spots The proof of this may only be apparent when a CSA or European purge test is performed Connections to protective Gas supply The system should be connected to a protective gas supply which is suitable for purging and pressurization Generally instrument quality compressed air is used though other inert gas may be used e g Nitrogen It is important that the compressed air inert gas supply is capable of delivering the quantity required for purging and still maintaining sufficient supply pressure This means ensuring adequate size of pipe and airline accessories Over 8096 of commissioning problems reported to Expo are due to inadequate sized piping or air supply Although MiniPurge units all include a filter the compressed air inert gas supply should be from a clean dry source and should have a dedicated local air pressure regulator Minimum air supply pressure 4 bar 60 psig 4MPa The pressure is to be maintained whilst purging at normal purge flow rate Purge air from Control Unit to pressurized enclosure When the control unit is directly top mounted onto the pressurized enclosure no connection will normally be necessary as the purge air will discharge into the pressurized enclosure directly When the control unit is n
307. nd forces it away from the magnetic latch causing the latch arm to operate the contacts Sensitivity is obtained by adjusting the amount of the air gap between the magnet and the latch arm plate Applications include all types of rotating or reciprocating machinery such as cooling fans engines pumps compressors pump jacks etc Models VS2 Base mount non hazardous locations VS2C C clamp mount non hazardous locations VS2EX Explosion proof Class I Div 1 Groups C and D VS2EXR Explosion proof with remote reset VS2EXRB Explosion proof Class I Div 1 Group B with remote reset VS94 Base mount non hazardous locations NEMA 4X TP66 Edy LISTED Model VS2EX Remote Reset Feature VS2EXR VS2EXRB and VS94 only Includes built in electric solenoid which allows reset of tripped unit from a remote location Standard on VS2EXR and VS2EXRB Optional on VS94 options listed below R15 Remote reset for 115 VAC R24 Remote reset for 24 VDC Time Delay Option VS94 only Overrides trip operation on start up For VS94 series models the delay time is field adjustable from 5 seconds up to 100 seconds with a 20 turn potentiometer 5 seconds per turn approximately Options listed below T15 Time delay for 115 VAC T24 Time delay for 24 VDC Space Heater Options VS94 only This optional space heater board prevents moisture from condensing inside the VS94 Series case Options listed below H15 Space heater for 115
308. nergia el trica ligue a centr fuga e ajuste a velocidade do recipiente para 500 rpm b Enquanto observa a temperatura dos rolamentos injete graxa nova no pillow block at que os a graxa flua da porta de sa da na metade inferior do pillow block ao lado da correia 5 16 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O 14 Desligue a centr fuga 15 Ap s a parada do conjunto rotativo feche a tampa do inv lucro e prenda com parafusos apertando do centro da tampa para fora em ambas as dire es 16 Conecte a tubula o de alimenta o ao flange do componente de alimenta o 17 Aplique energia el trica e inicialze a centrifuga consulte a Se o 4 Acompanhe atentamente o desempenho e verifique se h algum ru do incomum SUBSTITUI O DO ROLAMENTO DO TRANSPORTADOR CONT NUO Este procedimento descreve a substitui o do rolamento do transportador Este procedimento exige a remo o do conjunto do transportador do conjunto do recipiente Vibra o ou ru do excessivo durante o funcionamento da centrifuga pode indicar um rolamento defeituoso Se essas condi es s o evidentes o transportador deve ser removido e o rolamento inspecionado a procura de folgas e substitu do se necess rio Remo o A extremidade de l quidos do transportador apoiada por um rolamento de esferas montado dentro de um alojamento no transportador A extremidade de s lidos apoiada pelo rolamento da caixa de engrenagem do acionador do transporta
309. neumoconiosis loss of consciousness respiratory failure death Possible sensitization to respiratory tract Skin contact Irritation of skin Prolonged or repeated contact can cause dermatitis defatting severe skin irritation Possible sensitization to skin Eye contact Irritation of eyes Prolonged or repeated contact can cause conjunctivitis blurred vision tearing of eyes redness of eyes severe eye irritation corneal injury Ingestion Ingestion may cause lung inflammation and damage due to aspiration of material into lungs mouth and throat irritation drowsiness dizziness and or lightheadedness headache uncoordination nausea vomiting diarrhea gastro intestinal disturbances abdominal pain visual disturbances apathy central nervous system depression intoxication anesthetic effect or narcosis burns of the mouth throat stomach pulmonary edema loss of consciousness respiratory failure death Medical conditions aggravated by exposure Eye skin respiratory disorders kidney disorders liver disorders nervous system disorders respiratory disorders FIRST AID MEASURES ANSI Section 4 Inhalation Remove to fresh air Restore and support continued breathing Get emergency medical attention Have trained person give oxygen if necessary Get medical help for any breathing difficulty Remove to fresh air if inhalation causes eye watering headaches dizziness or other discomfort Skin contact Wash thoroughly with s
310. nhamento dos pillow blocks 8 Conecte um guindaste capaz de levantar pelo menos 4000 libras 1800 kg ao conjunto rotativo 9 Equil bre adequadamente as correias de eleva o para garantir que o conjunto permane a na horizontal durante o levantamento e lentamente suspenda o conjunto rotativo at deixar a base 10 Abaixe o conjunto rotativo at uma arma o que seja capaz de suportar seu peso 11 Desmonte o conjunto rotativo at onde for necess rio para inspe o reparo e reposi o de pe as 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 7 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O Remo o Cont METADE ACOPLAVEL DA EMBREAGEM ge CORREIA MOTRIZ MOTOR DO TRANSPORTADOR Figura 5 5 Acoplamento Flex vel do Transportador PILLOW BLOCK PINO DE ALINHAMENTO ARRUELA PLANA Figura 5 6 Rolamento do Pillow Block Limpeza Inspe o e Reparo 1 Lave a lama e res duos do transportador e do interior e exterior do conjunto da recipiente e seque com ar comprimido filtrado Remova qualquer corros o para facilitar a inspe o 2 Se o transportador foi removido inspecione em busca de correias distorcidas ou arrancados rebarbas ou outros danos vis veis Uniformize quaisquer menores defeitos de superf cie Substitua o transportador se estiver claramente deformado ou tiver defeitos graves que estejam al m de consertos 3 Inspecione inser es desgast veis em busca de desgaste evidente Substituir inser es se estiv
311. no e reinstale semanas A cada 40 horas Verifique e remova s lidos acumulados do interior e exterior do inv lucro ou quando necess rio Remova a cobertura da correia examine a correia procurando por danos e Acada 160 verifique ajuste a tens o semanas Inspecione o engate da embreagem acoplada entre o motor de Por mfctr acionamento do transportador e o eixo da caixa de engrenagens Inspecione por recomenda es do fabricante ver se o 10 ROLAMENTOS LUBRIFICADOS Os rolamentos principais rolamento do transportador motor de acionamento do recipiente motor de acionamento do transportador est o equipados com graxeiras Limpe cada equipamento antes da lubrifica o e injete o tipo e quantidade especificada de graxa listados na Figura 5 1 ATEN O S USE PRODUTOS ESPECIFICADOS ANTES DE LIGAR A BOMBA DE GRAXA RETIRE TODOS OS VEST GIOS VIS VEIS DA GRAXA NO EQUIPAMENTO 5 2 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O i HE Rolamentos 6 cm 3 Centr fuga funcionando Principais apertos u u Bomba de graxa manual Porias Rolamento do externas de 500 Hrs Shell Albida Centr fuga parada Transportador sa da Bomba de graxa manual engraxadas Motor de acionamento do Centrifugar parada recipiente Consulte o manual da Maratona Electric na Se o 10 para obter detalhes de Motor de lubrifica o acionamento do C
312. ntact components creating a spark hazard Belted or Radial Load when mounted vertically The following frame sizes constructions with applied axial down loads within the limit stated are acceptable when mounted vertical shaft up Table 3 1 Belted or Radial Load Applications All speeds Max Frame Shaft Up Applied Size Enclosure Construction OK Down 3 Load TEFC amp 56 ODP Steel Yes 25 Ibs TEFC Steel e Cast Yes 25 Ibs 140 Iron ODP Steel Yes 25 Ibs 180 TEFC Al Yes 35 Ibs ODP Steel Yes 35 Ibs 210 All Yes 40 Ibs ODP Steel Yes 40 Ibs TEFC All Yes 40 Ibs 250 Steel Yes 40 Ibs SDE Cast Iron No N A 320 TTFC 1 models Cast Iron Eng N A All Other Cast Iron amp 280 320 TEFC Aluminum i rir ODP Cast Iron No N A TEFC amp Build Up ODP Steel Only N A TEFC Cast Iron Build Up 360 amp amp Build Up ODP Steel Only N A Notes For TEFC model numbers beginning with 324TTFC or 326 consult the motor manufacturer to determine if a build up motor is required 2 The max applied down load is any applied load external to the motor including such things as sheave weight fan loads axial belt force pump load etc If the application is direct drive with no applied radial load consult the motor manufacturer 3 Build up only refers to motors that are specifically ordered
313. ntial Health and Safety Requirements has been assured by compliance with EN 50014 1997 EN 50018 1994 If the sign X is placed after the certificate number it indicates that the equipment is subject to special conditions for safe use specified in the schedule to this certificate This EC type examination Certificate relates only to the design and construction of the specified equipment in accordance with Directive 94 9 EC Further requirements of this Directive apply to the manufacture and supply of this equipment The marking of the equipment shall include the following E 126 EExdllC T6 or T5 Zertifizierungsstelle Explosionsschutz Braunschweig December 7 2000 sheet 1 4 EC type examination Certificates without signature and official stamp shall not be valid The certificates may be circulated only without alteration Extracts or alterations are subject to approval by the Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt In case of dispute the German text shall prevail Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt Bundesallee 100 D 38116 Braunschweig Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt P IB Braunschweig und Berlin 13 SCHEDULE 14 EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE PTB 00 ATEX 1093 X 15 Description of equipment The limit switch of type 07 25 1 is used as an auxiliary switch for signal and control circuits It will comprise one or two interrupting chambers and housings differing in their thermal resistance Connectio
314. nting surface of the machine For best results mount the instrument in line with the direction of rotating shafts and or near bearings In other words the reset push button should be mounted pointing into the direction of shaft rotation see page 5 It may be necessary to provide a mounting plate or bracket to attach the VS2 and VS94 Series to the machine The mounting bracket should be thick enough to prevent induced acceleration vibration upon the VS2 or VS94 Series Typically 1 2 in 13mm thick plate is sufficient See illustrations on page 5 for typical mounting locations CAUTION A dust boot is provided on the reset pushbutton for all series to prevent moisture or dust intrusion The sensitivity adjustment for model VS2EX is not sealed therefore mounting orientation should be on a horizontal plane or with the sensitivity adjustment pointing down Sensitivity adjustment for model VS2 is covered by a plug The plug must be in place and tight to prevent moisture or dust intrusion C Clamp Installation VS2C model only A C Clamp is supplied with the VS2C model only The C Clamp is shipped installed on the VS2C but must be installed on the VS2EX and VS2EXR switches 1 The C Clamp B will already be installed on a 1 4 in 6 mm thick steel mounting plate A Bolt the VS2 switch to the mounting plate as illustrated with four 5 16 in bolts nuts and washers 2 The mounting location should provide convenient access to the TATTLETA
315. ny changes will be indicated through the LEDs and or the HIM if present Front Panel LED Indications Figure 4 1 Typical Drive Status Indicators Frames 0 amp 1 n Of Name Color State Description O PWR Green Steady Illuminates when power is applied to the drive Power 575 Green Flashing Drive ready but not running amp no faults are present Status Steady Drive running no faults are present Yellow Flashing A start inhibit condition exists the drive cannot be See Drive Stopped started Check parameter 214 Start Inhibits page 4 10 Flashing An intermittent type 1 alarm condition is occurring Drive Running Check parameter 211 Drive Alarm 1 Steady A continuous type 1 alarm condition exists Drive Running Check parameter 211 Drive Alarm 1 Red Flashing Fault has occurred Check Fault x Code or Fault Queue See Steady A non resettable fault has occurred page 4 4 O PORT Green Status of DPI port internal communications if present MOD Yellow Status of communications module when installed NETA Red Status of network if connected NETB Red Status of secondary network if connected Name Power Troubleshooting Precharge Board LED Indications 4 3 Precharge Board LED indicators are found on Frame 5 amp 6 drives The LEDs are located above the Line Type jumper shown in Figure 1 2 Color State Description Green Stea
316. o 30 de Julho de 2010 3 9 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INSTALA O ABASTECIMENTO DE GUA DOCE Uma linha de gua fresca com v lvula de fechamento tipo esfera necess ria para facilitar a dilui o da lama pasta quando necess ria e para executar a limpeza antes do desligamento AR COMPRIMIDO Para os gabinetes de controle operados em um ambiente perigoso uma fonte de ar filtrado seco e comprimido a 120 PSI necess ria para o funcionamento do sistema de drenagem Consulte a Se o 10 para o tamanho da linha de fornecimento e requerimentos de taxas de fluxo BOMBA DE ALIMENTA O O cliente deve fornecer uma bomba de alimenta o de deslocamento positivo para alimentar a centr fuga com lama Uma bomba de cavidade progressiva com caixa de engrenagem de taxa fixa e motor acionador de bomba de impulso inverso m xima de 30HP recomendada O motor deve ser capaz de operar no intervalo de velocidade de 180 a 2700 RPM de 6 a 90 Hz e tamb m cumprir todos os requisitos das aplica es incluindo tens o frequ ncia e rea de classifica o O tamanho motor e taxa da caixa de engrenagem da bomba devem ser escolhidos para entregar o fluxo m ximo desejado velocidade do rotor da bomba determinada pelo fabricante sendo baixo o suficiente para evitar desgaste acelerado do rotor e ou estator A bomba deve ser conectada ao sistema de controle da centr fuga conforme descrito em Conex es de Energia El trica nesta se o a fim
317. o contator principal que permite energia fluir para o interior do gabinete A drenagem de 2 CFM cont nua come a e continua durante e ap s a opera o de centrifuga o E prefer vel manter o gabinete pressurizado Se em algum momento uma perda de press o do gabinete for detectada o contator principal ser aberto imediatamente desligando a energia A drenagem r pida de 14 minutos repetida antes da energia ser re estabelecida PRIMEIRA INICIALIZA O Execute o procedimento de inicializa o inicial quando a centr fuga estiver sendo iniciado pela primeira vez ap s a instala o ou depois que a m quina tenha sido transferida 1 Todas as ferramentas documentos e componentes de transporte foram removidos e n o existem obst culos para a opera o Verifique se todos os funcion rios est o longe do equipamento Confirme que todos os funcion rios de opera o e manuten o leram e compreenderam todas as informa es sobre o funcionamento e seguran a na Se o 2 4 Verifique se o equipamento foi instalado corretamente todos os suportes de transporte foram removidos e os rolamentos pillow block foram apertados com o torque especificado na Se o 3 Para o gabinete a prova de explos es ligue o ar comprimido para o sistema de drenagem Ligue e centr fuga A seguinte tela aparecer no arm rio prova de explos o ser exibida ap s o ciclo de drenagem ser conclu do DERRICK CORPORATION DE 1000 V
318. o da base do motor para fixar o motor 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 5 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O CORREIA MOTRIZ CONT METADE ACOPLAVEL DA EMBREAGEM CORREIA MOTRIZ MOTOR DO TRANSPORTADOR Figura 5 3 Embreagem de Acionamento do Transportador TESTE DE CARGA 16 9 LBS 75 N POLIA DO MOTOR DEFLEX O 0 5 13MM POLIA DO RECIPIENTE Figura 5 4 Tencionamento da Correia Motriz 7 Deslize a meia embreagem de acionamento do motor de volta ao engate com a meia caixa de engrenagem e defina a folga entre as metades da embreagem em cerca de 0 1875 0 250 4 8 mm 6 4 mm e em seguida a posicione a embreagem axialmente para que a metade do spider estar alinhada com o sensor de proximidade 8 Gire a embreagem do eixo do motor at o parafuso de ajuste est alinhado com a chave do eixo e aperte o parafuso de ajuste Aperte os parafusos de montagem na meia embreagem do motor em 184 libra p 250 Nm 9 Instale e fixe a correia de seguran a 5 6 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O MANUTEN O DO CONJUNTO ROTATIVO A manuten o do conjunto rotativo requer desmontagem e s pode ser realizada com o conjunto fora do inv lucro Vibra o ou ru do excessivo durante o funcionamento da centrifuga pode indicar rolamentos principais ou do transportador defeituosos Se essas condi es s o evidentes os rolamentos devem ser inspecionados a procura de folgas e substitu do se necess rio como descrito posteriormen
319. o da tapa do inv lucro Solte os parafusos que seguram as placas do a ude mova as placas do a ude para o tamanho exigido do lado da abertura do a ude e reaperte os parafusos ao torque especificado na se o 5 4 Ajuste todas as seis placas de a ude para o mesmo di metro Re instale a placa de acesso sobre a tampa do involucro VELOCIDADE DIFERENCIAL TORQUE DO TRANSPORTADOR Geralmente um transportador mais r pido resulta em torque do transportador mais baixo visto que s lidos s o descargados mais rapidamente e geralmente mais midos A redu o da velocidade do transportador deve ser feita lentamente e com cautela permitindo o estado estacion rio ser alcan ado antes de uma nova redu o Velocidades do transportador mais lentas permitem aos s lidos permanecer no recipiente por mais tempo Isto pode permitir o ac mulo de s lidos no recipiente se a taxa de entrada exceder a taxa de descarga Portanto o torque deve ser monitorado para evitar a sobrecarga As defini es de limite de torque controlam a redu o de alimenta o autom tica e o desligamento da centr fuga Conforme aumenta o torque do transportador a taxa de alimenta o reduzida progressivamente Se o torque continuar a aumentar a taxa de alimenta o reduzida mais rapidamente Ao chegar defini o de torque m ximo do transportador a centr fuga desligada A certa velocidade do transportador o motor de acionamento deve reverter a dire
320. o para acomodar a rela o da velocidade diferencial com o recipiente Se isso ocorrer o sistema de controle da centr fuga automaticamente assume o controle da bomba de alimenta o para reduzir a sua taxa de fluxo A mensagem de Taxa de Fluxo Autom tica aparece na tela de opera o para alertar os funcion rios que a bomba de alimenta o est em controle autom tico Quando a taxa de alimenta o reduzida alcan ada um temporizador de 20 segundos iniciado Ao chegar o fim do intervalo cronometrado uma nova velocidade diferencial do transportador aplicada para corresponder com a taxa de fluxo revista A taxa de alimenta o da bomba retorna taxa anterior quando a nova velocidade diferencial alcan ada O controle manual da bomba de alimenta o ent o restaurado Esta a o libera a bomba de alimenta o do sistema de controle autom tico e remove a mensagem Taxa de Fluxo Autom tico da tela MENSAGENS DE ALARME E DE FALHA Durante a opera o da centr fuga poder aparecer uma mensagem para alertar o operador sobre uma anomalia que necessite de uma interven o do operador Mensagens de alarme significam que o problema prevalecente deve ser corrigido ou a centr fuga pode ser desligada 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 9 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS automaticamente Mensagens de falha informam ao operador que uma falha que exige desligamento autom tico ocorreu Consulte a Se o 5 para mens
321. o po o todas as portas devem ser ajustadas igualmente Um po o mais profundo reduz a rea da praia na extremidade de descarga de s lidos do recipiente que geralmente resulta em uma descarga de s lidos mais midos Por outro lado ajustar o po o para uma profundidade mais rasa aumenta a rea da praia assim produzindo uma descarga de s lidos mais secos A profundidade do po o s pode ser ajustada com a centr fuga totalmente parada e desabilitada Por esta raz o a profundidade do po o normalmente ajustada por ltimo As defini es de f brica da profundidade do po o s o normalmente satisfat rias quando utilizado em conjunto com a taxa de alimenta o velocidade do recipiente e ajustes de velocidade do transportador No entanto se os resultados desejados n o poderem ser alcan ados por outros meios a profundidade do po o pode exigir uma redefini o PARTE SUPERIOR DO RECIPIENTE DE L QUIDOS PLACA DO VERTEDOURO PLACA MEDIDORA DO VERTEDOURO Figura 4 2 Ajuste das placas de Bloqueio 4 8 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS Para ajustar a profundidade do po o fa a o seguinte MANUTEN O NA CENTR FUGA A MENOS QUE O RECIPIENTE ESTEJA COMPLETAMENTE PARADO N ATEN O N O ABRA A TAMPA OU TENTE AJUSTAR OU FAZER 1 Desligue bloqueie e etiquete LOTO a centr fuga usando o procedimento de Desligamento Normal descrito posteriormente nesta se o Retire a placa de acesso do lado intern
322. oap and water If any product remains gently rub petroleum jelly vegetable or mineral baby oil onto skin Repeated applications may be needed Remove contaminated clothing Wash contaminated clothing before re use Dispose of contaminated leather items such as shoes and belts If irritation occurs consult a physician Eye contact Flush immediately with large amounts of water especially under lids for at least 15 minutes If irritation or other effects persist obtain medical treatment Ingestion If swallowed obtain medical treatment immediately FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES ANSI Section 5 Fire extinguishing media Dry chemical or foam water fog Carbon dioxide Closed containers may explode when exposed to extreme heat or fire Vapors may ignite explosively at ambient temperatures Vapors are heavier than air and may travel long distances to a source of ignition and flash back Vapors can form explosive mixtures in air at elevated temperatures Closed containers may burst if exposed to extreme heat or fire Dust explosion hazard May decompose under fire conditions emitting irritant and or toxic gases Fire fighting procedures Water may be used to cool and protect exposed containers Firefighters should use full protective clothing eye protection and self contained breathing apparatus Self contained breathing apparatus recommended MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Hazardous decomposition or combustion products Carbon monoxide carbon
323. ocidade de transmiss o a diferen a entre as velocidades do recipiente e do transportador O ajuste de qualquer par metro profundidade do po o e velocidade do recipiente e velocidade diferencial do transportador requer o desligamento do equipamento Outro m todo de alterar os resultados de descarga mudar a taxa de alimenta o Durante a opera o da centr fuga a lama pasta bombeada atrav s do tubo de alimenta o no centro do transportador rotativo Figura 1 4 onde se espirra contra o acelerador de alimenta o A lama pasta em alta velocidade ent o dispersa por quatro bocais de alimenta o na periferia do cilindro de transporte Girando a uma velocidade maior do que a do transportador o recipiente cria um efeito de corte adicional que aumenta ainda mais a acelera o da lama pasta medida que a lama pasta flui nos canais entre as correias do transportador as part culas pesadas assentam em um ritmo acelerado devido for a G imposta pelo recipiente rotativo As part culas de areia assentam quase instantaneamente em seguida as part culas mais finas e leves As part culas que n o puderem ser assentadas na configura o atual ser o descartadas com o l quido atrav s das barreiras ajust veis na extremidade do recipiente de l quidos O l quido sa do da parte superior do recipiente de l quidos dirigido atrav s da sa da de descarga de l quidos Os s lidos depositados formam um bolo dentro do r
324. ocidade do recipiente acima de 300 RPM o motor do transportador pode girar na dire o oposta OPERA O Propriedades da lama pasta de entrada e separa o desejada devem ser conhecidas antecipadamente Esta informa o pode ser usada para definir e alterar a velocidade do recipiente a velocidade diferencial do transportador e a taxa de alimenta o menos quando definido para controle autom tico como necess rio durante o funcionamento da centr fuga Monitora o cont nua das indica es do painel de controle da centr fuga bem como a condi o da lama pasta de entrada essencial para alcan ar a clareza dos efluentes e aridez dos s lidos desejados Aumento no Torque do transportador indica que um ou mais par metros de funcionamento devem ser diminu dos para reduzir o torque Por outro lado Queda no torque do transportador indica que a velocidade e ou taxa de alimenta o podem ser aumentadas Os par metros operacionais devem ser ajustados se necess rio para melhorar a opera o da centr fuga e prevenir desligamentos autom ticos devido a excessivo torque do transportador ou recipiente A tela de opera o Figura 4 1 permite ao operador visualizar informa es do funcionamento atuais do recipiente transportador e da bomba e ajustar os par metros conforme necess rio para atender s condi es de mudan a Atrav s desta tela o operador pode visualizar e definir as percentagens de RPMs e torque do recipiente
325. og input e 3 wire control requires Start and Stop inputs e Jumper from terminal 25 to 26 is required Incorrect digital input programming None Program Digital Inx Sel for correct e Mutually exclusive choices have been inputs See page 3 55 made i e Jog and Jog Forward Start or Run programming may be e 2 wire and 3 wire programming may be missing conflicting Flashing yellow Program Digital Inx Sel to resolve Exclusive functions ie direction control Status light and conflicts See page 3 55 may have multiple inputs configured Digln ClictB Remove multiple selections for the e Stop is factory default and is not wired im 01 same function j Install stop button to apply a signal at Drive Status 2 stop terminal shows type 2 alarm s 4 14 Troubleshooting Drive does not Start from HIM Cause s Drive is programmed for 2 wire control HIM Start button is disabled for 2 wire control Corrective Action If 2 wire control is required no action needed See Save HIM Ref on page 3 34 If 3 wire control is required program Digital Inx Sel for correct inputs See page 3 55 Drive does not respond to changes in speed command Cause s Indication No value is coming from the source LCD HIM Status of the command Line indicates At Speed and output is 0 Hz Corrective Action 1 Ifthe source is an analog input check wiring and use a meter to check for presence of signal
326. olgue os parafusos que prendem metade da embreagem de limita o de torque ao eixo do motor de acionamento do transportador deslize a metade da embreagem na dire o do motor at que a extremidade do eixo do motor esteja vis vel e ent o remova o sat lite Desconecte a tubula o de alimenta o do componente de alimenta o Solte as porcas que prendem a placa de montagem do motor de acionamento do recipiente base da centr fuga vire o parafuso de tens o para liberar a tens o e remova a correia da polia do recipiente 8 Remova os pinos de alinhamento parafusos arruelas de travamento arruelas lisas que prendem o pillow block base nas extremidades de l quidos e s lidos Figura 5 15 PARAFUSO PILLOW BLOCK N ARRUELA DE BLOQUEIO X _ PINO DE ALINHAMENTO ARRUELA Figura 5 15 Conex o do Rolamento do Pillow Block 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 21 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Remova a tampa da caixa de conex o de a o inoxid vel na base da centr fuga Figura 5 16 e desligue os sensores de temperatura das extremidades de s lidos e l quidos do bloco de terminais Desparafuse a porca de acoplamento do cotovelo nos sensores Figura 5 17 e puxe os fios el tricos por meio do conduite Bobine e prenda os fios para evitar interfer ncia durante a remo o do conjunto rotativo Desconecte o cabo do sensor de velocidade do s
327. ome of the more likely faults are dealt with below If a cure cannot be effected by following the procedure shown below please call Expo 24 hour answering or your supplier for further assistance The system has been designed for ease of fault finding and many of the components fitted are plug in or sub base mounted Check components by substitution only after establishing that such action is necessary If the system is less than 12 months old parts under warranty should be retumed to Expo Technologies for investigation with a full report of the fault and the system Serial number NOTE As with any pneumatic system the greatest enemies are water oil and debris in the air supply For this reason a dust and water filter should always be fitted But debris can enter from other sources and it is vital therefore that the procedures described in Section 2 is carried out before using the system for the first time or following any disconnection of the pipework Failure to perform this work may cause damage which will not be covered under warranty Fault Finding NOTE Before making the following checks verify that the main supply pressure is between 60 and 115 psi 4 8bar at the Control Unit and for X Purge systems the regulated pressure on the logic gauge is 30 psi 2 bar 4 2 Minimum Pressure alarm is on continuously Pressurized indicator is Red Possible cause 1 The Pressurized Enclosure PE pressure is too low Try increas
328. on See Fig 4 for bulb well illustration CAUTION Do not dent or deform the sensitive bulb of this control A dent or deformation will change the calibration and cause the control to cycle at a temperature lower than the dial setting When the bulb mounting clip is used to mount the bulb near the refrigerant tubing be sure the sheet metal screw does not pierce the tubing Adjustments The A19 temperature controls may be supplied with an external range adjustment and screwdriver slot as shown in Fig 1 range adjustment knob or solid cover as shown in Fig 7 Solid cover models with calibrated dial are adjusted by removing the cover and moving dial so the desired setting is in line with the dial pointer on the stop bracket See Fig 8 Convertible adjustment models can be field converted from concealed screwdriver slot adjustment to knob adjustment or external screwdriver slot adjustment They are supplied with a snap in plug in the cover to provide DIFFERENTIAL ADJUSTING LEVER DIFFERENTIAL SCALE PLATE Fig 1 A19 with external range adjustment and screwdriver slot concealed screwdriver slot adjustment For knob adjustment remove the snap in plug and press the knob onto the slotted shaft For external screwdriver slot adjustment remove the snap in plug The convertible adjustment models with remote bulb include a bulb mounting clip Dial settings normally indicate the cutout setting unless
329. on 4 1 2 Insulation 4 1 3 Electrical Connections 4 2 Lubrication and Bearings 4 2 1 Grease Type 4 2 2 Bearing Operating Temperature 1 0 INSTALLER OWNER OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITY 1 1 ELECTRICAL SAFETY WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Electrical connections shall be made by a qualified electrical personnel in accordance with all applicable codes ordinances and sound practices Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage Only qualified personnel who are familiar with the applicable National Code USA NEC and local codes should install or repair electrical motors and their accessories WARNING ELECTRICAL LIVE CIRCUIT HAZARD Do not touch electrically live parts Disconnect lockout and tag input power supply before installing or servicing motor includes accessory devices Use a voltmeter to verify that power is off before contacting conductors WARNING ELECTRICAL GROUNDING HAZARD Failure to properly ground motors per the National Electrical Code NEC Article 430 and local codes may cause serious injury or death to personnel For general information on grounding refer to NEC Article 250 Also see Ground Connections section 3 4 4 WARNING AUTOMATIC RESET PROTECTOR HAZARD Do not use automatic reset protectors if automatically restarting the motor will place personnel or equipment at risk Failure to follow this instruction could result in serious personal in
330. on None Cause s Motor data was incorrectly entered or Autotune was not performed Corrective Action 1 Correctly enter motor nameplate data 2 Perform Static or Rotate Autotune procedure Param 061 page 3 12 Troubleshooting 4 15 Drive will not reverse motor direction Cause s Indication Corrective Action Digital input is not selected for None Check Digital Inx Sel page 3 55 Choose reversing control correct input and program for reversing mode Digital input is incorrectly wired None Check input wiring See page 1 15 Direction mode parameter is None Reprogram Direction Mode page 3 33 for incorrectly programmed analog Bipolar or digital Unipolar control Motor wiring is improperly phased None Switch two motor leads for reverse A bipolar analog speed command None 1 Use meter to check that an analog input input is incorrectly wired or signal is absent voltage is present 2 Check wiring See page 1 15 Positive voltage commands forward direction Negative voltage commands reverse direction Stopping the drive results in a Decel Inhibit fault Cause s The bus regulation feature is enabled and is halting deceleration due to excessive bus voltage Excess bus voltage is normally due to excessive regenerated energy or unstable AC line input voltages Internal timer has halted drive operation Indication Decel Inhibit fault Screen LCD Statu
331. onsulte Substitui o do Rolamento do desgaste mec nico desigual Transportador para remover o transportador Reparar ou pe as desgastadas ou correia substituir o transportador se necess rio do transportador deformada 5 36 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O RESOLU O DE PROBLEMAS DA CENTR FUGA DE 7200 Modo de Falha 3 Vibra o Excessiva Cont Defeito no rolamento do Retire e desmonte o recipiente e inspecione o rolamento do transportador devido transportador consulte Substitui o do Rolamento do lubrifica o insuficiente Transportador Substitua o rolamento do transportador produto de veda o vencido ou o desgaste normal Defeito nos rolamentos Remova o conjunto rotativo e substitua os rolamentos principais do recipiente consulte Substitui o do Rolamento Principal nesta se o Ac mulo excessivo de s lidos Execute o procedimento de limpeza consulte Manuten o no recipiente e ou Preventiva transportador Modo de Falha 4 Sem descarga de l quido Material de alimenta o n o tratado saindo pela sa da de descarga de l quido Ac mulo de s lidos entre as correias os s lidos n o s o transportados para a descarga mas sim descarregados com o l quido Desligue o motor de acionamento da bomba de alimenta o e do conjunto do recipiente mas mantenha o motor do transportador funcionando e permita a entrada de gua para limpeza dentro m quina Se os s lidos emer
332. or volt free contacts within the PE Exception Power to Intrinsically Safe or other apparatus which is already suitable for the location need not be isolated by the Expo Technologies system Expo Technologies Tip It is much better to fit dry or volt free contacts in the non classified area or inside an explosionproof box rather than inside the PE Please ask Expo about MiniPurge Interface Units MIU In the case of X Pressurization the isolation of the power must be controlled by the Expo system using the Purge Complete pneumatic signal to operate a Power Switch in a similar manner to that described in 131 above In the case of Y or 2 Pressurization the power may be controlled manually by the user by the use of local isolating switch 2 The electrical installation shall conform to the local codes and the following clauses from NFPA496 2003 44 6 Power supplies for double pressurized installations Page 3 of 8 ML384 Issue 01 12 10 05 4 10 1 Power Cutoff Switch to de energize all circuits notapproved for Division 1 on failure of the protective gas supply Exception The power may remain connected for a short period if immediate cutoff could result in a more hazardous condition and if audible and visual alarms are provided in a constantly attended location 3 Many Expo Mini X Purge and Super Mini X Purge systems can be retrofitted in the field by the user to have an Alarm Only action on pressure or flow failure
333. or e press o do refrigerante s o mostrados Sair desta tela volta tela anterior As falhas s o indicadas por uma mudan a de cor de verde para vermelho e pela exibi o de uma palavra correspondente SEM SINAL DO SENSOR DA EMBREAGEM TEMPERATURA PRESENTE DO ROLAMENTO DA EXTRE MIDADE DE S LIDOS anal gico FALHA NO SINAL Bowl ANAL GICO 0 Sensor SEM ENTRADA NO F Q sa SENSOR SINAL ANAL GICO DA EMBREAGEM PRESENTE Safety Air Conditioner Hours E Stop Sw ch Compressor Motor Current Run Time Vibration Switch Evaporator Fan Motor FRE DESLIGADO POR DESLIGADO POR Speed Switch Refrigerant Pressure Controller Total wr VIBRA O EXCESSIVA MOTOR DO j 002031 4 comeresorooar CONDICIONADO Figura 4 6 Tela de Status da Centr fuga ALARMES A tela de Alarmes Figura 4 7 permite ao operador examinar e reconhecer as mensagens de alarme ativas Cada alarme listado com o seu estado a data e a hora recebida e descri o Bot es s o fornecidos na parte inferior da tela para facilitar a navega o entre os alarmes As mensagens podem ser confirmadas individualmente ou todos os alarmes poder o ser confirmados simultaneamente Provis es s o inclu das para classificar os alarmes em ordem de ocorr ncia e bot es s o inclu dos para voltar tela Opera o ou tela Inicial 4 12 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS ALARMES CONT Alam Ack Alam Desch OM 9 39 01
334. or may be excessive or unbalanced loading on motor shaft An unbalanced load will also cause the bearings to fail 3 Check runouts of mating components such as a C face and pump flange Bearinas contaminated Motor enclosure not suitable for environment Replace with correct enclosure 9 construction Incorrect grease bearings for ambient extremes See section 4 2 1 y Ground brush common mode filter or insulated bearings must be added Contact VFD bearing damage motor manufacturer Motor at start up makes a loud rubbing grinding or squealing noise Belt squeal during across the line starting is normal 1 Verify that supply voltage is within limits see section 3 4 1 3 2 Ensure that motor lead wiring matches Contact between rotating and stationary components nameplate connection diagram 3 Isolate motor from load 4 To locate point of contact turn motor shaft by hand 5 If point of contact is not located contact motor service shop mm IE o ta t capacitors repeatedly fail Motor may be too small for load Record acceleration time Start capacitors may fail if acceleration time exceeds 3 seconds gt The motor acceleration time is too long Excessive starting will damage motor capacitors Contact motor manufacturer Motor is being started too frequently motor is started more than 20 times hour or if acceleration time exceeds 3 seconds O Motor voltage low Verify th
335. or that adapter is set to 4 this fault will occur To disable this fault set the Logic Mask bit for the adapter to 0 1 Check DPI device event queue and corresponding fault information for the device Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption 4 8 Troubleshooting Fault HE Power Unit 70 Pulse In Loss 92 Pwr Chksum1 104 Pwr Chksum2 105 2 Replaced MCB PB 107 2 See Manual 28 Shear Pin 63 3 Software Fault 88 Software Fault 89 SW OverCurrent 36 1 TorgPrv Spd Band 20 Trnsistr OvrTemp 9 Description One or more of the output transistors were operating in the active region instead of desaturation This can be caused by excessive transistor current or insufficient base drive voltage Z Channel is selected as a pulse input and no signal is present The checksum read from the EEPROM does not match the checksum calculated from the EEPROM data The checksum read from the board does not match the checksum calculated Main Control Board was replaced and parameters were not programmed Encoderless TorqProve has been enabled but user has not read and understood application concerns of encoderless operation Programmed Current Lmt Val has been exceeded Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 on page 3 42 Microprocessor handshake error Microprocessor handshake error Drive output current has exceeded the 1ms current rating T
336. orage is not necessary If stored more than one year add grease per lubrication instructions Table 4 4 before start up 2 3 2 SHAFT ROTATION It is recommended that the motor shaft be rotated 5 to 10 rotations every three months to distribute the grease in the bearings This will reduce the chance for corrosion to form on the bearing rolling elements and raceways Note Shaft seals and bearing seals may add drag 2 3 3 DAMP OR HUMID STORAGE LOCATIONS Treat unpainted flanges shafts and fittings with a rust inhibitor Apply appropriate power to the motor s space heaters if so equipped 3 0 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION WARNING Only qualified personnel who are familiar with the appropriate national code local codes and sound practices should install or repair electrical motors and their accessories Installation should conform to the appropriate national code as well as local codes and sound practices Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage WARNING ELECTRICAL LIVE CIRCUIT HAZARD Do not touch electrically live parts Disconnect Lockout and Tag input power supply before installing or servicing motor includes accessory devices Use a voltmeter to verify that power is off before contacting conductors 3 1 LOCATION 3 1 1 SELECTING A LOCATION Consideration should be given to environment and ventilation Motors should be installed in an area that is protected from dir
337. ore pipe leads to over pressurizing of all but the last enclosure If pressurized enclosures are to be connected in parallel each enclosure must have its own outlet either SAU25 or relief valve and pressure sensor Location The MiniPurge system should be installed either directly on or close to the pressurized enclosure PE See mounting details Control Unit CU Generally the most convenient arrangement is to install the control unit on the top of the pressurized enclosure Must be mounted vertically as shown in MiniPurge Configuration XBR 7 TDO 008 The control unit can be mounted on the side of the pressurized enclosure using the rear mounting fixings The piped connections to the pressurized enclosure should be made using metallic tube through suitable bulkhead connections The control unit can be remote mounted using the wall mounting bars WM option and should be installed as close as possible to the pressurized enclosure It should be installed so that the system indicators and certification labels may be readily observed ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 11 of 28 Expo Relief Valve RLV and Spark Arrestor Unit SAU To achieve efficient purging the points where air enters and exits the pressurized enclosure should normally be at opposite ends of the pressurized enclosure These items must be mounted vertically The relief valve RLV or spark arrestor unit SAU is recommended to be situated at the bottom or on the side of the e
338. osed and upright when not in use Empty containers may contain hazardous residues Ground equipment when transferring to prevent accumulation of static charge EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION ANSI Section 8 Respiratory protection Respiratory protection is required for use in isocyanate containing environments Consider type of application and environmental concentrations when selecting respiratory protection Observe governmental regulations for respirator use 29 CFR 1910 134 OSHA Canadian z94 4 The use of positive pressure supplied air respirator is mandatory when the airborne isocyanate concentrations are not known Note isocyanate based materials have been determined to cause allergic sensitization in humans Avoid inhalation and dermal skin contact with the uncured material Ventilation Provide dilution ventilation or local exhaust to prevent build up of vapors Use explosion proof equipment Use non sparking equipment Personal protective equipment Eye wash safety shower safety glasses or goggles Impervious gloves impervious clothing face shield apron boots STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Under normal conditions Stable see section 5 fire fighting measures Materials to avoid Oxidizers acids reducing agents bases aldehydes halogens amines alkalis water peroxides nitric acid alcohols combustible materials caustics mineral acids Nitrates Conditions to avoid Sunlight elevated temperatures moisture
339. ot est not est anti settling agent Sup Conf not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est rheological additive Sup Conf 10 mg m3 not est not est not est 5 mg m3 not est not est not est not est Footnotes H Hazardous Air Pollutant M Marine Pollutant C Ceiling Concentration that S Skin Additional exposure n a not applicable ppm parts per million S2 Sara Section 302 EHS P Pollutant S Severe Pollutant should not be exceeded over and above airborn exposure not est not established mg m3 milligrams per cubic meter S3 Sara Section 313 Chemical Carcinogenicity Listed By even instantaneously may result from skin absorption CC CERCLA Chemical Sup Conf Supplier Confidential S R Std Supplier Recommended Standard N NTP IZIARC O OSHA y yes n no Form 359D Page 3 of 3 prepared 05 06 08 eH HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION ANSI Section 3 Primary route s of exposure Inhalation skin contact eye contact ingestion Effects of overexposure Inhalation Irritation of respiratory tract Prolonged inhalation may lead to mucous membrane irritation fatigue drowsiness dizziness and or lightheadedness headache uncoordination nausea vomiting diarrhea abdominal pain chest pain blurred vision flu like symptoms coughing sneezing difficulty with speech apathy central nervous system depression anesthetic eff
340. ot est ylylylyiniylyly yellow iron oxide 51274 00 1 5 mg m3 not est not est not est 10 mg m3 not est not est not est not est tert butyl acetate 540 88 5 200 ppm not est not est not est 200 ppm not est not est not est not est pigment yellow 74 6358 31 2 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est nininininininin light aromatic solvent naphtha 64742 95 6 not est not est not est not est 500x ppm not est not est not est not est n butanol 71 36 3 20 ppm not est not est not est 100 ppm not est not est not est not est ethyl 3 ethoxypropionate 763 69 9 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est barium sulfate 7727 43 7 10 mg m3 not est not est not est 5 mg m3 not est not est not est not est castor oil raw 8001 79 4 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est hexamethylene diisocyanate 822 06 0 0 005 ppm not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est n y yly nni nij n oxo heptyl acetate 90438 79 2 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est pseudocumene 95 63 6 25 ppm not est not est not est not est not est not est n
341. ot top mounted or where internal air distribution is necessary a connection should be made from the purge air outlet on the control unit normally gt NPT Female via pipe pressure rated at least to the supply pressure to the pressurized enclosure This should be kept as short as possible and should be adequately sized to ensure that the full purge flow can be delivered Control Unit to enclosure pressure monitor When the control unit is directly top mounted onto the pressurized enclosure no connection will normally be necessary as the enclosure pressure monitor point will sense directly inside the pressurized enclosure Only if the control unit is not directly mounted or if there are fans which may create localised low pressure areas within the pressurized enclosure is it necessary to pipe this connection The connection is made to the enclosure pressure sensor fitting normally 1 8 NPT Female on the control unit There is virtually no flow in this circuit so small bore tube may be used Expo recommends 6mm 74 bore metallic tube However it is important that all connections are free of leaks Control unit to flow sensor For Continuous Flow CF systems this function is performed by the enclosure pressure sensor monitor connection On Leakage Compensation LC systems this connection is made from the enclosure flow sensor fitting normally 1 8 NPT Female on the control unit to the fitting normally 1 8 NPT Female on the relief valve
342. otherwise specified by the equipment manufacturer Models with SPDT Fig 2 The Space Thermostats with convertible adjustment have a snap In plug in the cover built in screwdriver slot and a knob for fieid installation INTERLOCKING RETAINER WAS PACKING NUT HERS 1 2 NPT ADAPTER STYLE T BULB SUPPORT TUBE Fig 3 Part No FTG13A 600R packing nut assembly Used with swaged bulb with support tube for direct Immersion application BUSHING SET SCREW 12 NPT ADAPTER BULB WELL NUMBER DIMENSION A WELIA4A GSOOR MONEL 4 len WELI4A 602R 4 94 125 WELI4A 603R 5 81 148 WELIGA 6OIR 2 81 71 Fig 4 Bulb well for liquid immersion applications where a temperature bulb may be removed without draining tank contacts are normally set so the red common to yellow contacts open at the dial setting Models with adjustable differential and ranges of 20 80 F 5 28 C 30 50 F 35 10 C and 30 100 F 35 40 C have a differential scale plate showing differential in degrees Other ranges have a scale plate see Fig 1 with a multiplier shown For example when MIN differential is 5F 2 8C then x2 is 10F 5 6C x3 is 15F 8 3C etc The controls are supplied with adjusting lever at minimum differential stamped on the control To adjust move the lever to the differential required Low cutout or high cutout stop supplied on certain models specified by the equipm
343. otor power leads This wire must be used as the equipment ground for the motor and not as the fourth current carrying wire of a WYE motor circuit The grounded metal conduit carrying the output power conductors can provide EMI shielding but the conduit does not provide an adequate ground for the motor a separate grounding conductor must be used Grounding the motor neutral WYE of a VFD powered motor may result in a VFD ground fault trip Improper grounding of an inverter fed motor may result in frame voltages in excess of 500 Volts Refer to Grounding section 3 4 4 3 3 5 4 VFD Single Phase CAUTION SINGLE PHASE MOTOR FAILURE Single Phase motors are NOT suitable for use on VFD power Connecting a Single Phase Motor to a VFD voids the warranty 3 3 5 5 Stray Voltage on Accessory Leads VFD s will couple stray common mode voltage to motor mounted RTDs thermistors thermostats and space heaters The leads of these elements must be properly insulated and control input circuits must be designed to withstand this common mode voltage 3 3 6 ACCESSORIES PROVISIONS 3 3 6 1 General Carefully read and understand the accessory manufacturers instructions supplied with motor Contact the manufacturer for additional information 3 3 6 2 Brake Motors dk CAUTION Vertical Motor Premature Brake Failure Motors with brakes that are designed for vertical applications are equipped with springs to support the brake pressure plate M
344. ounting a horizontal brake motor vertically shaft up or down may reguire a pressure plate spring modification Failure to modify the brake for the vertical application may result in premature brake failure If in question consult brake literature or brake manufacturer Brake Solenoid Wiring Do NOT connect the brake solenoid to the output of a VFD The brake solenoids must be wired to 50 60 Hz line power 3 3 6 3 Space Heaters Motors provided with space heaters have two leads that are brought into the conduit box or into an auxiliary box These leads are marked H1 H2 H3 H4 if a second space heater is supplied See the space heater nameplate on motor for heater rating ih WARNING DIVISION 2 EXPLOSION HAZARD The space heater temperature rating when used in Class Division 2 motors shall NOT exceed 80 of the auto ignition temperature of the hazardous gas or vapor See the space heater nameplate on motor for heater Temperature Code and heater rating Failure to follow this instruction could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage 3 3 6 4 Thermal Protection General Information When thermal protection is provided one of the following will be stamped on the nameplate 1 THERMALLY PROTECTED This motor has built in thermal protection Thermal protectors open the motor circuit electrically when the motor overheats or is overloaded The protector cannot be reset until the motor cools I
345. pacitors should never be installed between the drive and the motor 56 180 80 110 7200 5400 CAUTION VFD Motor Setup 210 250 130 160 5400 4200 It is the responsibility of the startup personnel during set up of the 280 180 5400 3600 VFD motor system to properly tune the drive to the motor for the 320 200 4500 3600 specific application per the VFD user manual The correct voltage boost and volts per hertz settings are application dependent and 360 225 4500 2700 unique to each motor design Failure to connect over temperature 400 440 250 280 3600 2700 devices when provided will void the warranty gt 440 280 3600 1800 Fan cooled motors Totally Enclosed amp Hazardous Locations Motors are limited to a maximum safe continuous speed of 4000 RPM For higher speeds or shortened duty cycle contact motor manufacturer 3 3 5 2 Cable Lengths For optimum insulation life limit VFD to motor cable lengths of general purpose motors to Table 3 5 values Definite purpose VFD motors may accommodate longer cable lengths For additional information contact motor manufacturer Table 3 5 Max Cable Lengths General Purpose Motors These values are based on 3 kHz carrier frequency Add suitable VFD output side filters when exceeding the listed values Frame Size 230V 460 575V nema seso wor 125 som 3 3 5 3 VFD Grounding Equipment grounding conductors may be run in the same conduit as the AC m
346. perate an electrical contact for a remote Alarm The pneumatic signal may be supplied either a to an electrical pressure operated switch Option Code IS suitable for an Intrinsically Safe circuit in accordance with Expo drawing EP80 2 11 or for a Non Incendive circuit in Division 2 or b to a bulkhead fitting where it is available to the user Option Code PO It can then be used to operate an external electrical switch either local e g explosionproof or remote in a non classified area When the enclosure pressure falls below the set point of the Sensor the Pressurized signal is removed i e the absence of the signal indicates a Alarm Pressure Failure condition The user must make use of this external alarm facility in accordance with NFPA496 2003 requirements if the system Alarm indicator is not located in a place where it can be readily observed Example The Pressurized signal can be used to produce an Alarm action by means of a conventional pressure switch set to operate at around 15psi 1 bar The Pressurized signal from the Control Unit at 30psi 2 bar or more will hold the switch in the operated position until the CU detects a low pressure in the Pressurized Enclosure and removes the Pressurized signal The Alarm switch will reset and its contacts can be used to operate a remote electrical alarm If the switch is located in the hazardous area it must either be part of an Intrinsically Safe
347. piente com gua fresca durante a execu o da limpeza autom tica de rotina Temperaturas do Rolamento Principal Sensores de temperatura s o instalados no rolamento principal das extremidades de l quidos e s lidos e ligados ao PLC As temperaturas dos rolamentos s o continuamente exibidas na tela Opera o Uma mensagem de alarme exibida no painel de controle quando a temperatura dos rolamentos ultrapassar 225 F 107 C Se a temperatura subir para 250 F 120 C uma mensagem de falha aparece e a centr fuga desligada Temperaturas de rolamentos excessivamente altas geralmente indicam falha do rolamento o que pode resultar de lubrifica o inadequada ou excessiva contamina o ou desgaste severo Consulte a Se o 5 para procedimentos de substitui o de rolamento principal Velocidade Excessiva do Recipiente Um sensor que detecta a velocidade de rota o do recipiente apresenta uma entrada para o PLC que produz uma exibi o cont nua velocidade real do recipiente nas telas Opera o e VFD do Recipiente Uma mensagem de falha exibida e a centr fuga desligada imediatamente se a velocidade subir a 3100 RPM Para reiniciar a centr fuga permita que o recipiente pare completamente verifique e remova a causa do excesso de velocidade conforme descrito na Se o 5 Depois de corrigir o s defeito s reiniciar a m quina usando o procedimento normal de inicializa o acima e verificar a velocidade da embreagem novam
348. r conectado ao sistema de controle da centr fuga para o controle de seu funcionamento Conecte o recipiente transportador e os motores da bomba de alimenta o a blocos terminais na parte inferior do lado esquerdo da cabine de controle como mostrado na Figura 3 9 O sistema de controle pode operar um motor de acionamento de bomba de alimenta o de at 30HP BLOCO DE TERMINAIS DO MOTOR DO RECIPIENTE BLOCO DE TERMINAIS DO MOTOR DO TRANSPORTADOR BLOCO DE TERMINAIS DO MOTOR DA BOMBA DE ALIMENTA O Figura 3 9 Conex es de Energia El trica ao Recipiente Transportadores e Motores da Bomba 3 12 30 de Julho de 2010 INSTALA O TESTE DE POLARIDADE ATEN O CERTIFIQUE SE QUE OS MOTORES ROTACIONAM NA DIRE O CORRETA POLARIDADE INCORRETA DO MOTOR DO TRANSPORTADOR FARA COM QUE O MOTOR DO TRANSPORTADOR ROTACIONE A UMA VELOCIDADE INCORRETA RESULTANDO EM PROBLEMAS DE PROCESSAMENTO No procedimento a seguir a polaridade vital Certifique se que todos os motores giram na dire o correta Apenas verificar se os s lidos s o descarregados da extremidade de s lidos NAO assegura a polaridade correta Se o motor do transportador estiver mal conectado o transportador pode ficar obstru do ou inundado dependendo das defini es de velocidade do recipiente e do transportador Teste a polaridade correta de todas as conex es da seguinte forma 1 Ligue centr fuga 2 Acione o recipiente a 20 RPM com uma veloc
349. rd a value that will start the drive See page 4 1 for a description of alarm types Troubleshooting 4 13 Table 4 D Alarm Cross Reference Alarm No Alarm 0 Alarm 1 Precharge Active 14 Load Loss 27 Speed Ref Cflct 2 UnderVoltage 15 Ground Warn 28 Ixo Vit Rang 3 Power Loss 17 Dig In ConflictA 29 Sleep Config 4 Start At PowerUp 18 Dig In ConflictB 30 TB Man Ref Cflct 5 Analog in Loss 19 Dig In ConflictC 31 PTC Conflict 6 IntDBRes OvrHeat 20 Bipolar Conflict 32 Brake Slipped 8 Drive OL Level 1 21 Motor Type Cflct 33 AdjVoltRef Cflct 9 Drive OL Level 2 22 NP Hz Conflict 34 Home Not Set 10 Decel Inhibt 23 MaxFreq Conflict 49 Torq Prove Cflct 11 Waking 24 VHz Neg Slope 50 Prof Step Cflct 12 Motor Thermistor 25 IR Volts Range 52 PI Config Conflict 13 In Phase Loss 26 FluxAmpsRef Rang Alarm numbers not listed are reserved for future use Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions Drive does not Start from Start or Run Inputs wired to the terminal block Cause s Indication Corrective Action Drive is Faulted Flashing red Clear fault status light e Press Stop e Cycle power e Set Fault Clear to 1 See page 3 42 e Clear Faults on the HIM Diagnostic menu Incorrect input wiring See pages 1 19 amp None Wire inputs correctly and or install 1 20 for wiring examples jumper e 2 wire control requires Run Run Forward Run Reverse or J
350. re and support continued breathing Get emergency medical attention Have trained person give oxygen if necessary Get medical help for any breathing difficulty Skin contact Wash thoroughly with soap and water If any product remains gently rub petroleum jelly vegetable or mineral baby oil onto skin Repeated applications may be needed Remove contaminated clothing Wash contaminated clothing before re use Dispose of contaminated leather items such as shoes and belts If irritation occurs consult a physician Eye contact Flush immediately with large amounts of water especially under lids for at least 15 minutes If irritation or other effects persist obtain medical treatment Ingestion If swallowed obtain medical treatment immediately FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES ANSI Section 5 Fire extinguishing media Dry chemical or foam water fog Carbon dioxide Closed containers may explode when exposed to extreme heat or fire Vapors may ignite explosively at ambient temperatures Vapors are heavier than air and may travel long distances to a source of ignition and flash back Vapors can form explosive mixtures in air at elevated temperatures Closed containers may burst if exposed to extreme heat or fire May decompose under fire conditions emitting irritant and or toxic gases Fire fighting procedures Water may be used to cool and protect exposed containers Firefighters should use full protective clothing eye protection and self contained b
351. reathing apparatus Self contained breathing apparatus recommended Hazardous decomposition or combustion products Carbon monoxide carbon dioxide oxides of nitrogen oxides of sulfur ammonia aldehydes toxic gases barium compounds Cyanides MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET prepared 08 02 04 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES ANSI Section 6 Steps to be taken in case material is released or spilled Comply with all applicable health and environmental regulations Eliminate all sources of ignition Ventilate area Ventilate area with explosion proof equipment Spills may be collected with absorbent materials Use non sparking tools Evacuate all unnecessary personnel Place collected material in proper container Complete personal protective equipment must be used during cleanup Large spills shut off leak if safe to do so Dike and contain spill Pump to storage or salvage vessels Use absorbent to pick up excess residue Keep salvageable material and rinse water out of sewers and water courses Small spills use absorbent to pick up residue and dispose of properly HANDLING AND STORAGE ANSI Section 7 Handling and storage Store below 80f Store below 100f 38c Keep away from heat sparks and open flame Keep away from direct sunlight heat and all sources of ignition Other precautions Use only with adequate ventilation Do not take internally Keep out of reach of children Avoid contact with skin and eyes and breathing of vapors Wa
352. red 08 02 04 DERRICK CORPORATION SE O 3 INSTALA O GERAL Esta se o descreve o procedimento de instala o recomendado para o equipamento Derrick definido pelo n mero do modelo e o n mero do desenho associado ao seu equipamento A centr fuga enviada completamente montado Portanto para seguran a durante o transporte o conjunto rotativo sustentado pelos suportes de transporte Este deve ser abaixado at a base e em seguida os seus rolamentos pillow blocks presos base SEGURAN A Ler e compreender TODAS as informa es de seguran a apresentadas neste manual antes de instalar e operar este equipamento Consulte a Se o 2 para um resumo dos Avisos direcionados instala o opera o e manuten o deste equipamento Antes de iniciar a instala o revise os procedimentos de manipula o do equipamento nesta se o Falha em observar a forma adequada de manejo do equipamento pode resultar em serias les es ou morte de funcion rios e ou danos ao equipamento ATEN O PARA ASSEGURAR O EQUIL BRIO E ORIENTA O ADEQUADOS E PREVENIR DANOS AOS COMPONENTES QUANDO A UNIDADE FOR LEVANTADA S FIXAR AS CORRENTES DE _ LEVANTAMENTO NOS PONTOS DE ELEVA O DESIGNADOS TENTAR A SUSPEN O POR FIXA O EM NENHUM OUTRO LOCAL ATEN O ASSEGURE SE QUE O DISPOSITIVO DE SUPORTE TENHA CAPACIDADE DE LEVANTAMENTO SUFICIENTE PARA COM SEGURAN A AGUENTAR O PESO DO EQUIPAMENTO ABAIXE A CENTRIFUGA SUAVEME
353. remente e sem atrito percept vel 2 Feche a tampa aperte todos os parafusos da tampa a torque exigido ver se o 5 e assegure se que todos os protetores est o no local 3 Verifique se todos os funcion rios est o longe da centr fuga e todas as prote es est o nos seus locais antes de fornecer energia el trica para o equipamento 4 Apenas para o gabinete a prova de explos es ligue o ar comprimido para come ar o ciclo de drenagem do gabinete 30 de Outubro de 2009 4 3 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS INICIALIZA O NORMAL CONT 5 Ligue e centr fuga A seguinte tela aparecer no arm rio prova de explos o ser exibida ap s o ciclo de drenagem ser conclu do DERRICK DE 1000 CORPORATION VFD Centrifuge Clean Out Operation Setup Alarms Brg Temps Cent Status Diagnostics Motor 6 Coma Tela Inicial sendo exibida selecione Opera o para visualizar a seguinte tela Derrick Centrifuge Operation Bowl Conveyor O Pump input RPM Input RPM Manual Input GPM 2 TN Y 4 Y y 0 Y Actual RPM Actual RPM Actual GPM 0 0 0 0 0 Torque Torque 0 0 0 0 Torque mu EEENN Staus Clean Out Alarms Faults Bowl VFD Conv VFD Pump VFD Home 7 Usando seta para cima e para baixo defina os RPMs de entrada do recipiente e do conjunto transportador na velocidade desejada 8 Duas op es est o dispon veis para o controle
354. rge Controllers Sub MiniPurge MiniPurge Super MiniPurge Super MiniPurge 1800 3500 7000 7000X 5 Applicant Expo Telektron Safety Systems Ltd Address Summer Road Thames Ditton Surrey KT7 ORH UK 7 This equipment and any acceptable variation thereto is specified in the schedule to this certificate and the documents therein referred to 8 Sira Certification Service notified body number 0518 in accordance with Article 9 of Directive 94 9 of 23 March 1994 certifies that this equipment has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of equipment intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex II to the Directive The examination and test results are recorded in confidential report number R53A7169A and project number 51V8628 9 Compliance with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements with the exception of those listed in the schedule to this certificate has been assured by compliance with the following documents EN 50014 1997 amendments 1 2 EN 50016 1995 10 If the sign X is placed after the certificate number it indicates that the equipment is subject to special conditions for safe use specified in the schedule to this certificate 11 This type examination certificate relates only to the design and construction of the specified equipment If applicable further requirements of this Directive apply to the manufacture and supply of t
355. rge flow rate through the RLV Spark Arrestor The Spark Arrestor is calibrated during manufacture so that the back pressure at the desired Purge Flow rate is known The Purge Flow Sensor is set to operate when that back pressure is exceeded The output from the Flow Sensor is indicated on the Control Unit and on X Pressurization systems used to operate the automatic purge timer Both Enclosure Pressure and Purge Flow have to be correct before the Purge Timer can start 0 2 Continuous Flow after High Purge Model CFHP system The CFHP Control Unit is identical to the LC version The difference is in the provision of one or more fixed outlet orifices to provide a deliberate leak at a known flow rate The Outlet Orifice is pre calibrated so that the Page 1 of 8 ML384 Issue 01 12 10 05 pressure drop at the desired flow rate is known The Minimum Pressure Sensor within the Control Unit will be set to the same value as the pressure drop When the PE pressure exceeds the calibrated pressure the Continuous Flow must be taking place There are three ways of providing this calibrated Outlet Orifice in current production Please consult the system specification sheet to determine which has been supplied The choice Type SAU where the Outlet Orifice disk is removable and can be easily changed by the user to give different flow rates according to the size of the Pressurized Enclosure and the available air supply capacity denotes the
356. s 2 8 11 and 15 ACGIH TLV OSHA PEL S R Common Name CAS No 8 Hour TWA STEL C s 8 Hour TWA STEL 5 Std S2 93 lI O diisobutyl ketone 108 83 8 25 ppm not est not est not est 50 ppm not est not est not est not est ethyl orthoformate 122 51 0 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est butyl acetate 123 86 4 150 ppm 200 ppm not est not est 150 ppm not est not est not est not est phthalo green pigment 1328 53 6 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est nininininininin xylene 1330 20 7 100 ppm 150 ppm not est not est 100 ppm not est not est not est not est titanium dioxide 13463 67 7 10 mg m3 not est not est not est 10 mg m3 not est not est not est not est acrylic polymer 26916 05 2 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est aliphatic polyisocyanate 28182 81 2 not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est not est formaldehyde 50 00 0 not est not est 0 3 ppm not est 0 75 ppm 2 ppm not est not est n
357. s Line indicates Faulted Corrective Action 1 See Attention statement on page P 4 2 Reprogram parameters 161 162 to eliminate any Adjust Freq selection Disable bus regulation parameters 161 amp 162 and add a dynamic brake 4 Correct AC input line instability or add an isolation transformer 5 Reset drive 4 16 Troubleshooting Testpoint Codes and Functions Select testpoint with Testpoint x Sel parameters 234 236 Values can be viewed with Testpoint x Data parameters 235 237 Values No Description Units Minimum Maximum Default 01 DPI Error Status 1 0 255 0 02 Heatsink Temp 0 1 degC 100 0 100 0 0 03 Active Limit 1 0 32767 0 04 Active PWM Freq 1Hz 2 10 4 05 Life MegaWatt Hr 0 0001 MWh 0 214748 3647 0 06 Life Run Time 0 0001 Hrs 0 214748 3647 0 07 Life Pwr Up Time 0 0001 Hrs 0 214748 3647 0 08 Life Pwr Cycles 1 0 4294967295 0 09 Life MW HR Fract 2 1 0 4294967295 0 10 MW HR Frac Unit 1 0 4294967295 0 11 MCB Life Time 0 0001 Hrs 0 214748 3647 0 12 Raw Analog In 1 1 0 0 13 Raw Analog In 2 1 0 0 16 CS Msg Rx Cnt 1 0 65535 0 17 CS Msg Tx Cnt 1 0 65535 0 18 CS Timeout Cnt 1 0 255 0 19 CS Msg Bad Cnt 1 0 255 0 22 PC Msg Rx Cnt 1 0 65535 0 23 PC Msg Tx Cnt 1 0 65535 0 24 29 PC1 6 Timeout Cnt 1 0 255 0 30 CAN BusOff Cnt 1 0 65535 0 31 No of Analog Inputs 1 0 x 0 32 Raw Temper
358. s at the motor terminals 1 power is within 10 of rated voltage with rated frequency applied Verify with nameplate ratings OR 2 power is within 5 of rated frequency with rated voltage OR 3 combined variation in voltage and frequency of 10 sum of absolute values of rated values provided the frequency variation does not exceed 5 of rated frequency 4 For 3 phase motors the line to line full load voltage must be balanced within 196 5 If the motor is rated 208 230V the voltage deviations must be calculated from 230V CAUTION Reduced Motor Performance Operation outside of these limits will degrade motor performance and increase operating temperature 3 4 2 TERMINAL BOX 3 4 2 1 Conduit Opening For ease of connections motors are typically provided with large terminal boxes Most motors have conduit access in 90 degree increments the terminal box conduit opening is typically provided via knockouts holes with covers or the terminal box is rotate able Fabricated conduit boxes may have a removable plate for the installer to provide correctly sized hole s 3 4 2 2 Hazardous Locations Motors WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARDS 1 Terminal Boxes mounted to motor with a pipe nipple If a pipe nipple mounted terminal box is removed or rotated it must be reassembled with a minimum of five full threads of engagement 2 Component Removal Do not set a terminal box component on its machined surfa
359. s entirety and without change Sira Certification Service Rake Lane Eccleston Chester CH4 9JN England 1 Tel 44 0 1244 670900 Fax 14 0 1244 681330 Page 5 of 5 Email exhazard siratc co uk ST amp C Chester Form 9176 Issue 6 Sira Certification Service is a service of Sira Test amp Certification Lte 5 FM Approvals 1151 Boston Providence Turnpike Box 9102 Norwood MA 02062 USA T 781 762 4300 F 781 762 9375 www fmglobal com CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE HAZARDOUS CLASSIFIED LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT This certificate is issued for the following equipment Associated Type X Pressurization Apparatus for Class I Division 1 Groups A B C and D when installed per document M496LC aXLCbc Mini X Purge LC Control System EP80 2 11 for Option AS aXCFHPbc Mini X Purge Type CFHP Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 115 Associated Type X Pressurization Apparatus for Class Division 1 Groups B C and D when installed per document M498CF aXCFbe Mini X Purge Type CF Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 115 Associated Type Y Pressurization Apparatus for Class 1 Division 1 Groups A B C and D when installed per document M496LG aYLCbc Mini Y Purge Type LC Control System EP80 2 11 for Option 15 aYCFHPbc Mini Y Purge Type CFHP Control System EP80 2 11 for Option IS die FM Approvals HLC 8 02 X8A4 AE Cu Page 1 of 4 Associated Type Y Pressuriz
360. s of this material Complies with OSHA hazard communication standard 29CFR1910 1200 YON sued III STI Pr PWA onuoAy prong SZ6 r9Z Sr 008 ON AUNOHda TAL AONHOIHIAH YAINIdd AXOd3 HOIS ONIZ MELE Carcinogenicity The international agency for research on cancer IARC has evaluated ethylbenzene and classified it as a possible human carcinogen group 2b based on sufficient evidence for carcinogenicity in experimental animals but inadequate evidence for cancer in exposed humans In a 2 year inhalation study conducted by the national toxicology program NTP ethylbenzene vapor at 750 ppm produced kidney and testicular tumors in rats and lung and liver tumors in mice Genetic toxicity studies showed no genotoxic effects The relevance of these results to humans is not known Reproductive effects High exposures to xylene in some animal studies often at maternally toxic levels have affected embryo fetal development The significance of this finding to humans is not known Mutagenicity Triethylenetetramine has demonstrated weak mutagenic activity in standard in vitro tests and has caused embryo fetal toxicity and fetal malformations when fed to rats Triethylenetetramine did not exhibit carcinogenic potential in life time mouse skin painting studies Teratogenicity No teratogenic effects are anticipated ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION No ecological testing has been done by ICI paints on this product as
361. s similares Considere os seguintes fatores ao estabelecer um estoque de pe as de reposi o e Ciclo de servi o e Temperatura ambiente e Ambiente Operacional 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 31 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O 2 Anos N da Pe a Descri ao Validade Qtd G0007726 Tira de Feltro r No 1 G0007727 Tira de Feltro No G0007808 Rolamento de Rolete Extremidade de Sim 1 L quidos 90007809 Anel de Feltro 1 G0007810 Retentor tipo gaxeta Extremidade de 1 L quidos amo Anerem O wo amores Arer em O Exremisade de gados nao o 80007802 Paratuso no o EA G0007821 Anel de Reten o G0007822 Rolamento de Rolete Extremidade de S lidos G0007823 Retentor tipo gaxeta Anel em O Caixa de Engrenagem G0007829 Anel em O Polia Acionadora G0007763 Parafuso Cabeca Sextavada ef G0007729 Arruela Plana N 1 G0007759 Fita de Reten o G0007752 Retentor de Borracha ES G0007767 Mola de Press o 16995 00 Placas Desgast veis Conus G0007875 Retentor do Eixo No 1 5 32 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O 2 Anos Qtd G0007876 Retentor do Eixo No 1 G0007877 Rolamento de Rolete Transportador r No 1 G0007883 Retentor de L bio Anel em V r No 1 G0007751 Parafuso Cabe a Oca No 4 G0007855 Arruela de Travamento No 4 G0007856 Isolador d
362. se Motors Where an extension cord s is utilized to provide power to the motor the extension cord s must be 1 the proper gauge size per table 3 8 2 in good working condition 3 properly grounded 3 4 4 GROUND CONNECTION S de WARNING ELECTRICAL GROUNDING HAZARD For general information on grounding USA refer to NEC Article 250 Improper grounding of an inverter fed motor may result in frame voltages in excess of 500 Volts In making the ground connection the installer must make certain that a good electrical connection is obtained between motor and grounding lead Failure to properly ground motors per the applicable national code such as NEC Article 430 and local codes may cause serious injury or death to personnel Primary Internal Ground A grounding conductor must be connected to the grounding terminal provided in the terminal housing This grounding terminal is either a ground screw ground lug or a tapped hole to be used with a separately provided ground screw The internal grounding feature is accessible inside the terminal housing and must be used as the primary grounding connection Secondary External Ground Some motors are provided with a supplemental grounding terminal located on the external surface of the motor frame or feet This external terminal is for supplemental bonding connections where local codes permit or require such connection 3 4 5 START UP dh WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Be
363. se das tend ncias ao longo do tempo Os torques do recipiente e do transportador s o exibidos no lado direito da tela A tela de Temperatura do Rolamento tamb m acess vel a partir da Tela de Torque do Motor O operador pode retornar tela Opera o ou tela Inicial usando os bot es na parte inferior direita da tela 4 10 30 de Outubro de 2009 INTRU ES OPERACIONAIS T NDENCIA DE TORQUE DO MOTOR CONT Motor Torque 1 Mn Update TORQUE DO MOTOR DO RECIPIENTE ROLAR PARA ESQUERDA OU DIREITA TORQUE DO MOTOR DO TRANSPORTADOR tI 114 1 5 4 4 84231 Pa Operston TELA DE VISUALIZA O DA TEMPERATURA DO ROLAMENTO Figura 4 4 Tela de Tend ncia de Torque do Motor DIAGN STICOS DE SISTEMA Diagn sticos de sistema incorporados analisam continuamente o sistema de controle em busca de falhas A tela de Diagn sticos Figura 4 5 auxilia na resolu o de problemas apresentando qualquer falha nas reas cr ticas da centr fuga O estado operacional atual do Recipiente do Transportador e dos VFDs da Bomba bem como os sensores de velocidade e temperatura s o exibidos na tela Leituras anal gicas em mA s o exibidas na parte inferior da tela dos sensores de temperatura do rolamento principal e sensor de velocidade do recipiente A tela acess vel a partir da tela Inicial bem como as tr s telas do VFD VERD SEM FALHA DE VFD VERM FALHA DE
364. sential Health and Safety Requirements has been assured by compliance with EN 50014 1997 Amendments 1 amp 2 EN 50019 2000 EN 50281 1 1 1998 Amendment 1 except in respect of those requirements listed at item 18 of the Schedule If the sign X is placed after the certificate number it indicates that the equipment or protective system is subject to special conditions for safe use specified in the schedule to this certificate This EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE relates only to the desiga and construction of the specified equipment or protective system Further requirements of the Directive apply to the manufacturing process and supply of this equipment or protective system These are not covered by this certificate The marking of the equipment or protective system shall include the following E H 2GD EEx e H T100 C 20 C to 55 IP64 This certificate may only be reproduced in its entirety without any change schedule included Baseefa 2001 Ltd Customer Reference No 0379 Project File No 04 0442 This certificate is granted subject to the general terms and conditions of Baseefa 2001 Ltd It does not necessarily indicate that the equipment 1 c may be used in particular industries or circumstances C u Baseefa 2001 Ltd R S SINCLAIR Health and Safety Laboratory Site Harpur Hill Buxton Derbyshire SK17 9JN DIRECTOR Telephone 44 0 1298 28255 Fax 44 0 1298 28216 On behalf
365. sh hands thoroughly after handling especially before eating or smoking Keep containers tightly closed and upright when not in use Empty containers may contain hazardous residues Ground equipment when transferring to prevent accumulation of static charge EXPOSURE CONTROLS PERSONAL PROTECTION ANSI Section 8 Respiratory protection Control environmental concentrations below applicable exposure standards when using this material When respiratory protection is determined to be necessary use a NIOSH MSHA Canadian z94 4 Approved elastomeric sealing surface facepiece respirator outfitted with organic vapor cartridges and paint spray dust mist prefilters Determine the proper level of protection by conducting appropriate air monitoring Consult 22CFR1910 134 For selection of respirators Canadian 794 4 Ventilation Provide dilution ventilation or local exhaust to prevent build up of vapors Use explosion proof equipment Use non sparking equipment Personal protective equipment Eye wash safety shower safety glasses or goggles Impervious gloves impervious clothing face shield apron STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Under normal conditions Stable see section 5 fire fighting measures Materials to avoid Oxidizers acids reducing agents bases aldehydes ketones halogens amines carbon tetrachloride at elevated temperatures aluminum nitric acid metal compounds lewis acids mineral acids Conditions to avoid Elevated tempera
366. specifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o 9 Insira uma alavanca no buraco do pino guia no eixo da caixa de engrenagem e cuidadosamente alinhe o orif cio para facilitar a inser o do pino guia 10 Aplique um composto antiengripante no pino guia e nos plugues do tubo Insira o pino atrav s do transportador e do eixo da caixa de engrenagem e instale plugues de tubo em furos enroscados no transportador para reter o pino ANEL EM O Figura 5 22 Localiza o do Anel em O da Caixa de Engrenagem ATEN O NO PASSO A SEGUIR USE UM AQUECEDOR DE ROLAMENTO OU UM BANHO DE OLEO LIMPO AQUECIDO PARA AQUECER A PISTA INTERNA DO ROLAMENTO N O USE UM MA ARICO POIS ASSIM DANIFICARA O ROLAMENTO 11 A pista interna do rolamento principal est instalada no eixo da caixa de engrenagem na f brica No entanto se a caixa de engrenagem retirada est sendo reinstalada ser necess rio instalar uma nova pista interna da seguinte forma a Usando um aquecedor de rolamentos ou banho de leo quente aque a a pista interna do rolamento principal at cerca de 230 110 b Usando luvas protetoras deslize a pista interna at o mancal c Espere que a pista esfrie antes de prosseguir com a instala o do rolamento principal 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 27 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O 12 Aplique graxo no rolamento de acordo com a tabela de lubrifica o na Figura 5 1 e instale na pista interna 13 Orien
367. spect 2 1 2 Turn Motor Shaft 2 1 3 Check Nameplate 2 2 Handling 2 2 1 Correct Lifting Angles 2 3 Storage 2 3 1 Bearing Lubrication 2 3 2 Shaft Rotation 2 3 3 Damp or Humid Storage Locations 3 0 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION 3 1 Location 3 1 1 Selecting a Location 3 1 2 Ambient Temperature Limits 3 1 3 Construction Selection per Location 3 1 3 1 Dripproof 3 1 3 2 Totally Enclosed 3 1 3 3 Hazardous Locations Motors 3 2 Mounting Motor 3 2 1 Rigid Base Footed 3 2 2 Rigid Base Hole Selection 6 or 8 Hole Bases 3 2 3 Vertical 3 3 Application Assembly to Motor 3 3 1 General Proper Alignment 3 3 2 Direct Coupling 3 3 3 Direct Connected 3 3 4 Belted 3 3 5 VFD Operation 3 3 6 Accessories 3 3 6 1 General 3 3 6 2 Brake Motors 3 3 6 3 Space Heaters 3 3 6 4 Thermal Protection General Thermostats Thermisters amp RTDs 3 3 6 5 RTD Alarm amp Trip Settings 3 3 7 Guards 3 4 Electrical Connections 3 4 1 Power Supply Branch Circuit 3 4 1 1 Branch Circuit Supply 3 4 1 2 Fuses Breakers Overload Relays 3 4 1 3 AC Power Supply Limits 3 4 2 Terminal Box 3 4 2 1 Conduit opening 3 4 2 2 Hazardous Locations 3 4 3 Lead Connections 3 4 3 1 Wire Size Requirements Single Phase 3 4 3 2 Extension Cords Single Phase 3 4 4 Ground Connections 3 4 5 Start Up 3 4 5 1 Start Up No Load Procedure 3 4 5 2 Start Up Load Connected Procedure 3 4 5 3 Jogging and or repeated starts 4 0 MAINTENANCE 4 1 General Inspection 4 1 1 Ventilati
368. splaying the following Hz e Alarm name Type 2 alarms only Main Menu e Alarm bell graphic Diagnostics Parameter Device Select 4 4 Troubleshooting Manually Clearing Faults Step 1 Press Esc to acknowledge the fault The fault information will be removed so that you can use the HIM 2 Address the condition that caused the fault The cause must be corrected before the fault can be cleared 3 After corrective action has been taken clear the fault by one of these methods e Press Stop e Cycle drive power e Set parameter 240 Fault Clear to 1 e Clear Faults on the HIM Diagnostic menu Fault Descriptions Table 4 A Fault Types Descriptions and Actions Fault Analog In Loss Anlg Cal Chksum Auto Rstrt Tries AutoTune Aborted Auxiliary Input Cntl Bd Overtemp DB Resistance 2 29 108 Description An analog input is configured to fault on signal loss A signal loss has occurred Configure with Anlg In 1 2 Loss on page 3 52 The checksum read from the analog calibration data does not match the checksum calculated Drive unsuccessfully attempted to reset a fault and resume running for the programmed number of Fit RstRun Tries Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 on page 3 42 Autotune function was canceled by the user or a fault occurred Auxiliary input interlock is open The temperature sensor on the Ma
369. st unintentional contact with chas sis or components 1 Important Do Not remove jumpers if the distribution system is grounded 1 14 Installation Wiring Figure 1 5 Typical Jumper Locations see Table 1 D for description 11165055500 00000000 zi o LI 000 HHH o Hi oo Im U sho Esho W N a LA L lle Frames 0 amp 1 Frame 2 VO Cassette Removed o Sera a gt m 8 ooooco m 00009 m O9990 e 00000 il o uis a AXN BRIBR2 DC DC UM V T2 WIT3 RLI 612 TAS To spe e e e e o e ej ei m 8 e PE i gi a eses o e e Le olojolololololo SHLD o pres L 4 E o M N i N Important Do Not discard or replace grounding har
370. stallation maintenance amp operating instructions drawings certificates ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 Page 3 of 28 Expo Organisation of this manual The manual covers the Size 1 MiniPurge from the Expo range of MiniPurge systems The manual starts with the products specification and options It then describes the various options available and the attributes of each option Each section of the manual then describes the aspects that are common to all systems and then deals with specific matters relating to the different options If a pressurized enclosure and or MiniPurge Interface Unit MIU are supplied under the same order as this MiniPurge system drawings specification sheets and certification for these products will be found as individual manuals Application Suitability Purge systems may be used for hazards of certain gas groups refer to Specification Sheet Apparatus associated with the Purge system such as intrinsically safe signalling circuits and flameproof enclosures containing switching devices will be limited in their gas group The certification documentation supplied with any such devices must be checked to ensure their suitability This system is designed for use primarily with compressed air Where other inert compressed gasses are used Nitrogen for example the user must take suitable precautions so that the build up of the gas does not present a hazard to health Consult the Control of Substances Hazardous to Heal
371. t MiniPurge Interface Unit ATEX Certification User Instruction Manual Certification Data Manufacturer Expo Technologies Ltd Thames Ditton Surrey UK Hazardous Area Marking Code EEx e II T100 C IP64 0519 Ex II2 G D Tamb 20 C to 55 C Type MIU B e P1827 or MIU B e P1813 Certificate Number Baseefa04ATEX0218 Rating 550V 10A Serial Number YYYY XZZZZZ YYYY year of manufacture i e 2004 XZZZZZ serial number i e M50031 Application Suitability MiniPurge Interface Units are certified for use in Hazardous Areas where the Hazardous Area is non mining i e above ground and the hazard is caused by flammable gasses or vapours The systems may be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Hazardous Areas ATEX Category 2 and 3 respectively MiniPurge Interface Unit may be used for hazards of any gas group The following materials are used in the construction of MiniPurge Interface Units If substances that will adversely affect any of these materials are present in the surrounding environment please consult Expo Technologies for further guidance This equipment is designed for use under normal industrial conditions of ambient temperature humidity and vibration Please consult Expo Technologies before installing this equipment in conditions that may cause stresses beyond normal industrial conditions Materials of construction Stainless Steel Steel Brass Copper Polyamide PVC Only install commission inspect maintain or fault fin
372. tador 22 Remova 20 parafusos de cabe a oca M16 que prendem a caixa de engrenagem ao conjunto do recipiente Figura 5 21 23 Remova quatro parafusos de cabe a sextavada M16 do alojamento e lubrifique e instale parafusos jack em dois dos orif cios enroscados a 180 graus de separa o 24 Conecte um guincho apropriado capaz de levantar pelo menos 550 libras 250 kg para apoiar a caixa de engrenagem quando ela for levantada para fora do conjunto do recipiente 25 Alternadamente gire cada parafuso jack instalado na etapa 23 acima para tirar lentamente a caixa de engrenagem at estar totalmente fora do conjunto do recipiente 5 24 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O Remo o Cont PLACA DE BLOQUEIO PORTO EFLUENTE PARAFUSO M12 Figura 5 20 Remo o do Pino Guia quem Prende o Eixo da Caixa de Engrenagens ao Transportador 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 25 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O PARAFUSO F MEA TIPO 20 PL PARAFUSO DE CABE A SEXTAVADA TIPO 4 PL Figura 5 21 Remo o da Caixa de Engrenagem Instala o Para instalar a caixa de engrenagem fa a o seguinte 1 Usando um guincho adequado ap ie a caixa de engrenagem substituta em um n vel horizontal como feito anteriormente em Remo o Bata levemente e limpe todos os orif cios na caixa de engrenagem Remover os revestimentos de prote o de todas as superf cies de contato da caixa de engrenagem 2 Instale um novo anel
373. tch shall be installed so as to provide for mechanical protection against impact energy in accordance with EN 50014 section 23 4 3 1 The quality of the connecting cable shall satisfy the thermal and mechanical requirements within the functional range This EC type examination certificate as well as any future supplements thereto shall at the same time be regarded as supplements to Certificate of Conformity PTB No Ex 91 C 1083 X sheet 3 4 EC type examination Certificates without signature and official stamp shall not be valid The certificates may be circulated only without alteration Extracts or alterations are subject to approval by the Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt In case of dispute the German text shall prevail Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt Bundesallee 100 D 38116 Braunschweig Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt P JIB Braunschweig und Berlin SCHEDULE TO EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE PTB 00 ATEX 1093 X 18 Essential health and safety requirements The tests and the favourable results these have produced reveal that the limit switch meets the requirements of directive 94 9 EC as well as those of the standards quoted on the cover sheet Braunschweig December 7 2000 sheet 4 4 M 5 EC type examination Certificates without signature and official stamp shall not be valid The certificates may be circulated only without aiteration Extracts or alterations are subject
374. te e do Quadro Eletrico 30 de Julho de 2010 3 3 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INSTALA O POSICIONAMENTO E MONTAGEM DO EQUIPAMENTO Placas de Base s o necess rias durante a instala o da centr fuga Organize o local da instala o e localize as placas de base de acordo com a Figura 3 2 As placas de base possuem postes centrais de 1 9 16 x 1 9 16 40 mm x 40 mm Eles podem ser aparafusados ou soldados plataforma de montagem para posicionar corretamente e evitar movimento da centr fuga Ao baixar a centr fuga para a placa de base certifique se que os postes de centraliza o se acoplam abertura na parte inferior de cada um dos isoladores de vibra o 3 4 30 de Julho de 2010 INSTALA AO ep oe5ejejsu ap 6201 Op oe3eziueDuo z e einDiJ Bm Hg S unugz p 91 51 281 op edwe ep ogsuadsng unusze 6 9E og5ejueui y oqni 1 Beg 2601 Er EN unugoz 82 8 h d QHSL PLL 221 Or TEE PI 21 02 R wwogg Ei wwgp6Z OL SE LEL Jo op og5unf ogsuedsng 3 5 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD 30 de Julho de 2010 INSTALA O ISOLADOR DE VIBRA O DE BORRACHA OCA POSTE DE CENTRALIZA O 1 9 16 X 1 9 16 40 MM X 40 MM PLACA DE MONTAGEM INSTALADA NA PLATAFORMA SOLDADA OU PARAFUSADA
375. te nesta se o Remo o O conjunto rotativo deve ser removido para uma limpeza completa substitui o de rolamento ou para realiza o da inspe o e manuten o Para remover o conjunto rotativo fa a o seguinte O EQUIPAMENTO EST FECHADO TRANCADO DESENERGISADO E TENHA PARADO DE GIRAR ANTES DE EXECUTAR AJUSTES E OU MANUTEN AO i ATEN O PARA EVITAR S RIAS LES ES FISICAS CERTIFIQUI SE DE QUE 1 Desligue a alimenta o e desative bloqueie e etiquete LOTO a energia el trica para a centr fuga Permita ao conjunto rotativo parar completamente Desconecte a tubula o de alimenta o do flange do componente de alimenta o Retire os parafusos que prendem a correia de seguran a ao inv lucro e levante e remova o protetor Remova os parafusos que prendem a tampa do inv lucro ao inv lucro e abra a tampa Soltar os parafusos que prendem a meia embreagem limitadora de torque ao eixo do motor de acionamento do transportador Figura 5 5 escorregue a metade de acoplamento em dire o ao motor at onde a extremidade do eixo do motor for vis vel e remova o spider 6 Solte as porcas que prendem o motor de acionamento do recipiente base vire o parafuso de tens o para liberar a tens o e remova a correia da polia do recipiente 7 Remova os parafusos arruelas de travamento e arruelas lisas que prendem o pillow block base nas extremidades de l quidos e s lidos Figura 5 6 e remova os pinos de ali
376. te o anel espa ador com um passo maior em dire o ao rolamento Figura 5 23 e instale o anel espa ador e ajustador de graxa no eixo da caixa de engrenagem 14 Deslize a carca a e o came do sensor de velocidade no eixo da caixa de engrenagem Defina o came do sensor de velocidade como 1 1 4 da extremidade da carca a como mostrado e aperte os parafusos de ajuste para prender a came 15 Instale o anel em O no flange de entrada e posicione o flange de entrada no alojamento da caixa de engrenagem Instale e aperte os parafusos de acordo com as Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o 16 Coloque as metades superior e inferior do pillow block sobre o rolamento principal e instale e aperte os parafusos de acordo com Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o 17 Deslize a polia no eixo contra o flange de entreada e instale e aperte os parafusos de acordo com Especifica es do Torque das Ferragens nesta se o 18 Deslize a metade fixa da embreagem no eixo da caixa de engrenagem mas deixe os parafusos de montagem soltos CAME DO SENSOR DE VELOCIDADE 7 IS N NN imi ANEL ESPACADOR ORIENTAR COM PASSOS LARGOS EM DIRE O CARCA A AO ROLAMENTO POLIA Figura 5 23 Instala o de Polia no Eixo da Caixa de Engrenagem 19 Reinstale o conjunto rotativo na centr fuga da segunte forma a Aplique composto anti ferrugem nas superf cies de acasalamento dos pillow blocks e base d
377. ter establishing that such action is necessary If the system is less than 12 months old parts under warranty should be returned to Expo for investigation with a full report of the fault and the system serial number As with any pneumatic system the greatest enemies are water oil and dirt in the air supply For this reason the air system must always incorporate a dust and water filter This can be part of the Expo system or can be provided by others However dirt can enter from other sources and it is vital therefore that the procedures described in Section 2 is carried out before using the system for the first time or following any disconnection of the pipe work Failure to perform this work may cause damage that will not be covered under warranty Before making the following checks verify that both the main air supply pressure to the purge system amp the regulated pressure to the logic is as specified on the system specification sheet Different flow charts for faulting have been provided for both the CF and LC options ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 20 of 28 Expo Fault Finding CF ML 306 Pressurized Purging indicator will not turn green during start up Check the air supply pressure at the inlet to the MiniPurge is stable between 4 8 Barg 60 115 psi Is the air supply pressure incorrect Is the supply pipe to the air inlet as least 12mm 1D Replace pipe work Any s
378. th COSHH data sheet for the gas used Where a risk of asphyxiation exists a warning label must be fitted to the pressurized enclosure The following materials are used in the construction of MiniPurge systems If substances that will adversely affect any of these materials are present in the surrounding environment please consult Expo for further guidance Materials of construction Stainless Steel Mild carbon Steel Brass Aluminium Nylon Polyurethane Silicone Rubber This equipment is designed for use under normal industrial conditions of ambient temperature humidity and vibration Please consult Expo before installing this equipment in conditions that may cause stresses beyond normal industrial conditions The Purge system shall be installed in accordance with relevant standards such as EN 60 079 14 and any local codes of practice that are in force ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 4 of 28 Expo Description and principle of operation MiniPurge systems are classified according to the four major attributes as shown in this example The size or capacity of the system 00 1XLC SS PO example part No see Specification Sheet 1 Sub MiniPurge The certification of the system 00 1XLC SS PO example part No see Specification Sheet X Europe EN 50016 1995 SIRA Ex 99E1002U Zone 1 8 2 IIC Sira OTATEX1295X Also component Certificate Sira 01ATEX1104U amp SCS Cert No Ex 94C1052U amp Ex
379. the property of UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC and is not transferable UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC Ag AH A W Schaefer Vice President and General Manager US and Canadian Operations A not for profit organization dedicated to public safety and committed to quality service mA RR Issued 14 June 2004 Page 1 of 2 Certificate Number Baseefa04ATEX0218 Baseefa EC TYPE EXAMINATION CERTIFICATE Equipment or Protective System Intended for use in Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Directive 94 9 EC EC Type Examination Baseefa04ATEX0218 Certificate Number Equipment or Protective System Type MIU B e P1827 Minipurge Interface Unit Manufacturer Expo Technologies Limited Address Summer Road Thames Ditton Surrey KT7 0RH This equipment or protective system and any acceptable variation thereto is specified in the schedule to this certificate and the documents therein referred to Baseefa 2001 Ltd Notified body number 1180 in accordance with Article 9 of the Council Directive 94 9 EC of 23 March 1994 certifies that this equipment or protective system has been found to comply with the Essential Health and Safety Requirements relating to the design and construction of equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres given in Annex to the Directive The examination and test results are recorded in confidential Report No 04 C 0442 Compliance with the Es
380. this case the Purging time would be 8 minutes 6 If PE contains an internal source of release of flammable gas or vapour the procedures for assessment of the release as given in Chapter 8 of NFPA 496 shall be observed The user must verify that the specification of the Expo system eg pressures continuous flow dilution rate and type of protective gas are correct for ihe specific application If an inert protective gas is required the Expo Control Unit can be specified to have Compressed Air for the control logic and Inert Gas for the protective gas to minimise Inert Gas consumption 7 More than one PE can be protected by a single system If PEs are connected and purged in series e g Daisy Chained the Outlet Orifice must be fitted on the last enclosure with the Purge Inlet to the first enclosure The bore and length of the tube or conduit used to interconnect the enclosures is critical and will determine the maximum pressure experienced by the first enclosure in the series Advice on sizing can be obtained from your Expo Technologies sales office The test pressure for all the enclosures should be 3 times the pressure inside the first enclosure when purging is taking place lf PE s are to be connected in parallel each enclosure must have its own outlet Relief Valve Purge Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor System Models can be mixed eg Model LC for one enclosure and Model CF for another An example would be a Gas Chromatogr
381. tipo gaxeta anel em O e arruela de reten o da parte superior do recipiente 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 11 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O BRANCO SENSOR DE O SES O 5 1 STE O mE LB TB12 IS LEZ SL o Speco 2187 Ies jo Vez or Te Oo E O GRD O PARA O PLUG DO SISTEMA DE SENSOR CABO DO SENSOR DE VELOCIDADE SENSOR DE TEMPERATURA COTOVELO PORCA DE ACOPLAMENTO MATT WA Figura 5 8 Sensores de Temperatura e Velocidade da Extremidade de S lidos 5 12 30 de Outubro de 2009 MANUTEN O Remo o Cont PILLOW BLOCK p PINO DE ALINHAMENTO Figura 5 9 Metade Superior do Rolamento Pillow Block da Extremidade de L quidos 23 Usando um extrator apropriado remova o rolamento da extremidade de l quidos do eixo da parte superior do recipiente 24 Remova o defletor e o anel em O do eixo AJUSTADOR DE GRAXA ANEL EM O CARCA A ALOJAMENTO DA CAIXA DE ENGRENAGENS FLANGE DE ENTRADA ANEL ESPA ADOR ROLAMENTO POLIA Figura 5 10 Detalhe do Rolamento da Extremidade de S lidos 30 de Outubro de 2009 5 13 Centrifuga DE 7200VFD MANUTEN O Remo o Cont PARTE SUPERIOR DO RECIPIENTE DE L QUIDOS ARRUELA DE RETEN O ROLAMENTO ANEL DE FELTRO ANEL FIXADOR ANEL EM O DEFLETOR RETENTOR TIPO GAXETA Figura 5 11 Detalhe do Rolamento da Extremidade de L quidos Limpeza Inspe o e Reparo 1
382. tomaticamente Se subitamente uma condi o de toque de sobrecarga ocorrer a embreagem de acionamento do transportador mecanicamente desacopla o motor de acionamento do transportador para proteger a caixa de embreagem Figura 1 3 de danos Ap s o desacoplamento a centr fuga deve ser desligada e a embreagem restaurada manualmente da seguinte forma e Alinhe as duas metades da embreagem em uma das marcas no anel de atua o do corpo de areia e Insira uma ponta de chave de fenda entre anel de atua o e ajuste a porca em dois lugares separados por 180 e pressione o anel de volta a sua posi o de engate 30 de Outubro de 2009 1 3 Centr fuga DE 7200VFD INTRODU O Anel de Atua o Trava Endurecida Ip V FEN u Alavanca chave de fenda Desengate Re Engatamento Figura 1 3 Princ pios de funcionamento da Embreagem de Acionamento do Transportador Motores de Acionamento A centr fuga alimentada por dois inversores trif sicos motores el tricos prova de explos o O motor de 150HP de acionamento do recipiente conectado ao conjunto do recipiente por uma polia e series de correias de acionamento enquanto um motor el trico de 60 HP diretamente acoplado ao eixo de entrada da caixa de embreagem por um acoplamento da embreagem Uma guarda protetora cobre as polias correias de acionamento e acopladores da embreagem de acionamento do transportador para prote o dos funcion rios Sistema de
383. tor is CSA Certified for Class I Division 2 Zone 2 locations Division 2 Installation Class Il only Use only Class Il motors as described above under Division Installations WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD A motor should never be placed in an area with a hazardous process or where flammable gases or combustible materials may be present unless it is specifically designed and nameplated for this type of service Hazardous Locations motors are intended for installations in accordance with NEC Article 500 For all installations involving Hazardous Locations motors consult the NEC local codes and the authority having jurisdiction Failure to follow these instructions could result in serious personal injury death and or property damage For other limitations see section 1 3 3 2 MOUNTING MOTOR 3 2 1 RIGID BASE FOOTED The motor must be securely installed to a rigid foundation or a mounting surface to minimize vibration and maintain alignment between the motor shaft and the load s shaft The mounting surfaces of the four mounting pads must be flat within 0 01 inches for 210 frame amp smaller 0 015 inches for 250 frame amp larger 0 25 mm for 130 frame amp smaller 0 38 mm for 160 frame amp larger This may be accomplished by shims under the motor feet For special isolation mounting contact manufacturer for assistance 3 2 2 RIGID BASE HOLE SELECTION 6 OR 8 HOLES Location 1 and 3 holes or short frames HEMA 182
384. tor kit 1 switch per kit i prior to September 1 1995 20000288 Snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit for models i VS94 Series manufactured on September 1 1995 or later 25050506 Dust boot 20000289 C clamp conversion mounting kit 00000232 Conduit fitting I 20010090 Snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per assembly VS2EXR prior to September 1 1995 20000262 Movement assembly 20000288 Motu and o er 1 PR die 20050087 Cover or models manufactured on September 1 1995 or later 00000303 oe gasket A If no date code is found refer to the old switch Models with date 0895 and before use old switch 20010090 Snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit Dated 0995 after use straight snap switch arm no rollers prior to September 1 19952 Models dated Q1 thru QS formed snap switch arm and rollers 20000288 Snap switch and insulator kit 1 switch per kit for models Models date coded Q9 thru Q12 and RI thru R12 straight snap switch arm no rollers manufactured on September 1 1995 or later 20000049 Reset solenoid assembly 115 VAC 20000234 Reset solenoid assembly 24 VDC 20000289 C clamp conversion mounting kit FW MURPHY CONTROL SYSTEMS amp SERVICES DIVISION COMPUTRONIC CONTROLS LTD PO Box 470248 PO Box 1819 41 43 Railway Terrace Nechells Tulsa Oklahoma 74147 USA Rosenberg Texas 77471 USA Birmingham B7 5NG UK er 1 918 317 4100 Fax 1 918 317 4266 Phone 281 633 4500 Fax 281
385. tor terminals has been exceeded Motor Type has been set to Synchr Reluc or Synchr PM and one or more of the following exist e Torque Perf Mode Sensrls Vect SV Economize or Fan Pmp V Hz e Flux Up Time is greater than 0 0 Secs e Speed Mode is set to Slip Comp e Autotune Static Tune or Rotate Tune Fan pump mode is selected in Torq Perf Mode and the ratio of Motor NP Hertz to Maximum Freq is greater than 26 Check PI Configuration both AdjVoltTrim amp Torque Trim are selected 4 12 Troubleshooting Alarm Power Loss Precharge Active Prof Step Cflct PTC Conflict Sleep Config Speed Ref Cflct Start At PowerUp TB Man Ref Cflct TorqProve Cflct UnderVoltage VHz Neg Slope Waking Type Description Drive has sensed a power line loss Drive is in the initial DC bus precharge state An error is detected in trend step s e Setif Sleep Mode is enabled Setif any profile step uses Encoder Incr and or Enc Absolute and Motor Cntl Sel parameter 53 is not set to FVC Vector and Feedback Select parameter 80 is not set to Encoder or Simulator and Speed Torque Mod parameter 88 7 Pos Spd Prof e a Step Type is configured for Dig Input and the Step Value is greater than 6 less than 6 or zero or the digital input selected with Digital Inx
386. tures moisture contact with oxidizing agent storage near acids sparks open flame ignition sources Hazardous polymerization Will not occur may polymerize in presence of aliphatic amines ANSI Section 10 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION ANSI Section 11 Supplemental health information Contains a chemical that is moderately toxic by ingestion Contains a chemical that may be absorbed through skin Excessive inhalation of fumes may lead to metal fume fever characterized by a metallic taste in mouth excessive thirst coughing weakness fatigue muscular pain nausea chills and fever Notice reports have associated repeated and prolonged occupational overexposure to solvents with permanent brain and nervous system damage Intentional misuse by deliberately concentrating and inhaling the contents may be harmful or fatal Other effects of overexposure may include toxicity to liver kidney central nervous system blood The information contained herein is based on data available at the time of preparation of this data sheet which ICI Paints believes to be reliable However no warranty is expressed or implied regarding the accuracy of this data ICI Paints shall not be responsible for the use of this information or of any product method or apparatus mentioned and you must make your own determination of its suitability and completeness for your own use for the protection of the environment and the health and safety of your employees and the user
387. u rio Alarme de Aviso de Aterramento do VFD da Bomba Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Motor da bomba tem acesso para aterramento Verifique o motor da bomba e conex es para direcionar a sa da para um aterramento remova liga o ao aterramento de Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Alarme por Perda de Fase de entrada no VFD da Bomba Consulte a Se o de Solu o Aterramento monof sico detectado entre o VFD e o motor da bomba Verifique a fia o entre o VFD e o motor corrija o s defeito s Verifique o enrolamento do motor para a fase aterrada remova o aterramento se houver ou substitua o motor Substitua VFD Alarme por Perda de For a do VFD da Problemas do Manual do Usu rio Bomba Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Perda na entrada de energia ou fornecimento de baixa tens o Monitore e corrija o s defeito S na entrada de energia Alarme de Sub tens o do VFD da Bom Manual do Usu rio ba Consulte a Se o de Solu o de Problemas do Perda na entrada de energia ou fornecimento de baixa tens o Monitore e corrija o s defeito S na entrada de energia Alarme de Alta Temperatura do Rolamento Principal da Extremidade de S lidos Lubrifica o do rolamento insuficiente Lubrificar os rolamentos consulte a Manuten o Preventiva nesta se o Graxa em excesso Remova a graxeira e direcione o jato de ar comprimido filtrado para remover
388. u interior os dispersa atrav s de bocais de alimenta o para o conjunto do Recipiente e transporta os s lidos para a sa da de descarga de s lidos Girado por um motor el trico atrav s de uma caixa de engrenagens Planet ria de tr s est gios o transportador gira na mesma dire o que o recipiente mas a uma taxa de velocidade maior O involucro exterior da caixa de engrenagem est suportado pelo recipiente enquanto o eixo conectado diretamente ao transportador A configura o da velocidade diferencial no painel de controle determina a velocidade do transportador em rela o velocidade do recipiente Esta rela o se mant m coerente assim que a velocidade do recipiente varia a velocidade do transportador varia proporcionalmente mas mantem o relacionamento diferencial Por exemplo uma velocidade do recipiente de 2000 RPM e uma velocidade diferencial do transportador de 10 tem como resultado uma rota o do transportador de 2010 RPM O componente de alimenta o na extremidade de descarga de l quidos dirige a lama pasta adicionada em dire o ao interior do transportador que rapidamente dispersa o material atrav s dos bocais de alimenta o dentro do recipiente Pastilhas substitu veis cobrem as portas de descarga de s lidos para minimizar a taxa de desgaste devido a o abrasiva Rolamentos de esfera suportam o transportador na parte superior do recipiente de l quidos enquanto que na extremidade de s lidos do tr
389. ually assessed in Report No R53A7169A 17 CONDITIONS OF CERTIFICATION 17 1 The use of this certificate is subject to the Regulations Applicable to Holders of SCS Certificates 17 2 Holders of EC type examination certificates are required to comply with the production control requirements defined in Article 8 of directive 94 9 EC 17 3 The switches incorporated in the PA option shall be suitably certified for Category 2 17 4 The following routine tests shall be performed by the manufacturer Verification of Minimum Overpressure Cut Off An overpressure loss shall be simulated whilst the MiniPurge Control Unit is cycling it shall be verified that the controller provides the appropriate output and resets Verification of Purge Failure Protection A purge failure shall be simulated whilst the MiniPurge Control Unit is cycling it shall be verified that the controller provides the appropriate output and resets Verification of Air Supply Failure Protection An air supply failure shall be simulated whilst the MiniPurge Control Unit is cycling it shall be verified that the controller provides the appropriate output and resets Verification of Purging Overpressure protection Where the HP is specified an overpressure shall be simulated whilst the MiniPurge Control Unit is cycling it shall be verified that the controller provides the appropriate output and resets Date 3 July 2002 This certificate and its schedules may only be reproduced in it
390. uar a subir e a centr fuga ser desligada O procedimento de limpeza deve ent o ser usado para limpar os s lidos comprimidos e retornar a centr fuga para o status de operacional Os par grafos seguintes explicam as duas op es de limpeza autom tica e manual Limpeza Autom tica Quando a op o autom tica selecionada o sistema ir realizar um ciclo de limpeza por um per odo pr estabelecido O recipiente funciona a 300 RPM para frente enquanto o transportador opera em uma velocidade que varia de 8 30 RPM para frente Se resist ncia excessiva for encontrada durante a limpeza o sistema far uma pausa e alertar o operador que a limpeza autom tica foi incapaz de limpar a centr fuga A interven o do operador ent o necess ria para repetir a opera o de limpeza autom tica Limpeza Manual Se a op o limpeza manual for selecionada o operador pode escolher movimentar o transportador para frente e para tr s com o recipiente configurado a zero RPM Se desejar no entanto o operador pode escolher operar o recipiente bem como o transportador A rota o inversa do transportador regida por um temporizador que termina a opera o reversa ap s um intervalo pr definido O objetivo principal do modo de limpeza manual permitir movimentar o transportador em um esfor o para remover o material compactado DESLIGAMENTO NORMAL O procedimento de desligamento normal deve ser usado para uma parada de opera o
391. ues to come out through the Spark Arrestor after High Purge has been turned Off in considerable quantity The LCV is too far open and the air flow is holding the RLV open continuously Note Some CFHP Systems have a deliberate but modest Continuous air flow through the RLV in normal operation do not confuse this flow rate with that caused by the excessive opening of the LCV Close the LCV slowly observing the manometer or gauge see item 2 3 above The PE pressure will start to fall as the flow decreases but eventually the RLV will close and the pressure rise again At this point the Relief Valve will start to open intermittently as the PE pressure rises to the point where it exceeds the RLV opening pressure when the RLV opens the pressure will fall quickly to the point where the RLV recloses and the enclosure pressure starts to rise again This is entirely normal for this type of RLV Proceed now to b below b Ifthe Relief Valve is opening intermittently the LCV is slightly too far open Observe the manometer or gauge When the RLV opens the enclosure pressure falls quickly to the point where the RLV recloses and the enclosure pressure starts to rise again This is entirely normal for this type of RLV and shows that it is working correctly Continue to close the LCV until the cycling stops and the enclosure pressure starts to fall Carefully adjust the LCV until the PE pressure is approximately 5096 of the RLV opening pressure and sta
392. uga DE 7200VFD SEGURAN A Manipula o do Equipamento ATEN O USE BARRAS ESPA ADORAS PARA PREVENIR DANOS AO LEVANTAR O EQUIPAMENTO ATEN O PARA ASSEGURAR O EQUIL BRIO E ORIENTA O ADEQUADOS E PREVENIR DANOS AOS COMPONENTES QUANDO A UNIDADE FOR LEVANTADA S FIXAR AS CORRENTES DE _ LEVANTAMENTO NOS PONTOS DE ELEVA O DESIGNADOS TENTAR A SUSPEN O POR FIXA O NO MOTOR OU EM NENHUM OUTRO LOCAL ATEN O ASSEGURE SE QUE O DISPOSITIVO DE SUPORTE TENHA CAPACIDADE DE LEVANTAMENTO SUFICIENTE PARA COM SEGURAN A AGUENTAR O PESO DO EQUIPAMENTO ATEN O N O RETIRAR OS SUPORTES DE TRANPORTE AT QUE O _ EQUIPAMENTO ESTEJA POSICIONADO NO LOCAL FINAL DA INSTALA O Qi Opera o ATEN O TODO PESSOAL DE OPERA O E DE MANUTEN O DEVE LER E ENTENDER TODAS AS INFORMA ES DE SEGURAN A DESTE MANUAL ANTES DE TRABALHAR COM O EQUIPAMENTO ATEN O ASSEGURE SE QUE TODAS AS TAMPAS SUPERIORES EST O FECHADAS E SEGURAS E TODOS OS FUNCION RIOS FORAM REMOVIDOS ANTES DA M QUINA COME AR A FUNCIONAR ATEN O ANTES DA CENTR FUGA COME AR A FUNCIONAR ASSEGURE SE QUE TODOS OS SUPORTES DE TRANSPORTE FORAM RETIRADOS E OS ROLAMENTOS PILLOW BLOCKS EST O DEVIDAMENTE APERTADOS ATEN O SEMPRE PERMITA QUE A M QUINA DESACELERE AT UMA PARADA COMPLETA ANTES DE ABRIR A TAMPA SUPERIOR OU REMOVER OS PROTETORES ATEN O N O OPERAR A CENTR FUGA SE ELA DESENVOLVER BARULHO OU VIBRA O EXCESSIV
393. ure Failure normally Alarm and Trip adjusted by the user to become Alarm Only in accordance with NFPA496 Clause 4 10 1 exception please contact your Expo Technologies Sales office for further details 2 3 Commissioning Leakage Compensation LC and Continuous Flow High Purge CFHP Y and 2 systems On LC and CFHP Y and 2 Purge systems proceed as follows 4 Open the supply shutoff valve 2 Adjust the Leakage Compensation Valve LCV so that the enclosure pressure rises to the point where the Pressurized indicator turns green 3 Continue to raise the PE pressure until the Relief Valve RLV opens Check that the RLV opens at or below the figure specified in the documentation Repeat the test several times 4 Lower the PE pressure until the Pressuized indicator turns Red Check that the indicator turns Red at or above the pressure specified in the documentation Check the external alarm contacts if fitted 5 Open the LCV again and set the PE pressure to a level around 50 of the RLV operating pressures This working pressure is not critical The Pressurized indicator should be Green 6 Turn the Purge Control Valve On This will start the High Purge Flow and the Purging indicator should turn Page 5 of 8 ML384 Issue 01 12 10 05 Yellow If the Purging indicator remains Black the flow through the outlet valve is below the minimum for which the Flow Sensor has been calibr
394. uts are tightened and No that the tube is not damaged Check and repair as necessary For PO option only Is the tube to the power switch air tight Yes Note the timer setting Reset the timer to the minimum available purging period and check the operation on that purge time Ensure that the purge time is returned to its original setting and checked before putting the system back into service ls the Purge time correct Call Expo ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 Page 22 of 28 Expo Relief Valve opens continuously or intermittently The Flow Control Valve Is the Pressurized FCV is too far open Enclosure Adjust the FCV pressure too clockwise to reduce the high PE pressure Remove the RLV cover and clean the valve disk If it is necessary to remove the disk and spring from the RLV draw a line around it with a pencil to allow accurate replacement before removal otherwise the opening pressure may be affected Is there debris on the RLV disk allowing air to leak from the valve Call Expo ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 23 of 28 Expo Fault Finding LC System purges correctly but the alarm comes on at the end of purge time and the purging cycle is repeated Is the actual PE pressure below the setting of the Minimum Pressure Sensor Check the PE pressure Yes with a manometer or gauge Is the
395. w Failure Selector Valve CS Containment System monitor DS Door switch Power Interlock fitted DT Delayed Trip after Pressure or Flow failure FM Flow Meter s fitted 15 Internal Switches suitable for Ex i circuits MO Manual Over ride fitted MT Mechanical Purge or Delay timer OA On Offswitch controlling Protective gas and logic supply OB On Off switch controlling logic supply only OC On Off switch controlling Protective gas supply only OS Outlet Orifice Selector valve OV Outlet valve pneumatically operated PA Ex switch es built in with without Ex junction box PC PE Pressure Control Leakage Compensation Valve PO Pneumatic Output signals for Power and Alarm control SP Secondary Pressurisation supply options SS Separate Supply for Protective gas and Logic air TW Twin or more outputs for two or more separate PEs purged in parallel Relief Valve The MiniPurge controller is supplied with either an optional overpressure relief valve which is to be fitted to the EEx p protected apparatus to prevent an internal overpressure above the maximum overpressure rating of the apparatus There are 14 models of relief valve the designation of each relief valve refers to its nominal bore in mm as follows RLV3 RLV6 RLV9 RLV12 RLV19 RLV25 RLV26 RLV52 RLV36 RLV75 RLV104 RLV125 RLV150 and RLV200 The outlet of each relief valve is fitted with a spark arrestor of which there are three opt
396. xa de Alimenta o 4 7 Velocidade do Recipiente ae dg ede d tank 4 7 Velocidade Diferencial do Transportador 4 7 Profundidade do POCO eri ir ii aeu tee e DR Rcs 4 8 Velocidade Diferencial Torque do Transportador nenn 4 9 Mensagens de Alarme e de Falha eese 4 9 Temperaturas do Rolamento ata eaa eec dme eel nae bs 4 10 Tend ncia de Torque do Motor ee 4 10 Diagn sticos de SISTEMA 4 11 Status do Desempenho E 4 12 PATIOS fe e T en bene ent 4 12 Status doi NM M C ser 4 13 Reinicializa o de falha VFD cece Saad 4 15 Tela de CONNQUrA O a seio Rasa m 4 16 Tela de Configura o da Bomba ottenuti eius 4 16 Meer Mc MET DP Y 4 17 ssa ET 4 17 Desligamento Normal u ee ree rex umet a 4 18 Desligamentos 42242224 nnne 4 19 Desligamento de Emerg ncia een 4 20 5c 5 1 Ca m
397. y to ensure that the integrity of the winding insulation has been maintained Record the Megger readings If winding resistance to ground is less than 1 5 Meg ohms consult the local authorized service shop before re energizing the motor 4 1 3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Check all electrical connectors to be sure that they are tight 4 2 LUBRICATION amp BEARINGS The lubricating ability of grease over time depends primarily on the type of grease the size of the bearing the speed at which the bearing operates and the severity of the operating conditions Longer bearing life can be obtained if the listed recommendations are followed NOTE If lubrication instructions are provided on the motor nameplate the nameplate instructions will supersede these instructions Motors marked Permanently Lubricated do not require additional service dk CAUTION BEARING MOTOR DAMAGE WARNING Lubricant should be added at a steady moderate pressure If added under heavy pressure bearing shield s may collapse Over greasing bearings greatly increases bearing friction and can cause premature bearing and or motor failure 4 2 1 GREASE TYPE unless nameplate states otherwise Nameplate Ambient Temperature between 30 C 22 F to 65 C 150 F inclusive Recommended grease for standard service conditions is Mobil Polyrex amp EM Equivalent and compatible greases include Texaco Polystar RB Rykon Premium 2 Pennzoil Pen 2 Lube Chevron SRI amp Mobi
398. zation jumper tube ML 306 Issue 8 01 07 04 O Page 15 of 28 Expo Continuous Flow The standard CF system is built set to alarm and trip Alarm only can be installed when order specified or supplied as a retrofit kit later See options The selection for action on loss of pressurization depends on the area of operation and the following guidelines should be followed The user must make use of this alarm facility in accordance with the local code of practice for action on pressure or flow failure Most codes include the following recommendations Zone 1 Installations Alarm and automatic disconnect of power Exception If the equipment inside the pressurized enclosure is suitable for use in Zone 2 the power trip may be performed manually no automatic power trip if the pressure or flow failure persists for an unacceptable time Zone 2 Installations Alarm only on pressure or flow failure with power being removed manually by turning off the air supply to the MiniPurge system if the failure persists for an unacceptable time Class Division 1 Installations Alarm and Automatic Trip of Power Note NFPA 496 2 10 1 states power to the circuits shall be permitted to be continued for a short period if immediate loss of power would result in a more hazardous condition and if both audible and visual alarms are provided at a constantly attended location Class Division 2 Installations Where automatic timing is preferred Alarm only o

seção 1 - Derrick Corporation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

se&ccedil;&atilde;o 1 - Derrick Corporation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

seção 1 - Derrick Corporation